Table of Contents

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 


 

FORM 20-F

 


 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

OR

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from              to             

 

Commission file numbers: 1-14696; 333-12222

 


 

China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

 


 

Hong Kong, China

(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

 

60th Floor, The Center

99 Queen’s Road Central

Hong Kong, China

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 


 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class


 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered


Ordinary shares, par value HK$0.10 per share   New York Stock Exchange, Inc.*

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the listing on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. of American depositary shares representing the ordinary shares.

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

None

(Title of Class)

 

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

 

None

(Title of Class)

 


 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

 

As of December 31, 2004, 19,673,185,236 ordinary shares, par value HK$0.10 per share, were issued and outstanding.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    Item 17   ¨     Item 18   x

 



Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited

 

          Page

Forward-looking Statements

   1

Special Note on Our Financial Information and Certain Statistical Information presented in this Annual Report

   2
     PART I     

Item 1.

   Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.    4

Item 2.

   Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.    4

Item 3.

   Key Information.    4

Item 4.

   Information on the Company.    17

Item 5.

   Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.    33

Item 6.

   Directors, Senior Management and Employees.    47

Item 7.

   Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.    55

Item 8.

   Financial Information.    62

Item 9.

   The Offer and Listing.    62

Item 10.

   Additional Information.    63

Item 11.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.    70

Item 12.

   Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.    72
     PART II     

Item 13.

   Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.    73

Item 14.

   Material Modifications to the Right of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.    73

Item 15.

   Controls and Procedures.    73

Item 16A.

   Audit Committee Financial Expert    73

Item 16B.

   Code of Ethics    73

Item 16C.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services    73

Item 16D.

   Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees    74

Item 16E.

   Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers    74
     PART III     

Item 17.

   Financial Statements.    75

Item 18.

   Financial Statements.    75

Item 19.

   Exhibits.    75

 

 

-i-


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This annual report contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties, and include, without limitation, statements relating to:

 

    our business strategies;

 

    our operations and business prospects;

 

    our network expansion plans and related capital expenditure plans, including, among others, those relating to third generation mobile telecommunications technology, or 3G, network constructions;

 

    the planned development of new mobile technologies and other technologies and related applications;

 

    the expected impact of tariff changes on our business, financial condition and results of operations;

 

    the expected impact of new services on our business, financial condition and results of operations; and

 

    future developments in the telecommunications industry in Mainland China, including the restructuring of the industry and changes in government policies and the industry regulatory environment.

 

The words “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify certain of such forward-looking statements. We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements.

 

These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance. Actual results may differ materially from information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including, without limitation:

 

    any changes in the regulatory policies of the PRC Ministry of Information Industry and other relevant government authorities, which could affect, among other things, the granting of requisite government approvals, licenses and permits, interconnection and transmission line arrangements, tariff policies, capital investment priorities, the provision of telephone services in rural areas of China, and spectrum and numbering resources allocation;

 

    the effect of competition on the demand for and price of our services;

 

    changes in mobile telephony and related technologies, which could affect the viability and competitiveness of our mobile telecommunications networks; and

 

    changes in political, economic, legal and social conditions in Mainland China, including, without limitation, the Chinese government’s policies with respect to new entrants in the telecommunications industry, the entry of foreign companies into Mainland China’s telecommunications market, Mainland China’s continued economic growth.

 

In addition, our future network expansion and other capital expenditure and development plans are dependent on numerous factors, including, among others:

 

    our ability to obtain adequate financing on acceptable terms;

 

    the adequacy of currently available spectrum or the availability of additional spectrum;

 

-1-


Table of Contents
    the availability of transmission lines and equipment, and the availability of the requisite number of sites for locating network equipment, on reasonable commercial terms;

 

    our ability to develop or obtain new technology and related applications; and

 

    the availability of qualified management and technical personnel.

 


 

Special note on our financial information and

certain statistical information presented in this Annual Report

 

As required under generally accepted accounting principles in Hong Kong, or Hong Kong GAAP, we adopted the purchase accounting method to account for our acquisitions of various regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets, as described in “Item 4. Information on the Company — The History and Development of the Company”. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements and, except as otherwise noted, all other Hong Kong GAAP financial information presented in this annual report, include the results of these companies only from the respective dates of acquisition.

 

In prior years, positive goodwill arising from acquisitions was eliminated against reserves, and negative goodwill arising from acquisitions was credited to a capital reserve. Effective January 1, 2001, in order to comply with Statement of Standard Accounting Practice, or SSAP, 30 “Business combinations”, issued by the Hong Kong Society of Accountants, we adopted a new accounting policy for goodwill. For acquisitions after January 1, 2001, positive goodwill arising from acquisitions is amortized to the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, which shall not exceed 20 years. Positive goodwill is stated in the consolidated balance sheet at cost less any accumulated amortization and any impairment losses. Despite a change in accounting policy for goodwill, goodwill arising from acquisitions prior to January 2001 has not been adjusted as we have taken advantage of the transitional provisions set out in paragraph 88 of SSAP 30 to the effect that the new accounting policy has been adopted prospectively only from January 1, 2001 onwards.

 

Under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or U.S. GAAP, as a result of our being under common control with each of these companies prior to the acquisitions, each of the acquisitions was considered to be a “combination of entities under common control”. Under U.S. GAAP, combinations of entities under common control are accounted for under the “as if pooling-of-interests” method, whereby assets and liabilities are accounted for at historical cost and the financial statements of previously separate companies for periods prior to the combination generally are restated on a combined basis. See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.

 

Prior to 2003, deferred tax liabilities were provided using the liability method in respect of the taxation effect arising from all material timing differences between the accounting and tax treatment of income and expenditure, which were expected with reasonable probability to crystallize in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets were not recognized unless their realization was assured beyond reasonable doubt. With effect from January 1, 2003, in order to comply with Statement of Standard Accounting Practice (“SSAP 12 (revised)”) issued by the Hong Kong Society of Accountants, we adopted a new accounting policy for deferred tax. Under our current accounting policy, deferred tax liabilities are provided in full on taxable temporary differences, while deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the deductible temporary differences can be utilized. As a result, goodwill, deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities and reserves in the consolidated balance sheets have been restated. In addition, deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities have been reclassified into non-current assets and liabilities, respectively. Income tax in the consolidated statements of income have also been revised.

 

-2-


Table of Contents

The statistical information set forth in this annual report relating to Mainland China is taken or derived from various publicly available government publications that have not been prepared or independently verified by us. This statistical information may not be consistent with other statistical information from other sources within or outside Mainland China.

 

-3-


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 3. Key Information.

 

Selected Financial Data

 

The following tables present selected historical financial data of our company as of and for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2004. The selected historical income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the selected historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 set forth below are derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, our audited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected historical Hong Kong GAAP income statement data for the year ended December 31, 2000 and 2001 and the selected historical Hong Kong GAAP balance sheet data as of December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 are derived from our audited financial statements that are not included in this annual report.

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with Hong Kong GAAP. As required under Hong Kong GAAP, we adopted the purchase accounting method to account for our acquisitions of the various regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets, as described in “Item 4. Information on the Company — The History and Development of the Company”. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements and, except as otherwise noted, all other Hong Kong GAAP financial information presented in this annual report, include the results of these companies only from the respective dates of acquisition. In contrast, under U.S. GAAP, our acquisitions of these companies are each considered a combination of entities under common control which would be accounted for under the “as if pooling-of-interests” method, whereby assets and liabilities are accounted for at historical cost and the accounts of previously separate companies for periods prior to the combination generally are restated on a combined basis. For information regarding significant differences between Hong Kong GAAP and U.S. GAAP as they relate to us, and the effects of such differences on net profit for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 and shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, see note 32 to our consolidated financial statements. In addition, our condensed consolidated financial statements prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the relevant periods are set forth in note 32 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

-4-


Table of Contents
     As of or for the year ended December 31,

    

2000

RMB


  

2001

RMB


  

2002

RMB


  

2003

RMB


  

2004

RMB


  

2004

US$


     (in millions, except share, per share and per ADS information)

Income Statement Data:

                             

Hong Kong GAAP

                             

Operating revenue

   64,984    100,331    128,561    158,604    192,381    23,244

Operating expenses

   38,158    59,319    79,765    105,401    132,647    16,027

Operating profit

   26,826    41,012    48,796    53,203    59,734    7,217

Write-down and write-off of analog network equipment

   1,525    —      —      —      —      —  

Profit before tax and minority interest

   26,393    41,717    48,978    52,959    61,206    7,395

Income tax

   8,153    13,763    16,375    17,412    19,180    2,317

Net profit

   18,240    27,955    32,601    35,556    42,004    5,075

Basic net profit per share (1)

   1.27    1.50    1.70    1.81    2.14    0.26

Diluted net profit per share (1)

   1.27    1.50    1.70    1.81    2.13    0.26

Basic net profit per ADS (1)

   6.34    7.51    8.51    9.04    10.68    1.29

Diluted net profit per ADS (1)

   6.33    7.51    8.50    9.03    10.65    1.29

Shares utilized in basic calculation (in thousands)

   14,394,313    18,605,371    19,151,322    19,671,654    19,673,185    19,673,185

Shares utilized in diluted calculation (in thousands)

   14,409,503    18,698,023    19,243,050    19,762,812    19,774,093    19,774,093

U.S. GAAP (2)

                             

Operating revenue

   126,235    143,347    162,959    180,281    204,264    24,680

Operating expenses

   89,516    90,939    105,991    123,602    143,003    17,278

Operating profit

   36,719    52,408    56,968    56,679    61,261    7,402

Profit before tax and minority interest

   36,582    53,714    58,404    58,520    64,847    7,835

Income tax

   11,928    16,886    18,986    19,009    19,764    2,388

Net profit

   24,653    36,829    39,416    39,520    45,061    5,444

Basic net profit per share (1)

   1.33    1.90    2.01    2.01    2.29    0.28

Diluted net profit per share (1)

   1.33    1.89    2.01    2.01    2.29    0.28

Basic net profit per ADS (1)

   6.67    9.48    10.07    10.05    11.45    1.38

Diluted net profit per ADS (1)

   6.66    9.46    10.06    10.03    11.43    1.38

Share utilized in basic calculation (in thousands)

   18,493,862    19,432,886    19,561,679    19,671,654    19,673,185    19,673,185

Share utilized in diluted calculation (in thousands)

   18,509,052    19,525,538    19,653,406    19,762,812    19,774,093    19,774,093

Balance Sheet Data:

                             

Hong Kong GAAP

                             

Current assets

                             

Cash and cash equivalents

   27,702    21,821    32,575    39,129    45,149    5,455

Deposits with banks

   12,204    14,970    11,069    17,227    20,264    2,448

Accounts receivable

   7,252    5,728    6,066    6,116    6,553    792

Fixed assets

   87,465    105,208    165,409    171,604    218,063    26,347

Total assets

   157,702    174,953    286,021    307,303    368,752    44,553

Total short-term debt (3)

   12,095    5,439    8,200    8,174    2,523    304

Total long-term debt (4)

   13,708    6,739    12,676    672    —      —  

Fixed rate notes (5)

   4,953    4,956    4,961    4,984    —      —  

Convertible notes

   5,708    5,708    5,711    5,735    5,725    692

Bonds

   —      5,000    13,000    13,000    13,000    1,571

Deferred payable (6)

   —      —      15,176    9,976    23,633    2,855

Total liabilities (7)

   72,661    61,938    112,565    108,318    135,348    16,353

Share capital

   1,986    1,986    2,099    2,099    2,102    254

Shareholders’ equity

   85,024    112,983    173,265    198,803    233,161    28,171

 

-5-


Table of Contents
     As of or for the year ended December 31,

 
    

2000

RMB


   

2001

RMB


   

2002

RMB


   

2003

RMB


   

2004

RMB


   

2004

US$


 
     (in millions, except share, per share and per ADS information)  

U.S. GAAP (2)

                                    

Fixed assets

   126,833     166,195     197,933     206,635     218,602     26,412  

Total assets

   226,513     274,880     293,768     316,898     334,003     40,355  

Total long-term debt (4)

   29,465     11,803     12,687     672     —       —    

Fixed rate notes (5)

   4,953     4,956     4,961     4,984     —       —    

Convertible notes

   5,708     5,708     5,711     5,735     5,725     692  

Bonds

   —       5,000     13,000     13,000     13,000     1,571  

Deferred payable (6)

   —       —       15,176     9,976     23,633     2,855  

Shareholders’ equity

   101,877     153,572     159,936     190,828     198,119     23,937  

Other Financial Data:

                                    

Hong Kong GAAP

                                    

Capital expenditures (8)

   21,964     39,500     41,000     43,871     59,143     7,146  

Net cash from operating activities

   35,449     50,971     69,422     85,534     103,779     12,538  

Net cash used in investing activities

   (91,869 )   (45,248 )   (64,117 )   (54,292 )   (73,302 )   (8,857 )

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

   64,773     (11,604 )   5,449     (24,688 )   (24,457 )   (2,954 )

Dividend declared or proposed

   —       —       6,678     7,517     13,789     1,666  

U.S. GAAP (2)

                                    

Net cash flow from operating activities

   62,624     67,903     88,429     93,131     111,112     13,425  

Dividend declared or proposed

   —       —       6,678     7,517     13,789     1,666  

(1) The basic net profit per share and per ADS amounts under Hong Kong GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been computed by dividing net profit by the weighted average number of shares and the weighted average number of ADSs, respectively, outstanding during 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004. The calculation of diluted net profit per share under Hong Kong GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been compiled after adjusting for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, respectively.

 

The basic net profit per share and per ADS amounts under U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 have been computed by dividing net profit by the weighted average number of shares and the weighted average number of ADSs, respectively, as if 3,779,407,375 ordinary shares representing 755,881,475 ADSs issued to China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited as part of the consideration in the acquisition of Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile and Guangxi Mobile, 827,514,446 ordinary shares representing 165,502,889 ADSs issued to China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited as part of the consideration in the acquisition of Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile were outstanding during these periods (in addition to shares actually issued during these years). The basic net profit per share and per ADS amount under U.S. GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2003 and 2004 has been computed by dividing net profit by the weighted average number of shares and weighted average number of ADSs outstanding during 2003 and 2004. The calculation of diluted net profit per share under U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been compiled after adjusting for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 all dilutive potential ordinary shares resulting from the share options granted to the directors and employees under the share option scheme would decrease profit attributable to shareholders per share. In 2000, since all potential ordinary shares resulting from the convertible notes would increase profit attributable to shareholders per share as a result of savings on interest payable on the convertible notes, the anti-dilutive effects of potential ordinary shares were not taken into account in calculating diluted earnings per share. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 all dilutive potential ordinary shares resulting from convertible notes would decrease profit attributable to shareholders per share.

 

(2) The amounts for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are presented to reflect our acquisitions of the various regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets under the “as if pooling-of-interests” method, as well as the effects of other differences between Hong Kong GAAP and U.S. GAAP.
(3) Includes short-term bank and other loans, current portion of long-term bank and other loans and current portion of capital lease obligations.
(4) Includes long-term bank and other loans and obligations under capital leases, net of current portion.

 

-6-


Table of Contents
(5) The fixed rate notes issued on November 2, 1999 with a principal amount of US$600 million were fully redeemed on November 2, 2004.
(6) Represents the balance of the purchase consideration payable to China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited for our acquisition of the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies in 2002 and for our acquisition of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in 2004, as applicable. See “Item 4. Information on the Company”.
(7) Excludes minority interest.
(8) Represents payments made for capital expenditures during the year.

 

-7-


Table of Contents

Exchange Rate Information

 

We publish our consolidated financial statements in Renminbi. Solely for the convenience of the reader, this annual report contains translations of certain Renminbi and Hong Kong dollar amounts into U.S. dollars and vice versa at RMB8.2765 = US$1.00 and HK$7.7723 = US$1.00, the noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2004. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Renminbi or Hong Kong dollar amounts could actually be converted into U.S. dollars at such rates or at all.

 

The noon buying rates in New York City for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York were RMB8.2765 = US$1.00 and HK$7.7781 = US$1.00, respectively, on June 10, 2005. The following table sets forth the high and low noon buying rates between Renminbi and U.S. dollars and between Hong Kong dollars and U.S. dollars for each month during the previous six months:

 

Noon Buying Rate

 

     RMB per US$1.00

          HK$ per US$1.00

     High

   Low

          High

   Low

December 2004

   8.2767    8.2765      December 2004    7.7821    7.7698

January 2005

   8.2765    8.2765      January 2005    7.7994    7.7775

February 2005

   8.2765    8.2765      February 2005    7.7999    7.7984

March 2005

   8.2765    8.2765      March 2005    7.7998    7.7987

April 2005

   8.2765    8.2765      April 2005    7.7995    7.7946

May 2005

   8.2765    8.2765      May 2005    7.7995    7.7767

June 2005 (as of June 10)

   8.2765    8.2765      June 2005 (as of June 10)    7.7842    7.7781

 

The following table sets forth the average noon buying rates between Renminbi and U.S. dollars and between Hong Kong dollars and U.S. dollars for each of 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004, calculated by averaging the noon buying rates on the last day of each month during the relevant year.

 

Average Noon Buying Rate

 

     RMB per US$1.00

   HK$ per US$1.00

2000

   8.2784    7.7936

2001

   8.2772    7.7997

2002

   8.2772    7.7996

2003

   8.2771    7.7864

2004

   8.2768    7.7899

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

 

We wish to caution readers that the following important factors, and those important factors described in other reports submitted to, or filed with, the Securities and Exchange Commission, among other factors, could affect our actual results and could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf and that such factors may adversely affect our business and financial status and therefore the value of your investment:

 

Risks Relating to Our Business

 

Extensive government regulation may limit our flexibility to respond to market conditions, competition or changes in our cost structure.

 

The PRC Ministry of Information Industry regulates, among other things, the following areas of the telecommunications industry under the leadership of the State Council of China:

 

    formulating and enforcing industry policy, standards and regulations;

 

    granting telecommunications licenses and permits;

 

    formulating interconnection and settlement standards for implementation between telecommunications networks;

 

    together with other relevant regulatory authorities, formulating tariff and service charge standards for certain telecommunications services;

 

    supervising the operations of telecommunications services providers;

 

    promoting fair and orderly market competition among operators; and

 

    allocating and administering public telecommunications resources, such as radio frequencies, number resources, domain names and addresses of telecommunications networks.

 

Other Chinese government authorities also take part in regulating tariff policies and foreign investment in the telecommunications industry. The regulatory framework within which we operate may limit our flexibility to respond to market conditions, competition or changes in our cost structure. Moreover, we cannot predict when or if changes in tariff policies or rates may occur, including, for example, the possible implementation of a calling-party-pays tariff scheme. Although we and other telecommunications services providers have, on a limited basis, offered certain localized or promotional calling packages which incorporate some of the calling-party-pays features, the Chinese government has not yet implemented regulations to adopt the calling-party-pays concept, and we cannot predict whether such regulations may be forthcoming or, if passed, what requirements the new regulations might entail. Future adverse changes in tariff policies and rates could decrease our revenues and reduce our profitability.

 

We operate our businesses with approvals granted by the State Council and under licenses granted by the Ministry of Information Industry. If these approvals or licenses are revoked or suspended, or if the conditions or other obligations relating to these approvals or licenses are amended in any material respect, our business and operations will be materially and adversely affected. Moreover, while we are actively preparing for 3G business, we cannot assure you that we will be granted the requisite approvals and licenses by the Chinese government in a timely manner, or at all.

 

We may be affected by future regulatory changes.

 

To provide a uniform regulatory framework for the orderly development of the telecommunications industry, the Ministry of Information Industry, under the direction of the State Council, is preparing a draft

 

-9-


Table of Contents

telecommunications law. If and when the telecommunications law is adopted by the National People’s Congress, it is expected to become the fundamental telecommunications statute and the legal basis for telecommunications regulations in Mainland China. In 2000, the State Council promulgated a set of telecommunications regulations, or Telecommunications Regulations, that apply in the interim period prior to the adoption of the telecommunications law. Although we expect that the telecommunications law will positively affect the overall development of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China, we do not fully know what the nature and scope of the telecommunications law will be. The telecommunications law and other new telecommunications regulations or rules may contain provisions that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The PRC government may require major operators, including us, to provide universal services with specified obligations, and we may not be compensated adequately for providing such services.

 

Under the Telecommunications Regulations, telecommunications operators in Mainland China are required to fulfill universal service obligations in accordance with relevant regulations to be promulgated by the PRC government, and the Ministry of Information Industry has the authority to delineate the scope of universal service obligations. The Ministry of Information Industry, together with other PRC governmental authorities, is also responsible for formulating administrative rules relating to the establishment of a universal service fund and compensation schemes for universal services. These rules have not yet been promulgated, and there are currently no specific regulatory requirements relating to the provision of universal services in Mainland China.

 

While the scope of specific universal services obligations is not yet clear, we believe that such services may include mandatory provision of basic mobile telecommunications services in less economically developed areas in Mainland China and mandatory contribution to a universal service fund. In addition, as part of the transitional measures prior to the formalization of a universal service obligation framework, the Ministry of Information Industry has recently required major telecommunication service providers in Mainland China, including China Mobile Communications Corporation, or CMCC, to participate in a project to provide telephone services in a number of remote villages in Mainland China. However, it is currently uncertain as to whether we will be required by the Ministry of Information Industry to maintain network facilities and provide telephone services as part of the transitional measures. Furthermore, to the extent we are required to maintain such network facilities and provide such telephone services, it is currently uncertain whether we will be adequately compensated by the government or be able to realize an adequate return on investments for expanding networks to, and providing telecommunications services in, those less economically developed areas due to potentially higher capital expenditure requirements, lower usage by customers and lack of flexibility in setting our tariffs. We also cannot predict whether we will be required to make contribution to the universal service fund. Either of these events may adversely affect our financial condition.

 

Competition from other telecommunications services providers may affect our subscriber growth and profitability by causing the rate of our subscriber growth to decline and bringing about decreases in tariff rates and increases in selling and promotional expenses.

 

We compete with other telecommunications services providers in all of the thirty-one provinces, autonomous regions and directly-administered municipalities in Mainland China. The Chinese government encourages orderly competition in the telecommunications industry in Mainland China. In particular, the Chinese government has extended favorable regulatory policies to some of our competitors, such as China United Telecommunications Corporation, or China Unicom, in order to help them become more viable competitors. For example, the Chinese government has permitted China Unicom to lower its mobile telecommunications services tariffs by up to 10% below the government standard rates. We believe this policy has helped China Unicom capture a significant number of price-sensitive mobile telecommunications services subscribers. As a result, China Unicom’s market share has increased over the past few years.

 

In addition, China Telecommunications Corporation, or China Telecom, and China Netcom Communications Group Corporation, or China Netcom, provide Xiaolingtong services to their customers. Xiaolingtong is a local area wireless telephone service with limited mobility and limited coverage. Xiaolingtong offers lower-priced services. As a result, Xiaolingtong services have, to a certain extent, attracted customers principally in the low-end markets. Increased competition from Xiaolingtong or other wireless telecommunications services could materially affect our business and prospects.

 

-10-


Table of Contents

Increased competition from other telecommunications services providers, including China Unicom, China Telecom and China Netcom, and any introduction of new competitors through the issuance of additional mobile telecommunications services licenses could adversely affect our business by, among other factors, causing the rate of our subscriber growth to decline and bringing about decreases in tariff rates and increases in selling and promotional expenses. This could in turn have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as prospects.

 

New entrants in and further restructuring of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China may further intensify competition and adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

Current Chinese government policy concerning the telecommunications sector is to encourage orderly competition. In November 2001, the State Council formally approved the restructuring of the former China Telecommunications Corporation, China Netcom Corporation Limited and Jitong Network Communications Company Limited. Under the restructuring plan, China Netcom was formed in May 2002 and consists of ten regional telecommunications companies originally owned by the former China Telecommunications Corporation in Beijing, Tianjin, seven provinces and one autonomous region, China Netcom Corporation Limited and Jitong Network Communications Company Limited. China Telecom retained the telecommunications companies originally owned by the former China Telecommunications Corporation in the remaining provinces, autonomous regions and directly-administered municipalities. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — The History and Development of the Company — Industry Restructuring and Changes in Our Shareholding Structure”. Moreover, the PRC telecommunications industry may be subject to further restructuring which might change the competitive landscape of the PRC telecommunications industry. We cannot assure you that the State Council will not approve additional telecommunications services providers in the future, including providers of mobile telecommunications services that may compete against us. Increased competition from new entrants in Mainland China’s telecommunications industry could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations as a result of, among others, decreases in the rate of subscriber growth or tariff rates or increases in selling and promotional expenses. In addition, the rapid development of new technologies might cause the PRC government to make further adjustments of the existing structure of the PRC telecommunications industry. Such further industry restructuring may affect the operations of all telecommunications operators in China, including us. We may be subject to competition from new providers of telecommunication services as a result of technological developments and the convergence of various telecommunications services. These new entrants and the industry restructuring may also cause the existing competition in the telecommunications industry in Mainland China to intensify, which may materially and adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

We are controlled by CMCC, which may not always act in our best interest.

 

As of May 31, 2005, CMCC indirectly owned an aggregate of approximately 75.5% of our shares. Accordingly, CMCC is, and will be, able to:

 

    nominate substantially all of the members of our board of directors and, in turn, indirectly influence the selection of our senior management;

 

    determine the timing and amount of our dividend payments; and

 

    otherwise control or influence actions that require approvals of our shareholders.

 

The interests of CMCC as our ultimate controlling person may conflict with the interests of our minority shareholders.

 

In addition, CMCC also provides our operating subsidiaries with services that are necessary for our business activities, including:

 

    international services arrangements including, among others, international roaming arrangements, international interconnection arrangements and international transmission lines leasing arrangements;

 

-11-


Table of Contents
    the coordination of the provision of inter-provincial transmission leased lines from the relevant transmission line providers in Mainland China to us; and

 

    certain property leasing and telecommunications services arrangements.

 

The interests of CMCC as the provider of these services to our operating subsidiaries may conflict with our interests.

 

The limited spectrum allocated to us may constrain our future network capacity growth.

 

A mobile telecommunications network’s capacity is to a certain extent limited by the amount of frequency spectrum available for its use. Since the Ministry of Information Industry allocates frequency spectrum to mobile telecommunications operators in Mainland China, the capacity of our mobile telecommunications network is limited by the amount of spectrum that the Ministry of Information Industry allocates to our parent company, CMCC. The Ministry of Information Industry has allocated a total of 34 MHz of spectrum, for transmission and reception, respectively, in the 900 MHz frequency band and the 1800 MHz frequency band to our parent company, CMCC. Under the existing agreement between CMCC and us, we have the exclusive rights to use the allocated frequency spectrum in Mainland China.

 

We believe that our current spectrum allocation is sufficient for anticipated subscriber growth in the near term. However, we may need additional spectrum to accommodate future subscriber growth or to develop mobile telecommunications services using new wireless telecommunications technologies. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain additional spectrum from the Ministry of Information Industry. Our network expansion plans may be affected if we are unable to obtain additional spectrum. This could in turn constrain our future network capacity growth and materially and adversely affect our business and prospects, as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Changes to our interconnection and leased line arrangements may increase our operating expenses and adversely affect our profitability.

 

Our mobile telecommunications services depend, in large part, upon our interconnection arrangements and access to other networks. Interconnection is necessary in the case of all local calls between our subscribers and subscribers of other networks. Interconnection and leased line arrangements are also necessary for international and certain domestic calls. We have entered into interconnection and transmission line leasing agreements with other operators. We cannot assure you that increasing usage of the other networks would not result in additional strain on its switching capacity, or that the existing quality of the other networks will remain adequate.

 

The terms of our interconnection arrangements and leased line arrangements have a material effect on our operating revenue and expenses. In addition, our business and operations may be materially and adversely affected if we cannot enter into future interconnection and leased line agreements on acceptable terms or on a timely basis.

 

We may be unable to obtain sufficient financing to fund our substantial capital requirements, which could limit our growth potential and future prospects.

 

We estimate that we will require approximately RMB164 billion (approximately US$20 billion) for capital expenditures from 2005 through the end of 2007 for a range of projects and other expenditures, including among others, the construction of GSM networks, support systems, transmission and structural facilities, and the development of new technologies and new businesses. However, these capital expenditures do not include construction of 3G networks.

 

We believe that cash from operations, together with any necessary borrowings, will provide sufficient financial resources to meet our projected capital and other expenditure requirements. We may require additional funds to the extent we have underestimated our capital requirements or overestimated our future cash flows from operations. In addition, a significant feature of our business strategy is to continue exploring opportunities in developing new technologies and new businesses in the telecommunications industry, which may require additional capital resources.

 

-12-


Table of Contents

The cost of implementing new technologies, including, among others, 3G, and upgrading our networks or expanding network capacity may also be significant. In particular, in order for us to effectively respond to technological changes, we may be required to make substantial capital expenditures in the near future.

 

Financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms or on a timely basis. In addition, any future issuance of equity securities, including securities convertible or exchangeable into or that represent the right to receive equity securities, may require approval from the relevant government authorities. If adequate capital is not available, our growth potential and future prospects could be adversely affected. Our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable commercial terms will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

    our future financial condition, results of operations and cash flows;

 

    general market conditions for financing activities by telecommunications companies; and

 

    economic, political and other conditions in the markets where we operate.

 

Changes in technology may render our current technologies obsolete and thus affect our business and market position.

 

The telecommunications industry is dependent upon rapidly changing and increasingly complex technologies. Accordingly, although we strive to keep our technologies up to international standards, the mobile telecommunications technologies that we currently employ may become obsolete or subject to competition from new technologies in the future, including new wireless telecommunications technologies. In addition, the development and application of new technologies involves time, substantial costs and risks, and the new technologies we may implement, such as 3G, may not generate an acceptable rate of return.

 

Failure to capitalize on new business opportunities may have an adverse effect on our growth potential.

 

We intend to pursue new growth opportunities in the broader telecommunications industry. Our success will depend in large part on our ability to offer services that address the market demand arising from these opportunities. In addition, our ability to deploy and deliver these services depends, in many instances, on new and unproven technologies. Our wireless telecommunications technologies may not perform as expected. We may not be able to successfully develop or obtain new technologies to effectively and economically deliver these services. Furthermore, we may not be able to compete successfully in the delivery of telecommunications services based on new technologies. Any failure to capitalize on new business opportunities may materially and adversely affect our competitive position and future profitability.

 

Actual or perceived health risks associated with the use of mobile devices could impair our ability to retain and attract customers, reduce wireless telecommunications usage or result in litigation.

 

There has been public speculation about possible health risks to individuals from exposure to electromagnetic fields from base stations and from the use of wireless telephone handsets. While a substantial amount of scientific research conducted to date by various independent research bodies has shown that radio signals, at levels within the limits prescribed by public health authority safety standards and recommendations, present no adverse effect to human health, we cannot be certain that future studies, irrespective of their relative reliability or trustworthiness, will not impute a link between electromagnetic fields and adverse health effects. Research into these issues is ongoing by government agencies, international health organizations and other scientific bodies in order to develop a better scientific understanding and public awareness of these issues. In addition, several wireless industry participants were the targets of lawsuits alleging various health consequences as a result of wireless phone usage or seeking protective measures. While we are not aware of any scientific studies or objective evidence which substantiates such alleged health risks, we cannot assure you that the actual, or perceived, risks associated with radio wave transmission will not impair our ability to retain customers and attract new customers, reduce wireless telecommunications usage or result in litigation.

 

-13-


Table of Contents

Investor confidence and the market prices of our shares may be adversely impacted if we or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2006 as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

We are subject to the SEC’s reporting obligations. The SEC, as directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, adopted rules requiring each public company to include a report of management on the company’s internal control over financial reporting in its Annual Report on Form 10-K or Form 20-F, as the case may be, that contains an assessment by management of the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. In addition, the company’s independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. These requirements will first apply to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006. Our management may not conclude that our internal controls are effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over our financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may disagree. If our independent registered public accounting firm is not satisfied with our internal control over our financial reporting or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if the independent registered public accounting firm interprets the requirements, rules or regulations differently from us, then it may decline to attest to our management’s assessment or may issue an adverse opinion. Any of these possible outcomes could result in an adverse reaction in the financial marketplace due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our consolidated financial statements, which ultimately could negatively impact the market prices of our common shares.

 

Risks Relating to the Telecommunications Industry in Mainland China

 

China’s accession into the World Trade Organization will gradually ease current restrictions on foreign ownership in the telecommunications industry and may increase competition in the mobile telecommunications services sector.

 

On December 11, 2001, China officially joined the World Trade Organization, or WTO. On January 1, 2002, the Administration of Foreign-Funded Telecommunications Enterprises Provisions was also adopted, thereby implementing China’s commitments to the WTO. Those commitments include the gradual reduction of foreign ownership restrictions in the telecommunications industry and the opening of the telecommunications market in Mainland China to foreign investors. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Competition”. This could lead to increased foreign investment in the telecommunications market in Mainland China, which may in turn increase competition and foreign participation in the mobile telecommunications services sector in Mainland China. Increased competition and foreign participation may have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions and results of operations, as well as our business and prospects.

 

Our share price has been and may continue to be volatile in response to conditions in the global securities markets generally and in the telecommunications and technology sectors in particular.

 

Our share price has been subject to significant volatility, in part due to highly volatile securities markets, particularly for telecommunications companies’ shares, as well as developments in our sales and operating profit. Factors other than our results of operations that may affect our share price include, among other things, overall market conditions and performance, market expectations of our performance, projected growth in the mobile telecommunications market in Mainland China and adverse changes in our brand value. In addition, our share price may be affected by factors such as the level of business activity or perceived growth (or the lack thereof) in the telecommunications market in general, the performance of other telecommunications companies, announcements by or the results of operations of our competitors, customers and suppliers, the success of third generation mobile networks and new technologies, products and services, as well as general market volatility. See “Item 9. The Offer and Listing” for information regarding the trading price history of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

 

-14-


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Mainland China

 

We cannot assure you that the economy of Mainland China will continue to expand in the future or that an economic slowdown in Mainland China will not materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our future prospects.

 

We conduct most of our business and generate substantially all our revenues in Mainland China. As a result, economic conditions in Mainland China have a significant effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our future prospects. In recent years, Mainland China has been one of the world’s fastest growing economies in terms of GDP growth. We cannot assure you, however, that such growth will be sustained in the future. Moreover, the slowdown in other major economies of the world, such as the United States, the European Union and certain Asian countries may adversely affect economic growth in Mainland China. We cannot assure you that our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our future prospects, will not be materially and adversely affected by an economic downturn in Mainland China.

 

Adverse changes in the economic policies of the Chinese government could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of Mainland China, which could reduce the demand for our services and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Since the late 1970s, the Chinese government has been reforming the Chinese economic system. These reforms have resulted in significant economic growth and social progress. Although we believe that economic reform and macroeconomic policies and measures adopted by the Chinese government may continue to have a positive effect on the economic development of Mainland China and that we may continue to benefit from such policies and measures, these policies and measures may from time to time be modified or revised. Adverse changes in economic and social conditions in Mainland China, in the policies of the Chinese government or in the laws and regulations in Mainland China, if any, could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of Mainland China and investment in the telecommunications industry in Mainland China. These developments could adversely affect our business, such as reducing the demand for our services, as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Renminbi is not a freely convertible currency, which could limit the ability of our subsidiaries in Mainland China to obtain sufficient foreign currency to satisfy their foreign currency requirements or pay dividends to us.

 

Substantially all of our revenues and operating expenses are denominated in Renminbi, while a portion of our capital expenditures and indebtedness is denominated in U.S. dollars and other foreign currencies. The Renminbi is currently freely convertible under the “current account”, which includes dividends, trade and service-related foreign currency transactions, but not under the “capital account”, which includes foreign direct investment, unless the prior approval of the State Administration for Foreign Exchange is obtained.

 

Our operating subsidiaries are foreign invested enterprises. Currently, they may purchase foreign currency without the approval of the State Administration for Foreign Exchange for settlement of “current account transactions”, including payment of dividends, by providing commercial documents evidencing these transactions. They may also retain foreign exchange in their current accounts (subject to a cap approved by the State Administration for Foreign Exchange) to satisfy foreign currency liabilities or to pay dividends. However, the relevant Chinese government authorities may limit or eliminate our operating subsidiaries’ ability to purchase and retain foreign currencies in the future. Also, our subsidiaries incorporated in Mainland China may not be able to obtain sufficient foreign currency to satisfy their foreign currency requirements or pay dividends to us for our use in making any future dividend payments or to satisfy other foreign currency payment requirements. Foreign currency transactions under the capital account are still subject to limitations and require approvals from the State Administration for Foreign Exchange. This could affect our subsidiaries’ ability to obtain foreign currency through debt or equity financing, including by means of loans or capital contributions from us.

 

Fluctuations in exchange rates could adversely affect our financial results.

 

Substantially all of our operating revenue is denominated in Renminbi, while a portion of our capital expenditures and some of our financing expenses are denominated in foreign currencies, such as U.S. dollars and Hong Kong dollars. Future devaluations or movements in the exchange rate of Renminbi and other currencies could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

-15-


Table of Contents

The Chinese legal system embodies uncertainties which could limit the legal protections available to our shareholders.

 

The Chinese legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike common law systems, it is a system in which decided legal cases have little precedential value. Since the late 1970s, the Chinese government has been promulgating a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general. Legislation since then has significantly enhanced the protection afforded to foreign investment in Mainland China. Our existing subsidiaries are “wholly foreign-owned enterprises,” which are enterprises incorporated in Mainland China and wholly-owned by Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan or foreign investors, and subject to the laws and regulations applicable to foreign investment in Mainland China. However, the interpretation and enforcement of some of these laws, regulations and other legal requirements involve uncertainties that could limit the legal protection available to our shareholders. Moreover, China’s entry into the WTO has resulted and may in the future result in the abolition or substantial amendment of the existing laws, regulations and other legal requirements. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — World Trade Organization”.

 

Any future outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome or similar adverse public health developments in Mainland China may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

In late 2002 and the first half of 2003, Mainland China and certain other countries and regions experienced an outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS. On July 5, 2003, the World Health Organization declared that the SARS outbreak had been contained. However, new individual cases of SARS were reported after that in Mainland China and other countries and regions in Asia. Any future outbreak of SARS or similar adverse public health developments may, among other things, significantly disrupt our ability to adequately staff our business, and may generally disrupt our operations. Furthermore, an outbreak may severely restrict the level of economic activity in affected areas, which may in turn materially and adversely affect our business and prospects. As a result, we cannot assure you that any future outbreak of SARS or similar adverse public health developments would not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

-16-


Table of Contents

Item 4. Information on the Company.

 

We provide a full range of mobile telecommunications services in all thirty-one provinces, autonomous regions and directly-administered municipalities in Mainland China. As of December 31, 2004, the total population residing in Mainland China is approximately 1.3 billion. Based on publicly available information, we are the leading provider of mobile telecommunications services in Mainland China and the largest provider of mobile telecommunications services in the world as measured by total number of subscribers as of December 31, 2004. As of December 31, 2004, our total number of subscribers was approximately 204 million, representing approximately 64.3% of all mobile telecommunications services subscribers in Mainland China. As of April 30, 2005, our total number of subscribers reached approximately 217.1 million.

 

The History and Development of the Company

 

We were incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong on September 3, 1997 as a limited liability company under the name “China Telecom (Hong Kong) Limited”. We changed our name to “China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited” on June 28, 2000 after obtaining the approval of our shareholders.

 

We completed our initial public offering in October 1997. Our ordinary shares are listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, and our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, each currently representing the right to receive five ordinary shares, are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation System, and their address is 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10011.

 

Expansion Through Acquisitions

 

Our initial mobile telecommunications operations included those in Guangdong province conducted by Guangdong Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Guangdong Mobile, and in Zhejiang province conducted by Zhejiang Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Zhejiang Mobile. As part of the restructuring in preparation for our initial public offering in 1997, the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications transferred to us a 100% equity interest in Guangdong Mobile and a 99.63% equity interest in Zhejiang Mobile. Since then, we have significantly expanded the geographical coverage of our operations through a series of acquisitions from CMCC, our indirect controlling shareholder, of mobile telecommunications operations conducted by its regional subsidiaries. In particular:

 

    We acquired the entire equity interest in Jiangsu Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Jiangsu Mobile, on June 4, 1998 for a cash consideration of HK$22.5 billion.

 

    We acquired the entire equity interest in each of Fujian Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Henan Mobile, and Hainan Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Hainan Mobile, on November 12, 1999 for a total purchase price of HK$49.7 billion, consisting of HK$19.0 billion in cash and the remaining HK$30.7 billion in the form of 1,273,195,021 new shares. In addition, we acquired the remaining 0.37% equity interest in Zhejiang Mobile in June 1999.

 

    We acquired the entire equity interest in each of Beijing Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Shandong Mobile, and Guangxi Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Guangxi Mobile, on November 13, 2000 for a total purchase price of HK$256.0 billion, consisting of HK$74.6 billion in cash and the remaining HK$181.4 billion in the form of 3,779,407,375 new shares.

 

    We acquired the entire equity interest in each of Anhui Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile Communication

 

-17-


Table of Contents

Company Limited, or Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Shaanxi Mobile, and Shanxi Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Shanxi Mobile, on July 1, 2002 for a total purchase price of US$8,573 million, consisting of an initial consideration of US$5,773 million and a deferred consideration of US$2,800 million. The initial consideration of US$5,773 million consists of a cash payment of US$3,150 million and the issuance of new shares for the remaining US$2,623 million to China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited on the completion of acquisition. We financed the cash portion of the initial consideration by applying a portion of our existing internal cash resources, in the amount of US$2,400 million, combined with proceeds from the issuance of new shares in the amount of HK$5.85 billion (equivalent to approximately US$750 million) to Vodafone Holdings (Jersey) Limited, or Vodafone Jersey, a wholly owned subsidiary of Vodafone Group Plc., or Vodafone. After the share placement, Vodafone’s share holding in us increased from 2.18% to approximately 3.27%. The deferred consideration of US$2,800 million is payable by the fifteenth anniversary of the date of the completion of acquisition, and we may make an early payment of all or part of the deferred consideration at any time. We used the entire proceeds from the RMB3 billion guaranteed bonds due 2007 and RMB5 billion guaranteed bonds due 2017, both issued on October 28, 2002 by Guangdong Mobile, our wholly-owned subsidiary, to satisfy part of the US$2,800 million deferred consideration.

 

    We acquired the entire equity interest in each of Neimenggu Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile Communication Company Limited, or Xinjiang Mobile, Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute Company Limited, or Jingyi, and China Mobile Communication Company Limited, or CMC, on July 1, 2004 for a total purchase price of US$3,650 million, consisting of an initial consideration of US$2,000 million and a deferred consideration of US$1,650 million which is interest bearing and payable by the fifteenth anniversary of the date of the completion of acquisition, and we may make an early payment of all or part of the deferred consideration at any time.

 

These acquisitions have significantly enlarged our subscriber base, expanded the geographical coverage of our business and enhanced the economy of scale of our operations. In addition, the integration of these acquired operations has enabled us to realize synergies and economies of scale. A discussion of the financial impact of these acquisitions is set forth in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.

 

Industry Restructuring and Changes in Our Shareholding Structure

 

Prior to 1993, all public telecommunications networks and services in Mainland China were controlled and operated by the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications through the former Directorate General of Telecommunications, provincial telecommunications administrations and their city and county level bureaus.

 

As part of the Chinese government’s restructuring of the telecommunications industry, the Ministry of Information Industry was formed in March 1998 to assume, among others, the responsibilities of the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications. One of the principal objectives of the restructuring was to separate the government’s regulatory function from its business management functions in respect of state-owned enterprises. In the first half of 2000, the Chinese government substantially completed the industry restructuring. As a result, the Ministry of Information Industry ceased to have an indirect controlling interest in us, and no longer exercises control over telecommunications operations, but continues in its capacity as industry regulator providing industry policy guidance as well as exercising regulatory authority over all telecommunications services providers in Mainland China.

 

In addition, as part of the restructuring, the telecommunications operations previously controlled by the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications were separated along four business lines: fixed-line telecommunications, mobile telecommunications, paging and satellite telecommunications. CMCC was established

 

-18-


Table of Contents

in July 1999 as a state-owned company to hold and operate the mobile telecommunications business nationwide resulting from the separation. As part of this separation, in July 1999 CMCC obtained the approximately 57% holding of voting shares and economic interest in China Mobile (Hong Kong) Group Limited, our indirect controlling shareholder, previously held by Telpo Communications (Group) Limited, an entity 100% controlled by the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications. In addition, in May 2000, the remaining 43% interest in China Mobile (Hong Kong) Group Limited previously held by the Directorate General of Telecommunications was transferred to CMCC. As a result, CMCC has become the owner of all voting shares and economic interest in China Mobile (Hong Kong) Group Limited and thus all of the Chinese government’s interest in us. In addition, following the completion of the acquisition of ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets by our Company in July 2004, CMCC ceased to operate mobile telecommunications businesses in Mainland China other than through us. As of May 31, 2005, CMCC indirectly owned approximately 75.5% of all our outstanding shares, including shares represented by ADSs.

 

As a state-owned company, the former China Telecommunications Corporation owns and operates fixed-line telephone and data telecommunications networks. In November 2001, the State Council formally approved the restructuring of the former China Telecommunications Corporation, China Netcom Corporation Limited and Jitong Network Communications Company Limited. Under the restructuring plan, China Netcom was formed in May 2002. China Netcom consists of ten regional telecommunications companies that were originally owned by the former China Telecommunications Corporation in Beijing, Tianjin, seven provinces and one autonomous region, China Netcom Corporation Limited and Jitong Network Communications Company Limited. China Telecom retained the telecommunications companies originally owned by the former China Telecommunications Corporation in the remaining provinces, autonomous regions and directly-administered municipalities. As a result, apart from us, principal participants in the telecommunications industry in Mainland China also include China Telecom, China Netcom, China Unicom, China Railway Communications Corporation Limited and China Satellite Communications Corporation. Among these six participants, China Unicom and us are the two operators that are licensed to provide mobile telecommunications services in Mainland China.

 

Organizational Structure

 

As of May 31, 2005, CMCC, a company incorporated in China, owned 75.5% equity interest in us through intermediate holding companies. As of May 31, 2005, we owned 100% equity interests in Guangdong Mobile, Zhejiang Mobile, Jiangsu Mobile, Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile, Hainan Mobile, Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile, Guangxi Mobile, Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile, Shanxi Mobile, Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xijiang Mobile, Jingyi and CMC through intermediate holding companies, and a 66.4% equity interest in Aspire Holdings Limited, or Aspire, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We operate in all thirty-one provinces, autonomous regions and directly-administered municipalities throughout Mainland China, and CMCC no longer operates mobile telecommunications businesses in Mainland China other than through us.

 

General Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 60th Floor, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, China; telephone: 852-3121-8888. We also maintain a regional headquarters in each of our regional mobile telecommunications companies in Mainland China. Our web site address is www.chinamobilehk.com. The information on our web site is not a part of this annual report.

 

Business Overview

 

We offer mobile telecommunications services principally using the Global System for Mobile Communications, or GSM, standard. GSM is a pan-European mobile telephone system based on digital transmission and mobile telecommunications network architecture with roaming capabilities. Our GSM networks currently reach virtually all cities and counties and major roads and highways throughout Mainland China.

 

-19-


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

 

As a pioneer and the market leader in the world’s largest mobile telecommunications market, we intend to focus on our core mobile telecommunications business, enhance our core competitiveness through economies of scale, continue to implement a differentiated sales strategy, develop new businesses, enhance our network management, establish a world class telecommunications and IT supporting network, and further consolidate our position as the market leader in the mobile telecommunications industry in Mainland China.

 

We believe the mobile telecommunications market in Mainland China will continue to expand, and we have designed our business strategy to achieve sustainable growth. Our business strategy includes the following key elements:

 

    implement a differentiated sales and marketing strategy;

 

    continue to improve our customer services and satisfaction;

 

    refine and optimize our telecommunications and IT supporting networks;

 

    emphasize innovation in developing our new businesses; and

 

    continue to utilize our existing competitive advantages in terms of network, technology and resources, markets experience and market leading position to actively prepare for the construction and development of 3G.

 

Subscribers and Usage

 

Our subscriber base has grown substantially from approximately 117.7 million at the end of 2002 to approximately 204.3 million at the end of 2004. As of December 31, 2004, we had a market share of approximately 64.3% in Mainland China. As of April 30, 2005, our total number of subscribers reached approximately 217.1 million. Our acquisition of a total of 29 regional mobile telecommunications companies between June 1998 and July 2004 has substantially expanded our subscriber base. In addition to our acquisitions, our subscriber growth is also attributable to a number of other factors, including:

 

    significant economic growth in our markets;

 

    decreased cost of initiating services due to a decline in handset prices as well as the decrease in other tariffs for our services;

 

    our increased marketing and sales efforts and improved distribution channels; and

 

    our new business initiatives.

 

The following table sets forth selected historical information about our subscriber base and subscriber usage for the periods indicated.

 

     As of or for the year ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

Subscribers (in millions)

              

Contract subscribers (1)

   49.0    51.1    59.9

Prepaid subscribers (1)

   68.7    90.5    144.4
    
  
  

Total

   117.7    141.6    204.3
    
  
  

Minutes of Usage (in billions) (2)

              

Contract subscribers (1)

   192.6    250.8    366.0

Prepaid subscribers (1)

   67.5    122.4    294.9
    
  
  

Total

   260.1    373.2    660.9
    
  
  

Average Minutes of Usage Per Subscriber Per Month (3)

              

Contract subscribers (1)

   334    417    517

Prepaid subscribers (1)

   99    129    194

Blended

   207    240    297

Average Revenue Per Subscriber Per Month (RMB) (4)

              

Contract subscribers (1)

   176    171    167

Prepaid subscribers (1)

   63    58    56

Blended

   115    102    92

Average Monthly Churn Rate (%) (5)

   0.69    1.05    1.31

(1) For management reference purposes, contract subscribers are classified to include “GoTone” subscribers and subscribers who have signed service contracts with us, while prepaid subscribers are classified to include subscribers of “Shenzhouxing”, “M-Zone” and other brands or packages targeting low usage volume users.

 

-20-


Table of Contents
(2) The total minutes of usage in 2002 and 2004 include the full year minutes of usages of the regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in that year as if the respective acquisition occurred at the beginning of that year and are presented for ease of comparison.
(3) Calculated by (A) dividing the total minutes of usage (calculated in the manner as set forth in note (2) above) during the relevant year by the average number of subscribers during the year (calculated as the average of the numbers of subscribers at the end of each of the thirteen calendar months from the end of the previous year to the end of the current year) and (B) dividing the result by 12.
(4) Calculated by (A) dividing the operating revenue during the relevant year by the average number of subscribers during the year (calculated in the same manner as in note (3) above) and (B) dividing the result by 12. For purposes of this note (4) only, both operating revenues and average numbers of subscribers in 2002 and 2004 take into account the full year effect of the regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in that year as if the respective acquisition occurred at the beginning of that year.
(5) Measures the monthly rate of subscriber disconnections from mobile telecommunications services, determined by dividing: (A) the result obtained by dividing (i) the sum of voluntary and involuntary terminations from our network (excluding internal transfer) during the relevant year by (ii) the average number of subscribers during the year (calculated in the same manner as in note (3) above) by (B) 12. On this basis, our calculated average monthly churn rate will be affected by the number of voluntary and involuntary terminations and the significant growth in our subscriber base. The average monthly churn rates in 2002 and 2004 are calculated based on the full year information pertaining to the relevant regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2002 and 2004, respectively, as if the acquisition occurred at the beginning of 2002 and 2004, respectively, and are presented for ease of comparison.

 

The size and composition of our subscriber base and subscribers’ usage patterns have changed. In particular, the cost of initiating services has decreased due to a decline in handset prices, the connection fees have been eliminated, other tariffs for our services have been adjusted, and mobile telecommunications technologies have improved over time. As a result, mobile telecommunications services have become increasingly popular for both business and social uses. In general, the highest usage subscribers with the greatest telecommunications needs have tended to be the early subscribers of mobile telecommunications services. As penetration increases, newer subscribers on average incur lower monthly usage, and are generally more price-sensitive. Accordingly, as is typical in many countries with developing mobile telecommunications markets, the average revenue per subscriber per month generally has declined over the last few years as our mobile penetration has increased.

 

Businesses

 

Our businesses can be primarily divided into voice business and new businesses.

 

-21-


Table of Contents

Voice Business. Our voice business refers to the business where our subscribers make and receive calls with a mobile phone at any point within the coverage area of our mobile telecommunications networks. The services include local calls, domestic long distance calls, international long distance calls, intra-provincial roaming, inter-provincial roaming and international roaming. In 2004, our voice business continued to grow significantly.

 

New Businesses. Our new businesses include voice value-added services and data businesses.

 

Our voice value-added services mainly include caller identity display, caller restrictions, call waiting, call forwarding, call holding, voice mail, personalized ringing tones, conference calls and others.

 

Our data businesses mainly include short message services, or SMS, wireless application protocol, or WAP, Color Ring, multimedia messaging service, or MMS, and “Java Applications” services. We have also developed other data products, such as M-commerce, “Mobile Mailbox”, “12586 mobile chat services”, “Mobile Secretary” and “12590 voice-SMS information”. We believe that data businesses will continue to be one of the fastest growing segments of the telecommunications market in Mainland China over the next several years. In 2004, we increased the promotion of our data businesses by providing customers with diversified and personalized data services. Revenue from our data businesses significantly increased in 2004. As of December 31, 2004, our data businesses customers reached 156.8 million, which represented a 55.8% increase compared to 100.6 million subscribers as of December 31, 2003, and accounted for 76.8% of our total subscribers. We continued to maintain a leading position in data businesses in Mainland China.

 

We conduct various data businesses under the “Monternet” platform. As a carrier of data businesses, “Monternet” enables service providers to realize their creative and competitive advantages, and to commercially launch their products quickly and efficiently. As of the end of 2004, we have entered into broad co-operation arrangements with over 1,000 service providers. In addition, over 100,000 SMS applications, over 10,000 MMS applications, over 10,000 WAP applications and over 2,000 JAVA applications were supported by the “Monternet” platform as of the end of 2004.

 

SMS . SMS refers to services which employ the existing resources of GSM telecommunications networks and the corresponding functions of mobile telecommunications terminals to deliver and receive text messages, including subscriber-to-subscriber messages, “Monternet”-based short messages and others. SMS offers convenience and multi-functionality to our subscribers, and this business has grown rapidly in recent years. In particular, short message usage volume reached 172.6 billion in 2004 (taking into account the full year effect of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2004) from 93.5 billion in 2003. Our SMS business grew as we standardized and increased our administration of our cooperation arrangements with service providers. As of the end of 2004, our customers were able to send or receive short messages to or from the subscribers of 214 mobile telecommunications operators in 106 countries and regions around the world. We plan to continue utilizing our GSM network to provide data services based on our mobile information service platform where consumer demands can be more economically served by SMS.

 

WAP services. WAP is a technology that allows users to access information instantly via handheld wireless devices such as mobile phones. Subscribers of our WAP services are able to access the Internet via the micro-browsers on their handheld wireless devices. We experienced significant growth in our WAP-based businesses in 2004, and our WAP services subscribers reached 12.8 million in 2004.

 

Color Ring. “Color Ring” refers to the service where subscribers can customize the answer ring tone from a wide selection of songs, melodies, sound effects, or voice recordings to replace the monotonous ring connecting tone that the caller would hear. We experienced significant growth in our “Color Ring” business in 2004, and our “Color Ring” user reached 27.2 million in 2004.

 

MMS. MMS is a technology that allows user to exchange multimedia communications, such as graphics, animated color pictures, sound files and short text messages, over wireless networks. We experienced significant growth in our MMS businesses in 2004, and our MMS services subscribers reached 12.3 million 2004.

 

-22-


Table of Contents

Wireless Internet Access. We provide wireless Internet access by utilizing general packet radio service, or GPRS, and wireless local area network, or WLAN, technologies to access WAP websites and Internet websites. GPRS supports a higher transmission rate than the traditional GSM cellular technology and enables network operators to provide more information and applications via a wireless connection. The usage of WAP-based services has grown significantly as the transmission speed and reliability has improved in recent years. WLAN is a wireless data transmission network which enables users to easily access local area networks via terminals with electromagnetic transmission, and is a complement to, and an extension of, wired local area networks access. We have begun providing WLAN services at “hot spots”, such as airports, hotels, conference and exhibition centers and office buildings, within certain major cities.

 

Tariffs

 

The tariffs payable by our subscribers include primarily usage charges, monthly fees and service fees for voice value-added services and data services. Usage charges for both our contract and prepaid subscribers include base usage charges plus, where applicable, an additional component reflecting domestic and international long distance tariffs. When using roaming services, subscribers incur a roaming charge instead of the base usage charges, plus applicable domestic and international long distance charges.

 

We have flexible long distance tariff plans distinguishing between day time and night time, and offer tailored service plans based upon customer requirements as well as our network resources.

 

Our tariffs are subject to regulation by various government authorities, including the Ministry of Information Industry, the National Development and Reform Commission (the successor to the former State Development and Planning Commission) and the relevant price regulatory authorities in Mainland China. The actual price range in each service area is proposed by a network operator in that service area and must be approved by the relevant price regulatory authorities in that service area. In general, base usage charges, monthly fees, domestic roaming charges and applicable long distance tariffs (other than tariffs for Internet Protocol phone calls) are also determined by the Ministry of Information Industry in consultation with the National Development and Reform Commission.

 

We offer our subscribers a variety of tariff packages which have different monthly fees, levels of basic usage and charges for usage exceeding the covered basic usage, voice value-added services, data services or other features. In general, the higher the monthly fee of a tariff package, the greater the price concession we offer. The tariff packages often incorporate different complimentary voice value-added services and data services packages.

 

Given the rapid growth in mobile penetration rates and increased competition, in order to remain competitive in terms of price and performance with other mobile telecommunications operators, we provide certain discounts and promotional offers in and during corresponding service areas and call periods targeting different customers. These discounts and promotional offers mainly include rewards for the pre-payment of fees, free trials of voice value-added services or data services, tariff discounts during off-peak hours and in low-traffic areas, and tariff discounts for specified call recipients.

 

Interconnection

 

Interconnection refers to various arrangements that permit the connection of our networks to other networks such as the fixed-line networks. These agreements provide for the sharing and settlement of revenues from the base usage charges and, if applicable, roaming charges and domestic and international long distance charges.

 

Our networks interconnect with the networks of other operators, allowing our subscribers to communicate with the subscribers of these operators and to make and receive local, domestic and international long distance calls. Each of our operating subsidiaries has interconnection agreements with those operators in its service area. The economic terms of these agreements are standardized from province to province.

 

-23-


Table of Contents

Roaming

 

We provide roaming services to our subscribers, which allow them to access our mobile telecommunications services while they are physically outside of their registered service area or in the coverage areas of other mobile telecommunications networks in other countries and regions with which we have roaming arrangements.

 

As of December 31, 2004, our GSM global roaming services covered 184 countries and regions, while our GPRS global roaming services coverage was extended to 73 countries and regions.

 

A mobile telecommunications services subscriber using roaming services is charged at our per-minute roaming charge (instead of the base usage charge) for both incoming and outgoing calls, plus applicable long distance charges.

 

Revenue Sharing and Settlement of Long Distance Charge When Roaming. In addition to the base roaming charge, long distance charges may be assessed when a subscriber is roaming. Where a mobile telecommunications services subscriber makes a call while roaming, the home network operator collects all long distance charges incurred and pays all such charges to the operator of the visited network. Where a mobile telecommunications services subscriber receives a call while roaming, the home network operator receives and keeps all long distance charges incurred by that subscriber.

 

Research and Development

 

Our research and development efforts focus on:

 

    developing advanced data application solutions suitable for the particulars of the consumer markets in Mainland China; and

 

    monitoring technological trends, including advancement in 3G, which may have an impact on the development of our current business and the implementation of our wireless data strategy.

 

In light of the increasingly competitive and rapidly evolving telecommunications market in Mainland China, we expect to continue to devote resources to the research and development of new products, services and technology applications.

 

The principal business focuses of Aspire, our majority-owned subsidiary with operations based in Shenzhen, China, include systems integration, product development, and technical support for mobile data systems and related applications in Mainland China. Aspire also operates our wireless data research and development center in Shenzhen, China. Aspire is an important part of our overall strategy to capture the fast growing wireless data sector in Mainland China .

 

Aspire currently has a business alliance with each of Hewlett-Packard Company and Vodafone Americas Asia Inc., a subsidiary of Vodafone, to develop wireless data and Internet and related applications. As of May 31, 2005, Hanover Asia-Pacific Investments Limited, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of Hewlett-Packard, and Vodafone Holdings (Jersey) Limited, a subsidiary of Vodafone, hold a 7% and a 9.99% equity interest in Aspire, respectively.

 

Aspire has also entered into a master agreement with us for the development of our mobile information service center platform. Under this master agreements, Aspire provides system and gateway integration services, hardware, software and system development, technical support and major overhaul services of data centers to us.

 

Sales and Customer Services

 

Sales Channels . We offer our services through an extensive network of proprietary sales outlets and retail outlets. In addition to providing retail sales and network connection services, most of our proprietary sales outlets also offer differentiated services to subscribers under different service brands, including, for example, billing information and payment collection, services consultation, handset repair and other customer services. Furthermore,

 

-24-


Table of Contents

most of our proprietary sales outlets provide training and service demonstrations to retail outlets. The retail outlets offer our services according to agency agreements with us. In connection with these sales, all applicable fees payable after initial connection are paid to us. In addition, we offer certain online services to our customers, including, among others, subscription of voice value-added services, change of tariff plans, credit loading for “Shenzhouxing” pre-paid services and certain wireless data services, and redemption of “GoTone” points. We also conduct online sales and marketing activities.

 

We also establish concept stores in major cities within Mainland China to showcase our services and products, particularly our wireless data services, and to facilitate certain sales and marketing activities.

 

Market Segmentation Strategy. As subscribers’ demands for mobile telecommunications become more varied and complex, we have conducted research on market segmentation and have launched brands and products which cater to the specific needs of different subscriber groups.

 

We mainly promote three brands, each with a different focus. “GoTone” targets high to middle-end subscribers, “Shenzhouxing” targets the mass market and the “M-Zone” brand targets the young user group through the integration of voice and data services.

 

We also provide virtual private mobile network, or VPMN, services to our corporate customers. VPMN offers a “virtual” private telecommunications network to corporate subscribers as an overlay upon the basic public telecommunications network, which enables corporate internal telecommunications functions such as speed dialing and information broadcasting. VPMN has been implemented in certain targeted market segments. We believe our VPMN services will not only enhance the loyalty of corporate customers, but will also stimulate usage as well as attract potential new subscribers. As of December 31, 2004, corporate customers with specific service agreements with us reached 1.11 million.

 

Customer Services. Our customer support service centers offer 24-hour staff-answering and automatic-answering service hotlines in Mainland China, dealing with customer enquiries regarding services and billing, as well as handling customer complaints. In order to retain high-value and corporate customers and enhance customer satisfaction, we offer a series of personalized and differentiated services targeted at high-value and corporate customers, including dedicated account executives, on-site visits and systems for collecting comments and handling complaints.

 

In 2004, we continued to focus on our initiatives of “Striving for Customer Satisfaction”, and endeavored to provide quality service to our customers.

 

Customer Retention. As a result of intensified competition, we place great emphasis on customer retention. Our strategy is to attract and retain high-value customers by providing high quality services. We have implemented a “Customer Point Reward Program”, which is a bonus point based scheme that rewards customers according to their service consumption, loyalty and payment history. This represents an important measure by us to retain high-value customers. Customers are identified and grouped as “GoTone Diamond”, “GoTone Gold” and “GoTone Silver” card members according to their respective value contribution and points accrued. Different levels of membership entitle members to different privileges. Customers in these four classifications are eligible to receive targeted rewards, including some of our own products and services, as well as those of our business partners. In 2004, we further differentiated our “GoTone” service and enhanced customer loyalty of our “GoTone” service through the targeted allocation of marketing resources. In addition, we offer special services to our “GoTone” members, including cross-region services, handset repairs in roaming locations, and special airport services in home network and in roaming locations.

 

In developing our “M-Zone” brand, we focused on expanding the subscriber base, offering new services and gaining recognition as representative of youth culture. We enhanced the brand image and the number of customers as a result of our increased advertising efforts and expansion of new businesses.

 

In addition, we further enhanced customer loyalty through a series of efforts in 2004 including, among others, developing our portfolio of products, increasing services and industry penetration, allocating more resources in the fast-growing new businesses and optimizing management systems and procedures.

 

-25-


Table of Contents

Churn Management. We have devised internal monitoring systems to detect subscribers who are prone to discontinue their subscriptions. In particular, our churn alert system prompts customer service representatives to proactively approach those subscribers, and customers who have recently discontinued their service, to improve customer relations and minimize churn.

 

Credit Control. We have implemented subscriber registration procedures, such as identity checks for individual contract-based customers and information checks for corporate customers, to assist in credit control. In certain situations, we require contract subscribers to pay an advance deposit representing a pre-determined amount of usage charges before certain telecommunications services are activated. The actual usage charges incurred are verified against the balance of the amount deposited at regular intervals on a daily basis, and if there are unusual circumstances, control measures will be implemented. Direct debit services are available in each geographical area. The accounts of contract subscribers are required to be settled on a monthly basis, and a late payment fee is imposed on each subscriber whose account balance is not settled by the monthly due date. If the subscriber’s account remains overdue, the subscriber’s services will be deactivated and such subscriber must pay all overdue amounts, including applicable late payment fees, to reactivate services. To further control credit risk, we have expanded the sphere of service offerings that require subscribers to pre-pay for services.

 

We make provision for doubtful accounts based on our assessment of the recoverability of accounts receivable on maturity. In particular, we make full provision for accounts receivable older than three months. The total amount of the provision for doubtful accounts for each of 2002, 2003 and 2004 was RMB1,749 million, RMB2,006 million and RMB2,273 million, respectively, or 1.4%, 1.3% and 1.2% of total operating revenue, respectively.

 

Information Systems

 

Our information systems primarily consist of a network management system, a business operation support system and a management information system. The network management system collects and processes the operating data from each network, and manages, supervises and controls our networks for safe and efficient operation. The business operation support system provides day-to-day operational support to each business unit, and is a unified and comprehensive system that enables the sharing of information resources. This system standardizes and integrates each of our sales, billing, settlement, customer service and network failure handling databases in a centralized and orderly manner. The management information system collects and processes our management information and provides support to our management personnel. In addition, this system has computerized and automated our management in finance, inventory, procurement and projects. Furthermore, we have an internal communications network, which consists of our office automation system, our internal computer network, video conference system, telephone system and others, the combination of which supports our internal communications. In 2004, we upgraded and expanded these systems to improve our management and operations.

 

Trademark. We market our services under the “CHINA MOBILE” trademark, which is the trademark we use throughout Mainland China. “CHINA MOBILE” is a registered trademark in Mainland China owned by our parent company, CMCC. In July 2002, we entered into a non-exclusive licensing agreement with CMCC for the use of the “CHINA MOBILE” name and logo by us and our operating subsidiaries. Under this agreement, no license fee is payable by us for the first five years from the effective date of the trademark registration in China and any fees payable after that will be no less favorable than fees paid by other affiliates of CMCC. In addition, each of the companies that we acquired in July 2004, other than Jingyi, has entered into a licensing agreement with CMCC for the use of the “CHINA MOBILE” name and logo. Under these agreements, no license fee is payable until December 31, 2007.

 

In addition, the “CHINA MOBILE” name has been registered as a trademark by CMCC in Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan, Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, New Zealand, South Korea, Thailand, and the United States. Furthermore, CMCC has filed applications to register the “CHINA MOBILE” name and logo as a trademark in Bangladesh, Canada, India, Malaysia and Philippines. CMCC has also filed applications for trademark registration under the Protocol Relating to the Madrid Agreement Concerning the International Registration of Marks.

 

-26-


Table of Contents

We have registered the “MONTERNET” name as a trademark in Hong Kong, Mainland China and the European Union. In addition, we have filed applications in Canada and the United States to register the “MONTERNET” name and logo as a trademark.

 

Mobile Telecommunications Networks

 

We offer mobile telecommunications services using the GSM standard. Each of our GSM networks consists of:

 

    base stations, which are transmitters and receivers that serve as a bridge between all mobile users in a cell and connect mobile calls to the mobile switching center;

 

    base station controllers, which connect to, and monitor and control, the base station within each cell, performing the functions of message exchange and frequency administration;

 

    mobile switching centers, which are central switching points to which each call is connected, and which control the base station controllers and the routing of calls;

 

    transmission lines, which link the mobile switching centers, base station controllers, base stations and other telecommunications networks; and

 

    software applications that drive the mobile telecommunications infrastructure.

 

GSM Network Capacity Expansion and Optimization Plans. All of our subscribers currently use digital GSM services. We intend to continue our network expansion and optimization with an emphasis on improving network utilization and operating efficiency as well as expanding the coverage and capacity of our GSM networks. Our network expansion and optimization plans depend to a large extent upon the availability of sufficient spectrum. In addition, in order to improve the capacity of our mobile telecommunications networks in certain major urban centers, we introduced the GSM-compatible 1800 MHz Digital Cellular System.

 

Spectrum. A mobile telecommunications network’s capacity is to a certain extent limited by the amount of frequency spectrum available. The Ministry of Information Industry allocated a total of 34 MHz of spectrum, for transmission and reception, respectively, in the 900 MHz frequency band and the 1800 MHz frequency band to our parent company, CMCC. Under the existing agreement between CMCC and us, we have the exclusive right to use such frequency spectrum in Mainland China.

 

Transmission Infrastructure. The physical infrastructure linking our base stations, base station controllers and mobile switching centers and interconnecting our networks to other networks consists of transmissions lines, which provide the backbone infrastructure by which mobile call traffic is carried.

 

Intra-Provincial Transmission Lines. In addition to our own transmission lines, we also lease intra-provincial and local transmission lines from other operators and pay them fees based on tariff schedules stipulated by the relevant regulatory authorities after adjusting for the discounts that we have negotiated.

 

Inter-Provincial Transmission Lines. Following the completion of our acquisition of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in July 2004, we no longer lease any inter-provincial transmission lines from CMCC, and for the inter-provincial transmission lines we leased from other providers through CMCC, CMCC collects leasing fees from us and pays the same to the relevant transmission line providers.

 

Network Operations and Maintenance. We believe that we have considerable network operation and maintenance experience and technical expertise. Day-to-day traffic management, troubleshooting, system maintenance and network optimization are conducted by our experienced team of engineers and technicians. Technical staffs are available for emergency repair work 24 hours a day and we employ specialist teams for central maintenance of the networks. Currently, most technical difficulties relating to the networks are resolved by our staff, although our equipment suppliers also provide back-up maintenance and technical support.

 

-27-


Table of Contents

Base Station Sites. In urban areas, our base station sites are located mostly on existing structures, typically at the top of tall buildings. In rural areas, masts are often constructed for locating base stations. Typically, base station sites are of limited size, as base station equipment does not generally require significant space. Generally, depending on the length of time required for negotiation with respect to use of the land or buildings, construction of a base station takes approximately one to three months in an urban area and approximately three to six months in a rural area. We anticipate that we will need a significant number of new sites in connection with the expansion of our mobile telecommunications networks. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain the requisite number of sites on reasonable commercial terms.

 

Equipment Suppliers . We select our principal suppliers from among leading international and domestic manufacturers of mobile telecommunications equipment and in accordance with technical standards set by the Ministry of Information Industry. In 2004, we purchased our GSM networks equipment primarily from Ericsson, Huawei Technologies, Nokia, Motorola, and Alcatel.

 

Strategic Alliance with Vodafone

 

We have a strategic alliance agreement with Vodafone, which provides for a number of cooperation arrangements between us and Vodafone, including:

 

    the exchange and sharing of corporate management, technical and operational expertise and resources;

 

    joint research and development;

 

    the introduction of global products and services for the mobile community; and

 

    the development and implementation of standards and protocols relevant to mobile telecommunications.

 

Under the agreement, Vodafone is our preferred partner in the above mentioned areas, and we are Vodafone’s sole strategic partner in China for all areas of potential cooperation within the scope of the strategic alliance. As part of the alliance, Dr. J. Brian Clark, Chief Executive in the Asia Pacific Region of Vodafone, served as a non-executive director of our company from August 2003 until March 2005. Sir Julian Michael Horn-Smith, Deputy Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director of Vodafone, joined our board of directors as a non-executive director in March 2005. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”. In addition, as of

 

May 31, 2005, Vodafone held approximately 3.26% of our outstanding shares. See “— The History and Development of Company — Expansion Through Acquisitions”.

 

We believe that the strategic alliance with Vodafone has enhanced our strengths in the telecommunications market in Mainland China and will better position us to pursue further expansion opportunities globally. In particular, this alliance has enabled us to have frequent and broad exchanges of expertise and market information. Moreover, this strategic alliance will enable Vodafone and us to share information and establish benchmarks to better assess and enhance each other’s performance, thereby better positioning both parties in the global telecommunications market. See “— Research and Development”.

 

Competition

 

We compete with other telecommunications services providers. We are one of the two licensed mobile telecommunications services providers in Mainland China. The Chinese government encourages orderly and fair competition in the telecommunications industry in Mainland China. In particular, the Chinese government has extended favorable regulatory policies to some of our competitors, such as China Unicom, in order to help them become more viable competitors to us. For example, the Chinese government has permitted China Unicom to apply mobile service tariffs as much as 10% below the governmental standard rates. We believe this policy has helped China Unicom’s market share by capturing a significant number of price-sensitive mobile telecommunications services subscribers.

 

-28-


Table of Contents

In accordance with the Chinese government policy of encouraging competition in the Chinese telecommunications industry, the government has previously authorized new entrants to offer IP-based long distance call services, data and Internet services. In 2001, the State Council formally approved the restructuring of the former China Telecommunications Corporation, China Netcom Corporation Limited and Jitong Network Communications Company Limited, which created two large telecommunications companies, China Telecom and China Netcom. Increased competition from new entrants in China’s telecommunications industry could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — New entrants in the telecommunications industry in Mainland China may further intensify competition and adversely affect our business and prospects”.

 

We are facing intensified competition from other operators. China Unicom provides mobile telecommunications services through GSM and CDMA networks throughout Mainland China. In addition, China Telecom and China Netcom offer local wireless access services, such as Xiaolingtong services, throughout Mainland China. Xiaolingtong services are local telecommunications services based on the Personal Access System technology, which provide subscribers with wireless access in a low-mobility environment through radio base stations with short-distance coverage. In addition, China Unicom, China Telecom and China Netcom launch from time to time promotional offers, such as handset subsidies and tariff packages, to attract customers. China Telecom and China Netcom also offer Xiaolingtong services together with fixed-line services as a package. Despite intensified competition, we believe that we have significant competitive advantages due to:

 

 

    economies of scale;

 

    our superior mobile telecommunications networks;

 

    our widely-recognized brand name and logo that are closely identified with us by consumers;

 

    our broad distribution networks and our focus on customer services;

 

    our extensive range of new businesses;

 

    our experienced management team and seasoned employees; and

 

    our financial resources.

 

We believe these advantages have contributed to our superior subscriber quality compared to that of our competitors, as measured by average usage levels, average revenues per subscriber and doubtful accounts levels.

 

The State Council and the Ministry of Information Industry may approve additional mobile service providers in the future that may compete with us. We may also be subject to competition from providers of new telecommunications services based on existing or new technologies, such as 3G. Nonetheless, given the relatively low mobile penetration rates in Mainland China in general and, in particular, in the central and western regions, we believe there is substantial growth potential for our mobile telecommunications business. We believe that the restructuring of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China has helped to create a fair, orderly, transparent and healthy telecommunications market.

 

World Trade Organization

 

China officially joined the WTO on December 11, 2001. Under the Protocol on the Accession of the People’s Republic of China, dated as of November 11, 2001, China agreed to gradually open various segments and regions of its telecommunications market to foreign investment. Pursuant to this accession protocol, both the percentage of ownership of Sino-foreign joint ventures offering telecommunication services in China and the regions where those joint ventures are permitted to offer telecommunications services will be gradually expanded over a period of six years. Under the accession protocol, the telecommunication market is divided into fixed-line services, mobile voice and data services, paging services and value added services. Value added services include electronic mail, voice mail and online information and database retrieval. By December 11, 2004, foreign investors are

 

-29-


Table of Contents

permitted to own up to 49% of joint ventures that offer mobile voice and data services in 17 cities in China. By December 11, 2006, such joint ventures will be permitted to offer mobile voice and data services in China without any geographic restrictions.

 

The table below summarizes the foreign ownership restrictions for telecommunications joint ventures in China as well as applicable geographic restrictions:

 

Foreign Ownership Percentage and Geographic Restrictions

for Foreign-Funded Telecommunications Enterprises

 

   

As of December 31,


Sector


 

2001


 

2002


 

2003


 

2004


 

2005


 

2006


 

2007


Mobile

 

25%

(3 cities) (1)

 

35%

(17 cities) (2)

     

49%

(17 cities) (2)

     

49%

(nationwide)

   

Fixed-line

  N/A   N/A   N/A  

25%

(3 cities) (1)

     

35%

(17 cities) (2)

 

49%

(nationwide)

Value added

 

30%

(3 cities) (1)

 

49%

(17 cities) (2)

 

50%

(nationwide)

               

Paging

 

30%

(3 cities) (1)

 

49%

(17 cities) (2)

 

50%

(nationwide)

               

(1) The initial three cities are Beijing, Shanghai and Guangzhou.
(2) The 17 cities include Beijing, Chengdu, Chongqing, Dalian, Fuzhou, Guangzhou, Hangzhou, Nanjing, Ningbo, Qingdao, Shenyang, Shanghai, Shenzhen, Xiamen, Xi’an, Taiyuan and Wuhan.

 

Regulation

 

The mobile telecommunications industry in Mainland China is subject to a high degree of regulation by the Chinese government. Regulations issued or implemented by the State Council, the Ministry of Information Industry and other relevant government authorities including the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Commerce, which consolidated the functions of the former Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation, encompass all key aspects of mobile telecommunications network operations, including entry into the telecommunications industry, scope of permissible business, interconnection and transmission line arrangements, technology and equipment standards, tariff standards, capital investment priorities, foreign investment policies and spectrum and number resources allocation.

 

The Ministry of Information Industry, under the leadership of the State Council, is responsible for, among other things:

 

    formulating and enforcing industry policy, standards and regulations;

 

    granting telecommunications licenses and permits;

 

    formulating interconnection and settlement standards for implementation between telecommunications networks;

 

    together with other relevant regulatory authorities, formulating tariff and service charge standards for telecommunications services;

 

    supervising the operations of telecommunications services providers;

 

    promoting fair and orderly market competition among operators; and

 

    allocating and administering public telecommunications resources, such as radio frequencies, number resources, domain names and addresses of telecommunications networks.

 

-30-


Table of Contents

In order to provide a uniform regulatory framework to encourage the orderly development of the telecommunications industry, the Ministry of Information Industry, under the direction of the State Council, is currently preparing a draft telecommunications law. We expect that, if and when the telecommunications law is adopted by the National People’s Congress, it will become the basic telecommunications statute and the legal source of telecommunications regulations in Mainland China. In addition, the State Council promulgated a set of telecommunications regulations on September 25, 2000. These regulations apply in the interim period prior to the adoption of the telecommunications law. Although we expect that the telecommunications law will have a positive effect on the overall development of the telecommunications industry in Mainland China, we cannot predict what the ultimate nature and scope of the telecommunications law will be.

 

Entry into the Industry. Under the current regulations, operators of mobile telecommunications networks, providers of other basic telecommunications services such as local and long distance fixed-line telephone services, and value added service providers whose telecommunications services cover two or more provinces, directly-administered municipalities or autonomous regions in China must apply for specific permits from the Ministry of Information Industry in order to provide such services. Granting of permits for providing basic telecommunications services will be through a tendering process. Currently, in addition to us, China Unicom is also authorized to provide mobile telecommunications services in all provinces, directly-administered municipalities and autonomous regions in China.

 

On December 11, 2001, China officially joined the WTO. To implement China’s commitments under the WTO, the Administration of Foreign-Funded Telecommunications Enterprises Provisions became effective on January 1, 2002, permitting foreign investment in joint ventures that provide telecommunications services in China. However, such investments will presumably bear no direct relation to the issuance of licenses to providers of telecommunications services in Mainland China, as the issuance of new licenses by the relevant authority is governed by a separate set of rules and regulations. Pursuant to the Administration of Foreign-Funded Telecommunications Enterprises Provisions, foreign ownership in a telecommunications enterprise may be gradually increased to 49% if such enterprise provides basic telecommunication services and 50% if such enterprise provides value added telecommunications services (including radio paging services).

 

Spectrum Usage. In coordination with the relevant provincial authorities, the Ministry of Information Industry regulates the allocation of radio frequency. The frequency assigned to an entity is not allowed to be leased or, without approval of the Ministry of Information Industry, transferred by the entity to any other third party. In accordance with a joint circular from the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance, CMCC entered into an agreement with us that specifies the amount of fees to be paid to the Ministry of Information Industry for spectrum usage by each mobile telecommunications network operator based on the bandwidth of the frequency used and the number of base stations within the relevant operator’s networks.

 

On May 2, 2002, the relevant regulatory authorities in China informed us that the standard spectrum usage fees for GSM networks will be adjusted progressively over a period of three years, and that the adjustments will be effective for a period of five years from July 1, 2002. For the first year, spectrum usage fees for GSM networks will be charged at the annual rate of RMB7.5 million per MHz frequency. For the second year, the annual fee will be RMB11.25 million per MHz frequency and from the third year onward, the annual fee will be RMB15 million per MHz frequency. All adjusted annual fees are charged on the basis that upward and downward frequencies are separately charged.

 

Number Resources. The Ministry of Information Industry is responsible for the administration of the telecommunications number resources within Mainland China, including the telecommunications network numbers and subscriber numbers. The use of number resources by any telecommunications operator is subject to the approval by the Ministry of Information Industry. In January 2003, the Ministry of Information Industry issued Measures on Administration of Telecommunications Network Number Resources. In accordance with these measures, the telecommunications network number resources are owned by the state, and the user of number resources is required to pay a usage fee to the state starting March 1, 2003. The new measures also provide for procedures for application for the use, upgrade and adjustment of number resources by telecommunications operators. In December 2004, the

 

-31-


Table of Contents

Ministry of Information Industry, the Ministry of Finance and the National Development and Reform Commission jointly issued the Provisional Administrative Measures with respect to the Collection of the Usage Fee of Telecommunications Network Number Resources, under which telecommunications companies are required to pay a usage fee to the PRC government by the 10th day of the first month of each quarter. Moreover, under these provisional measures, mobile telecommunications companies are required to pay an annual usage fee of RMB12 million for each network number. We are required to start paying usage fees in 2005.

 

Tariff Setting. The levels and categories of our tariffs are subject to regulation by various government authorities, including the Ministry of Information Industry, the National Development and Reform Commission and, at the local level, the relevant provincial price regulatory authorities. Under the current telecommunications regulations, telecommunications tariffs are categorized into market based tariffs, government guidance tariffs and government standard tariffs. In general, base usage charges, monthly fees, domestic roaming usage charges and tariffs for all domestic long distance calls and international calls (other than Internet Protocol phone calls) are fixed jointly by the Ministry of Information Industry and the National Development and Reform Commission. Our international roaming charges are set in accordance with agreements between CMCC and the relevant foreign mobile operators. Under the current telecommunications regulations, tariffs for those telecommunications businesses that are considered fully competitive may be set by the service providers as market based tariffs.

 

Interconnection Arrangements and Lease Line Arrangements. Under the current telecommunications regulations, parties seeking interconnection must enter into an interconnection agreement and file such interconnection agreement with the Ministry of Information Industry. Major telecommunications services providers that have control over essential telecommunications infrastructure and possess significant market share must allow interconnection to their networks by other operators. They must establish interconnection rules and procedures based on the principles of non-discrimination and transparency and submit such rules and procedures to the Ministry of Information Industry for approval. Such rules and procedures will be binding upon those major telecommunications services providers. The termination of any interconnection arrangements will require prior approval by the Ministry of Information Industry.

 

The applicable regulations provide that interconnection related equipment must conform to the technical standards approved by the Ministry of Information Industry. See “—Technical Standards” below. The Ministry of Information Industry also determines the standard lease tariffs to be paid by telecommunications operators with respect to the leasing of transmission lines that facilitate interconnection between telecommunications networks.

 

Technical Standards. Certain regulatory authorities in Mainland China, including the Ministry of Information Industry, set technical standards and control the type and quality of mobile telecommunications equipment used in or connected to public networks, all radio telecommunications equipment and all interconnection related equipment.

 

The establishment of base stations requires the approval of the relevant provincial regulatory authorities. A number of these approvals with respect to the base stations of our operating subsidiaries are currently pending. We have not experienced and do not expect to experience material difficulty in obtaining permission to establish additional sites.

 

Capital Investment. Some of our major investment projects, including mobile telecommunications network development projects, may be required to obtain approvals from relevant regulatory authorities in Mainland China.

 

Employees

 

The total number of our employees increased from 63,859 as of December 31, 2003 to 88,127 as of December 31, 2004, mainly as a result of our acquisitions of ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in Mainland China in July 2004. Substantially all of our employees are located in Mainland China. The employees are classified in the following table. Approximately 69.2% of our permanent employees have college or graduate degrees.

 

-32-


Table of Contents

 

Management

   19,362

Technical and engineering

   24,050

Sales and marketing

   40,979

Financial and accounting

   3,736
    

Total

   88,127
    

 

We provide benefits to certain employees, including housing, retirement benefits and hospital, maternity, disability and dependent medical care benefits. Most of our employees are members of a labor association. We have not experienced any strikes, slowdowns or labor disputes that have interfered with our operations to date, and we believe that our relations with our employees are good.

 

Property, Plants and Equipment

 

We own, lease or have usage rights in various properties which consist of land and buildings for offices, administrative centers, staff quarters, retail outlets and technical facilities. For some of our properties under construction, we have not obtained land use right certificates or property title certificates. However, such deficiencies do not affect our use of these properties. We believe that all of our owned and leased properties are well maintained and are suitable and adequate for their present use.

 

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, together with the related notes, included elsewhere in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Hong Kong GAAP, which differ in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. Note 32 to our consolidated financial statements summarizes the significant differences between Hong Kong GAAP and U.S. GAAP as they relate to us and provides a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP of net profit and shareholders’ equity. In addition, note 32 to our consolidated financial statements includes our condensed consolidated financial statements prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the relevant periods. Our consolidated financial statements present, and the discussion and analysis in this section pertain to, our consolidated financial position and results of operations as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004. Our consolidated financial statements reflect the results of Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi and CMC from July 1, 2004, the date of the acquisition.

 

Overview of Our Operations

 

During 2002, 2003 and 2004, our network capacity, subscriber base and usage and operations continued to experience significant growth. We believe that with the ongoing market-oriented restructuring of the telecommunications industry, as well as the continued development of the Chinese economy and increase in per capita income in Mainland China, the telecommunications industry will continue to grow rapidly. Given the relatively low penetration rates in our Mainland China in general and, in particular, in the central and western regions, we believe that there is potential for continued future subscriber growth.

 

We operate in an extensively regulated environment and our operations and financial performance are significantly affected by the Chinese government’s regulation of the telecommunications industry. These regulations and policies may affect, among other things, our interconnection and transmission line leasing arrangements, technology and equipment standards and capital investment, as described in more detail under “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Adverse changes in the economic policies of the Chinese government could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of Mainland China, which could reduce the demand for our services and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations” and “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Regulation”. Our financial performance is also subject to the economic and social conditions in Mainland China and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

 

-33-


Table of Contents

Our Acquisitions of Regional Mobile Telecommunications Companies and Other Telecommunications Assets in the Past Five Years Have Materially Impacted Our Financial Results

 

We acquired Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile and Guangxi Mobile on November 13, 2000, Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile on July 1, 2002 and Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi and CMC on July 1, 2004. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — The History and Development of Company — Expansion Through Acquisitions.” We have adopted the purchase accounting method to account for these acquisitions under Hong Kong GAAP. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements include the results of these companies from the respective dates of the acquisitions. Under U.S. GAAP, our acquisitions of these companies are considered a combination of entities under common control which would be accounted for under the “as if pooling-of-interests” method, whereby assets and liabilities are accounted for at historical cost and the accounts of previously separate companies for periods prior to the combination generally are restated on a combined basis.

 

These acquisitions have had a material impact on our overall results of operations. In particular, our financial results in 2004 were significantly affected by the inclusion of the results of operations for the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets we acquired in July 2004. By comparison, our financial results in 2003 did not include the results of operations of these companies. See “— Results of Operations — Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003”. These acquisitions have, among other things, significantly expanded the size of the mobile telecommunications markets we serve and increased the number of our subscribers and usage of our services. As a result, our operating revenue and operating expenses have also increased significantly.

 

Operating Arrangements We Entered Into Over the Last Several Years Have Materially Impacted Our Financial Results

 

Our current organizational structure was established pursuant to the restructuring completed in September 1997 in preparation for our initial public offering and our subsequent acquisitions of regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in Mainland China. In connection with these transactions, we entered into various operating arrangements to facilitate the transfer of the operations to us, to integrate these operations within our operating structure and to improve our overall operational efficiency. These arrangements included:

 

    interconnection revenue sharing and settlement arrangements with other operators;

 

    intra-provincial transmission line leasing agreements with other operators;

 

    service agreement with CMCC and certain other operators with respect to various telecommunications services and support;

 

    a change in the tax treatment of connection fees and certain surcharge revenue for our services; and

 

    the revaluation of fixed assets of the companies we acquired as of the respective dates set forth in the financial statements included in this annual report.

 

The original terms of our agreements relating to interconnection, leased lines and roaming have been revised as a result of tariff adjustments by the government and/or commercial negotiation with the relevant parties.

 

Our financial results reflect the impact of the above arrangements as of the dates they became effective. These arrangements and changes have had a material impact on our overall results of operations.

 

-34-


Table of Contents

Our Operating Arrangements with CMCC Have Affected and May Continue to Affect Our Financial Results

 

Following the completion of our acquisition of the telecommunication assets from CMCC in July 2004, CMCC no longer provides mobile telecommunications services in Mainland China other than through us. Therefore, from July 1, 2004, the domestic roaming arrangements between CMCC and us were terminated and we no longer lease any inter-provincial transmission lines from CMCC. Moreover, we entered into an agreement with CMCC on July 1, 2004 with respect to, among other things, inter-provincial interconnection and roaming, international interconnection and roaming, and inter-provincial and international transmission lines leasing. Pursuant to this agreement, for the inter-provincial transmission lines we leased from other providers through CMCC, CMCC maintains the existing inter-provincial transmission line leasing arrangements with the relevant transmission line providers, and collects leasing fees from us and pays the same to the relevant transmission line providers. Moreover, under this agreement, CMCC maintains the existing settlement arrangements with respect to international interconnection and roaming with the relevant telecommunication service providers in foreign countries and regions, and collects the relevant usage fees and other fees from us and pays the same to the relevant mobile telecommunication service providers in foreign countries and regions. In addition, under this agreement, with respect to the inter-provincial interconnection with the relevant telecommunication service providers in Mainland China, CMCC maintains the existing inter-provincial interconnection arrangements with the relevant telecommunication service providers in Mainland China, and collects the relevant usage fees and other fees from us and pays the same to the relevant telecommunication service providers in Mainland China.

 

Tariff Adjustments

 

The Chinese government introduced a wide range of tariff adjustments effective from early 2001, which include, among others, the shortening of the billing unit for long distance charges (other than for IP-based long distance call services), from one minute to six seconds, the general reduction in domestic and international long distance call rates, the elimination of various surcharges, and connection fees charged to new contract subscribers and, a general reduction in leased line tariffs.

 

Renminbi Bond Offerings

 

Following the approval by the relevant Chinese regulatory authorities, on June 18, 2001 our wholly-owned subsidiary, Guangdong Mobile, issued RMB5 billion of guaranteed bonds due in 2011 at a floating interest rate, payable annually. These bonds are listed on the Shanghai Stock Exchange.

 

We have issued an irrevocable guarantee for the performance of these bonds, and CMCC has issued a further guarantee in relation to the performance by us of our guarantee. The bonds are rated “AAA” by China Chengxin International Credit Rating Company Limited, an affiliate of Fitch International Limited.

 

The net proceeds from the offering were applied solely to repay part of the RMB12.5 billion syndicated loans we raised through our wholly-owned subsidiary, China Mobile (Shenzhen) Limited, in 2000 for our acquisition of the seven regional mobile telecommunications companies.

 

Following the approval by the relevant Chinese regulatory authorities, Guangdong Mobile issued RMB3 billion guaranteed bonds due 2007 and RMB5 billion guaranteed bonds due 2017 on October 28, 2002. These bonds commenced trading on the Shanghai Stock Exchange on January 22, 2003. The RMB3 billion guaranteed bonds and RMB5 billion guaranteed bonds bear fixed interest of 3.5% and 4.5%, respectively, payable annually.

 

We issued a joint and irrevocable guarantee for the performance of these bonds, and CMCC has issued a further guarantee in relation to the performance by us of our guarantee obligation. These bonds received a consolidated credit rating of “AAA” by China Chengxin International Credit Rating Company Limited, an affiliate of Fitch International Limited, and a consolidated credit rating of “AAA” by Dagong Global Credit Rating Co. Ltd.

 

The entire net proceeds from the offering were applied solely to satisfy part of the US$2,800 million deferred consideration for the acquisition by the Company of the entire interest in Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile in 2002.

 

-35-


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The following discussion and analysis is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with Hong Kong GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Hong Kong GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the years reported. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used when accounting for certain items such as unbilled usage fees, allowance for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization period, and impairment of long lived assets including fixed assets and goodwill arising from acquisitions (including that taken initially to reserves). Actual results may differ from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

We believe that the following critical accounting policies have a more significant impact on our consolidated financial statements, either because of the significance of the financial statement elements to which they relate, or because they require judgment and estimation.

 

Provision for Customer Point Reward Program

 

We invite our subscribers to participate in a customer point reward program, or the Reward Program, which provides subscribers the option of electing to receive free telecommunications services or other non-cash gifts. The level of bonus points earned under the Reward Program vary depending on the subscribers’ service consumption, loyalty and payment history. The estimated incremental costs of providing these free rewards are expensed in the consolidated statements of income and are accrued as a current liability on the consolidated balance sheet based on (i) the number of subscribers who are qualified to exercise their redemption right at period/year end and the estimated rate of redemptions based on past experience; (ii) the estimated number of subscribers who have no right to redeem the incentives at period/year end, but who will ultimately earn and claim awards under the Reward Program; and (iii) type of incentives that subscribers will select for redemption based on past experience. We recognized the maximum potential liability in the past. Our assumptions remained unchanged in 2004. As subscribers redeem rewards or their entitlements expire, the provision is reduced accordingly.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts based upon evaluation of the recoverability of the accounts receivables and other receivables at each balance sheet date. We base our estimates on the aging of our accounts receivable balances and our historical write-off experience, net of recoveries. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, additional allowances may be required.

 

Impairment of Fixed Assets and Goodwill

 

Our fixed assets, consisting primarily of telecommunication transceivers, switching centers and other network equipment, comprise a significant portion of our total assets. Changes in technology or industry conditions may cause the estimated period of use or the value of these assets to change. We perform periodic reviews to confirm the appropriateness of estimated economic useful lives for each class of fixed assets. For the three years ended December 31, 2004, no changes of assets useful lives have occurred. In addition, long-lived assets including fixed assets are reviewed for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances have indicated that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. An impairment loss is recognized whenever the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its net selling price and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Where an asset does not generate cash inflows largely independent of those from other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows independently (i.e., a cash-generating unit).

 

-36-


Table of Contents

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances have indicated that it might be impaired. Recoverability of goodwill is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit to which goodwill belongs. If the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit to which goodwill belongs exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired and a second test is performed which compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the book value of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated as the fair value of the cash-generating unit to which goodwill belongs. An impairment loss is recognized whenever the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit to which goodwill belongs exceeds its recoverable amount.

 

Estimates and assumptions used in setting depreciable lives and testing for recoverability require both judgment and estimation. Our policies regarding accounting for these assets and assessing their recoverability are included in note 3(f) and note 3(h) to our consolidated financial statements.

 

Results of Operations

 

As a result of our acquisitions, our results of operations are not directly comparable with those in prior years.

 

The following table sets forth selected income statement data for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     (in millions of RMB)  

Operating revenue:

                  

Usage fees

   93,272     111,027     128,534  

Monthly fees

   16,901     20,666     24,760  

Other operating revenue

   18,388     26,911     39,087  
    

 

 

Total operating revenue

   128,561     158,604     192,381  

Operating expenses:

                  

Leased lines

   5,287     4,914     3,861  

Interconnection

   12,975     12,868     12,072  

Depreciation

   26,827     36,611     44,320  

Personnel

   6,757     7,700     9,717  

Other operating expenses

   27,919     43,308     62,677  
    

 

 

Total operating expenses

   79,765     105,401     132,647  

Operating profit

   48,796     53,203     59,734  

Amortization of goodwill

   (936 )   (1,850 )   (1,930 )

Other net income

   1,686     2,464     3,167  

Non-operating net income

   571     434     900  

Interest income

   713     807     1,014  

Finance costs

   (1,852 )   (2,099 )   (1,679 )
    

 

 

Profit before tax

   48,978     52,959     61,206  

Income tax

   (16,375 )   (17,412 )   (19,180 )
    

 

 

Profit after tax

   32,603     35,547     42,026  

Minority interest

   (2 )   9     (22 )
    

 

 

Profit attributable to shareholders

   32,601     35,556     42,004  
    

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

 

Operating Revenue. We derive operating revenue principally from usage fees and monthly fees. Usage fees include standard local usage fees for airtime and applicable domestic and international long distance charges receivable from subscribers for the use of our mobile telecommunications networks and facilities, and fees in respect of roaming out calls made by our subscribers outside their registered service areas. Other operating revenue includes charges for data and value-added services, interconnection revenue and roaming in fees.

 

-37-


Table of Contents

Operating revenue increased 21.3% from RMB158,604 million in 2003 to RMB192,381 million (US$23,244 million) in 2004. This increase was primarily due to the continued expansion in our subscriber base, the continued growth in voice usage volume, and the rapid expansion of our new businesses. In addition, our acquisition of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in July 2004 also contributed significantly to the increase in our operating revenue. Our total number of subscribers was approximately 204.3 million as of December 31, 2004, compared to approximately 141.6 million as of December 31, 2003. Our July 2004 acquisition contributed to the increase of subscribers by 28.9 million as of December 31, 2004.

 

Revenue from usage fees increased 15.8% from RMB111,027 million in 2003 to RMB128,534 million (US$15,530 million) in 2004. This increase was principally due to our organic subscriber growth, the organic increase in voice usage volume and an increase of subscribers as a result of our acquisition of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies in July 2004. As a percentage of operating revenue, usage fees decreased from 70.0% in 2003 to 66.8% in 2004.

 

Revenue from monthly fees increased 19.8% from RMB20,666 million in 2003 to RMB24,760 million (US$2,992 million) in 2004. This increase was mainly due to the continued increase in total subscribers, the introduction of new service packages and our acquisition of the entire equity interest in ten regional mobile telecommunications companies in July 2004. As a percentage of operating revenue, monthly fees decreased from 13.0% in 2003 to 12.9% in 2004.

 

Other operating revenue increased 45.2% from RMB26,911 million in 2003 to RMB39,087 million (US$4,722 million) in 2004. This increase resulted principally from increased revenue from wireless data and value added services, as well as our acquisition of the entire equity interest in ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in July 2004.

 

Operating Expenses. Operating expenses include leased line expenses, interconnection expenses, depreciation expenses relating to our mobile telecommunications network and other fixed assets, personnel expenses and other operating expenses. Other operating expenses primarily consist of sales and marketing expenses, maintenance expenses, administrative expenses and other general expenses.

 

Operating expenses increased 25.8% from RMB105,401 million in 2003 to RMB132,647 million (US$16,027 million) in 2004. This increase was primarily due to the increase in depreciation expenses and other operating expenses and the increase in operating expenses attributable to the entire equity interest in ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets we acquired in July 2004.

 

Total leased line payments decreased 21.4% from RMB4,914 million in 2003 to RMB3,861 million (US$466 million) in 2004. This decrease was largely a result of the termination of surplus leased lines as we continued to use more transmission lines constructed by ourselves and also augmented our networks to increase their efficiency. As a percentage of operating expenses, total leased line payments decreased from 4.7% in 2003 to 2.9% in 2004.

 

Interconnection expenses decreased 6.2% from RMB12,868 million in 2003 to RMB12,072 million (US$1,459 million) in 2004. This decrease was mainly due to the optimization of our network structure and traffic routing. Interconnection expenses as a percentage of operating expenses decreased from 12.2% in 2003 to 9.1% in 2004.

 

Depreciation expense increased 21.1% from RMB36,611 million in 2003 to RMB44,320 million (US$5,355 million) in 2004. This increase was mainly due to the expansion of our network capacity, the construction of various support networks and the effect of including depreciation expenses attributable to the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets we acquired in July 2004. As a percentage of operating expenses, depreciation expense decreased from 34.7% in 2003 to 33.4% in 2004.

 

Personnel expenses increased 26.2% from RMB7,700 million in 2003 to RMB9,717 million (US$1,174 million) in 2004. This increase was primarily due to the inclusion of the personnel expenses of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets we acquired in July 2004. As a percentage of operating expenses, personnel expenses in 2004 remained the same with 2003 at 7.3%.

 

-38-


Table of Contents

Other operating expenses increased 44.7% from RMB43,308 million in 2003 to RMB62,677 million (US$7,573 million) in 2004. This increase was primarily due to the increase in selling and marking expenses as well as the operating expenses attributable to the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets we acquired in July 2004. As a percentage of operating expenses, other operating expenses increased from 41.1% in 2003 to 47.3% in 2004.

 

Operating Profit. As a result of the foregoing, operating profit increased 12.3% from RMB53,203 million in 2003 to RMB59,734 million (US$7,217 million) in 2004, and operating margin (operating profit as a percentage of operating revenue) decreased from 33.5% in 2003 to 31.0% in 2004.

 

Amortization of goodwill. Amortization of goodwill increased 4.3% from RMB1,850 million in 2003 to RMB1,930 million (US$233 million) in 2004. This increase was due to the effect of including the amortization of goodwill in the amount of RMB72 million that was attributable to our acquisition of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in July 2004.

 

Other Net Income. Other net income represents primarily gross profit from sales of SIM cards, handsets and accessories. Other net income increased 28.5% from RMB2,464 million in 2003 to RMB3,167 million (US$383 million) in 2004. This increase was principally due to the increase in sales of SIM cards and the effect of including the other net income attributable to the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets we acquired from our direct parent company in July 2004.

 

Non-Operating Net Income. Non-operating net income increased 107.4% from RMB434 million in 2003 to RMB900 million (US$109 million) in 2004. This increase was primarily due to the increase of amortization of deferred tax credits in the amount of RMB164 million from RMB188 million in 2003 to RMB352 million in 2004. The increase in amortization of deferred tax credit was primarily due to the increase in the tax credits we received as a result of our purchase of domestic telecommunications equipment.

 

Interest Income. Interest income increased 25.7% from RMB807 million in 2003 to RMB1,014 million (US$122 million) in 2004. The higher interest income in 2004 was primarily due to our larger cash balances as a result of the increase of our net cash from operating activities, as well as the effect of including the interest income attributable to the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets we acquired from our direct parent company in July 2004.

 

Finance Costs. Finance costs decreased 20.0% from RMB2,099 million in 2003 to RMB1,679 million (US$203 million) in 2004. This decrease was primarily due to the decrease in short-term borrowings and the repayment of US$600 million fixed rate notes due on November 2, 2004, which was partially offset by the effect of including deferred consideration and finance costs attributable to the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets we acquired from our direct parent company in July 2004. In 2004, the average interest rate that we paid on our outstanding borrowings was approximately 3.7%.

 

Profit before Tax and Minority Interests. As a result of the foregoing, profit before tax and minority interests increased 15.6% from RMB52,959 million in 2003 to RMB61,206 million (US$7,395 million) in 2004.

 

Taxation. Our income tax expense increased 10.2% from RMB17,412 million in 2003 to RMB19,180 million (US$2,317 million) in 2004. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our profit. Our effective tax rate was 32.9% in 2003 and 31.3% in 2004, respectively. The decrease of our effective tax rate in 2004 was primarily due to our tax planning efforts and our receipt of the approval from the PRC State Administration of Taxation at the end of 2004, as a result of which our certain expenses became tax deductible.

 

Profit attributable to shareholders. As a result of the foregoing and after taking into account minority interests, profit attributable to shareholders increased 18.1% from RMB35,556 million in 2003 to RMB42,004 million (US$5,075 million) in 2004. This increase was primarily due to our organic growth and the inclusion of the net profit of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets we acquired in July 2004. Net profit margin (profit attributable to shareholders as a percentage of operating revenue) decreased from 22.4% in 2003 to 21.8% in 2004.

 

-39-


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

 

Operating Revenue. We derive operating revenue principally from usage fees and monthly fees. Usage fees include standard local usage fees for airtime and applicable domestic and international long distance charges receivable from subscribers for the use of our mobile telecommunications networks and facilities, and fees in respect of roaming out calls made by our subscribers outside their registered service areas. Other operating revenue includes charges for data and value-added services, interconnection revenue and roaming in fees.

 

Operating revenue increased 23.4% from RMB128,561 million in 2002 to RMB158,604 million (US$19,163 million) in 2003. This increase was primarily due to the continued expansion in our subscriber base, the continued growth in voice usage volume and the rapid expansion of our new businesses, as well as the full year effect of including revenues attributable to the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002. Our total number of subscribers was approximately 141.6 million as of December 31, 2003, compared to approximately 117.7 million as of December 31, 2002.

 

Revenue from usage fees increased 19.0% from RMB93,272 million in 2002 to RMB111,027 million (US$13,414 million) in 2003. This increase was principally a result of the continued increase in total subscriber numbers as a result of organic subscriber growth and the increase in voice usage volume, as well as the full year effect of including usage fees from subscribers attributable to the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002. As a percentage of operating revenue, usage fees decreased from 72.6% in 2002 to 70.0% in 2003.

 

Revenue from monthly fees increased 22.3% from RMB16,901 million in 2002 to RMB20,666 million (US$2,497 million) in 2003. This increase was mainly due to the full year effect of including monthly fees from subscribers attributable to the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002, as well as the continued increase in total subscribers and the introduction of new service packages. As a percentage of operating revenue, monthly fees decreased from 13.1% in 2002 to 13.0% in 2003.

 

There were no revenues from connection fees in 2002 and 2003, as connection fees charged to new contract subscribers were eliminated since July 2001.

 

Other operating revenue increased 46.4% from RMB18,388 million in 2002 to RMB26,911 million (US$3,252 million) in 2003. This increase resulted principally from increased revenue from wireless data and value added services, as well as the full year effect of our acquisition of the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies in July 2002.

 

Operating Expenses. Operating expenses include leased line expenses, interconnection expenses, depreciation expenses relating to our mobile telecommunications network and other fixed assets, personnel expenses and other operating expenses. Other operating expenses primarily consist of sales and marketing expenses, maintenance expenses, administrative expenses and other general expenses.

 

Operating expenses increased 32.1% from RMB79,765 million in 2002 to RMB105,401 million (US$12,735 million) in 2003. This increase was primarily a result of the increase in depreciation expenses and other operating expenses.

 

Total leased line payments decreased 7.1% from RMB5,287 million in 2002 to RMB4,914 million (US$594 million) in 2003. This decrease was largely a result of the termination of surplus leased lines as we continued to use more transmission lines constructed by ourselves and also augmented our networks to increase their efficiency, which was partially offset by the full year effect of including leased line payments for transmission lines made by the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002. As a percentage of operating expenses, total leased line payments decreased from 6.6% in 2002 to 4.7% in 2003.

 

-40-


Table of Contents

Interconnection expenses decreased 0.8% from RMB12,975 million in 2002 to RMB12,868 million (US$1,555 million) in 2003. This decrease was mainly due to the optimization of our network structure and traffic routing, which was partially offset by the full year effect of including interconnection expenses made by the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002. Interconnection expenses as a percentage of operating expenses decreased from 16.3% in 2002 to 12.2% in 2003.

 

Depreciation expense increased 36.5% from RMB26,827 million in 2002 to RMB36,611 million (US$4,423 million) in 2003. This increase was mainly due to the expansion of our network capacity, the construction of various support networks and the full year effect of including depreciation expenses attributable to the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002, as well as the increased investment in transmission facilities and new businesses. As a percentage of operating expenses, depreciation expense increased from 33.6% in 2002 to 34.7% in 2003.

 

Personnel expenses increased 14.0% from RMB6,757 million in 2002 to RMB7,700 million (US$930 million) in 2003. This increase was primarily due to the full year effect of including personnel expenses of the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002. As a percentage of operating expenses, personnel expenses decreased from 8.5% in 2002 to 7.3% in 2003.

 

Other operating expenses increased 55.1% from RMB27,919 million in 2002 to RMB43,308 million (US$5,233 million) in 2003. This increase was primarily due to the increase in selling and marketing expenses. The increase in selling and marketing expenses was due to our conducting differentiated promotional campaigns to maintain customer loyalty and increase subscribers, as well as the full year effect of including the operating expenses attributable to the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002. As a percentage of operating expenses, other operating expenses increased from 35.0% in 2002 to 41.1% in 2003.

 

Operating Profit. As a result of the foregoing, operating profit increased 9.0% from RMB48,796 million in 2002 to RMB53,203 million (US$6,428 million) in 2003, and operating margin (operating profit as a percentage of operating revenue) decreased from 38.0% in 2002 to 33.5% in 2003.

 

Amortization of goodwill. Amortization of goodwill increased 97.6% from RMB936 million in 2002 to RMB1,850 million (US$223 million) in 2003. This increase was due to the full year effect of including the amortization of goodwill attributable to our acquisition of the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies in July 2002.

 

Other Net Income. Other net income represents primarily gross profit from sales of SIM cards, handsets and accessories. Other net income increased 46.1% from RMB1,686 million in 2002 to RMB2,464 million (US$298 million) in 2003. This increase was principally due to the increase in sales of SIM cards and the full year effect of including the other net income attributable to the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002.

 

Non-Operating Net Income. Non-operating net income decreased 24.0% from RMB571 million in 2002 to RMB434 million (US$52 million) in 2003. This decrease was primarily due to a gain on deemed disposal arising from the percentage change of our shareholding in Aspire in 2002.

 

Interest Income. Interest income increased 13.2% from RMB713 million in 2002 to RMB807 million (US$97 million) in 2003. The higher interest income in 2003 was primarily due to our larger cash balances as a result of the increase of our net cash from operating activities, as well as the full year effect of including the interest income attributable to the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002.

 

Finance Costs. Finance costs increased 13.3% from RMB1,852 million in 2002 to RMB2,099 million (US$253 million) in 2003. This increase was primarily due to inclusion of the full year financing costs of the RMB8 billion bonds issued by one of our subsidiaries in 2002 and the full year effect of including deferred consideration and finance costs attributable to the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002. In 2003, the average interest rate that we paid on our outstanding borrowings was approximately 4.3%.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

Profit before Tax and Minority Interests. As a result of the foregoing, profit before tax and minority interests increased 8.1% from RMB48,978 million in 2002 to RMB52,959 million (US$6,399 million) in 2003.

 

Taxation. Our income tax expense increased 6.3% from RMB16,375 million in 2002 to RMB17,412 million (US$2,104 million) in 2003. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our profit. Our effective tax rate was 33.4% in 2002 to 32.9% in 2003, respectively.

 

Profit attributable to shareholders. As a result of the foregoing and after taking into account minority interests, profit attributable to shareholders increased 9.1% from RMB32,601 million in 2002 to RMB35,556 million (US$4,296 million) in 2003. Net profit margin (profit attributable to shareholders as a percentage of operating revenue) decreased from 25.4% in 2002 to 22.4% in 2003.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity

 

Our principal source of liquidity is cash generated from our operations. As of December 31, 2004, we had a working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) deficit of RMB17,757 million (US$2,146 million) compared to a working capital deficit of RMB8,693 million as of December 31, 2003 and working capital of RMB4,012 million as of 2002, respectively. The significant increase in working capital deficit as of December 31, 2003 was primarily due to the reclassification of fixed rate notes from long-term loans to short-term loans. The Significant increase in working capital deficit as of December 31, 2004 was primarily due to the increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses, other payable and deferred revenue, all of which increased partially as a result of the inclusion of the accounts payable, accrued expenses, other payable and deferred revenue of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets we acquired in July 2004. As of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, accounts receivable totaled RMB6,066 million, RMB6,116 million and RMB,6,553 million (US$792 million), respectively. Short-term bank and other loans (including the current portion of long-term loans, fixed rate notes and capital leases obligations) totaled RMB8,200 million, RMB13,158 million and RMB8,248 million (US$996 million) as at December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

The following table summarizes certain cash flow information for the periods indicated.

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     (in millions of RMB)  

Net cash from operating activities

   69,422     85,534     103,779  

Net cash used in investing activities

   (64,117 )   (54,292 )   (73,302 )

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities

   5,449     (24,688 )   (24,457 )
    

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   10,754     6,554     6,020  
    

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities increased from 2002 to 2003, reflecting the growth in operating revenue due to organic growth in our subscriber base as well as the full year effect of the inclusion of the results of operations of the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002. Net cash from operating activities increased from 2003 to 2004, reflecting the growth in operating revenue due to the increase in our subscriber base through the continued organic growth and the acquisition of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in July 2004.

 

Net cash used in investing activities decreased from 2002 to 2003. This decrease was primarily due to the fact that we acquired eight regional mobile telecommunications companies in July 2002 and did not conduct any acquisitions in 2003. Net cash used in investing activities increased significantly from 2003 to 2004. This increase was principally a result of the payment of the consideration for our acquisition of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in July 2004.

 

Net cash from financing activities decreased significantly from 2002 to 2003 as we paid RMB10,018 million in dividends in 2003 and did not issue any additional shares or bonds in 2003. Net cash used in financing activities remained approximately the same in 2004 and 2003.

 

-42-


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

 

Capital expenditures incurred during 2002, 2003 and 2004 were RMB40,083 million, RMB50,005 million and RMB 61,398 million (US$7,418 million), respectively. We incurred capital expenditures principally for the construction of our GSM networks, support systems, transmission facilities, infrastructure buildings and the development of new technologies and new businesses. The increase in our capital expenditures was primarily due to the inclusion of capital expenditures of the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in July 2002 and the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets we acquired in July 2004, as well as as a result of the organic growth of our business.

 

We estimate that we will spend approximately RMB64.6 billion (US$7.8 billion) in 2005, RMB53.8 billion (US$6.5 billion) in 2006 and RMB45.5 billion (US$5.5 billion) in 2007 in capital expenditures. Such capital expenditure plan does not include investment of 3G construction. The required funding will be sourced largely from cash generated from our operating activities. We expect to incur these expenditures primarily for the purpose of:

 

    further expanding our GSM network capacity and coverage;

 

    increasing our efforts in improving our support systems;

 

    building our own transmission facilities where economically advantageous; and

 

    developing and providing new technologies and new businesses.

 

Following our initial public offering, we have funded our capital requirements primarily with cash generated from operations, proceeds from equity and debt offerings and, to the extent necessary, short- term and long-term borrowings. We believe our available cash and cash generated from future operations will be sufficient to fund most of the capital expenditures and working capital necessary for the planned network expansion and continued growth of our mobile telecommunications operations through the end of 2006.

 

We may seek to obtain additional sources of financing to fund our network expansion and possible future acquisitions, to the extent necessary.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

Indebtedness

 

As of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, our aggregate long-term bank and other loans and obligation under capital leases (excluding current portions) totaled RMB12,676 million, RMB672 million and RMB0 million (US$0 million), respectively, and our short-term bank and other loans (including the current portion of long-term loans, fixed rate notes, convertible notes and capital lease obligations) totaled RMB8,200 million, RMB13,158 million and RMB8,248 million (US$996 million), respectively. Our short term loans and long-term loans significantly decreased in 2004 primarily due to our payment of fixed rate notes with a principal amount of US$600 million in November 2004. Our long-term loans significantly decreased in 2003 primarily due to the repayment of our long-term loans. Our short-term loans increased in 2003 primarily due to the inclusion of the fixed rate notes that are due within a year. Capital lease obligations totaled RMB68 million and RMB68 million (US$8 million) as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

On November 2, 1999, we issued unsecured fixed rate notes with a principal amount of US$600 million due on November 2, 2004. The notes bear interest at the rate of 7.875% per annum and such interest is payable semi-annually on May 2 and November 2 of each year, commencing May 2, 2000. We fully redeemed such unsecured fixed rate notes on November 2, 2004.

 

-43-


Table of Contents

On November 3, 2000, we issued unsecured convertible notes with a principal amount of US$690 million due on November 3, 2005. The notes bear interest at the rate of 2.25% per annum and such interest is payable semi-annually on May 3 and November 3 of each year, commencing May 3, 2001.

 

Pursuant to agreements entered into on October 7, 2000 between our wholly-owned subsidiary, China Mobile (Shenzhen) Limited, and a syndicate of international and domestic Chinese commercial banks, we borrowed an aggregate of RMB12.5 billion in bank loans, which was fully repaid by the end of 2003 with our internal cash resources and proceeds from the RMB5 billion floating rate guaranteed bonds Guangdong Mobile issued in 2001, as described above under “ — Overview of Our Operations — Renminbi Bond Offerings”.

 

On June 18, 2001, Guangdong Mobile, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, issued bonds with a principal amount RMB5 billion at a floating rate due June 18, 2011. Guangdong Mobile’s payment obligations under the bonds are guaranteed in full by us, and our guarantee is further guaranteed by CMCC.

 

On October 28, 2002, Guangdong Mobile, one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, issued RMB3 billion five-year guaranteed bonds and RMB5 billion fifteen-year guaranteed bonds. Guangdong Mobile’s payment obligations under these two bonds are guaranteed in full by us, and our guarantee obligation is further guaranteed by CMCC.

 

The deferred consideration of US$2,800 million for our acquisition of the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies in 2002 and the deferred consideration of US$1,650 million for our acquisition of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in 2004 are subordinated to other senior debt owed by us from time to time, including but not limited to, the US$600 million fixed rate notes and US$690 million convertible notes issued in 1999 and 2000, respectively. In addition, these deferred considerations are payable by the fifteenth anniversary of the date of the completion of the respective acquisitions, and we may make an early payment of all or part of these deferred considerations at any time without penalty. We are required to pay interest semi-annually on the actual amount of these deferred considerations unpaid from the date of completion of the respective acquisitions. Interest is calculated at the two-year US dollar London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, swap rate at 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second business day next preceding the date of the respective acquisition agreements for the first two years after completion of the respective acquisitions. Thereafter, the interest rate will be adjusted every two years to equal the two-year US dollar LIBOR swap rate prevailing at 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the relevant interest determination dates. The payment of the deferred considerations and the interest payments can be made in Hong Kong dollars, RMB or US dollars (or other agreed currencies). Any payment made in currencies other than US dollars will be accounted for based on the exchange rates between US dollars and such currencies prevailing at 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the day which is two business days next preceding the date of the respective acquisition agreements. We used the entire proceeds from the RMB3 billion guaranteed bonds due 2007 and RMB5 billion guaranteed bonds due 2017, both issued on October 28, 2002 by Guangdong Mobile, our wholly-owned subsidiary, to pay a portion of the US$2,800 million deferred consideration for our acquisition of the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies in 2002.

 

Our corporate credit rating was raised to A3/Positive by Moody’s and to BBB+/Positive by Standard & Poor’s in 2004, which is equivalent to China’s sovereign rating. Any downgrade in our credit rating will not trigger any events on our outstanding bonds or loans or our existing credit facilities. Our management currently believes that a downgrade below A3/Positive or BBB+/Positive is not likely. However, under the terms of our US$690 million convertible notes, we are obligated to ensure that the aggregate debt of our subsidiaries does not exceed 120% of our consolidated adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization and write-down and write-off of fixed assets, or EBITDA, for the most recently completed twelve-month period. We have complied with this covenant in the most recently completed twelve-month period. In addition, we currently do not foresee any event that would cause us to violate any of these covenants.

 

For a discussion of our interest rate risk, please see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”.

 

Other Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

As of December 31, 2004, we had various contractual obligations and commitments which are more fully disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. The principal components of these obligations and commitments include:

 

    our short-term and long-term debts (in addition to the bonds and notes described under “ — Indebtedness” above), which includes capital leases;

 

 

-44-


Table of Contents
    operating leases; and

 

    capital commitments.

 

In the ordinary course of our business, we routinely enter into commercial commitments for various aspects of our operations, such as repair and maintenance. However, we believe that those commitments will not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

For further disclosure regarding leases and other commitments, please see notes 21 and 24 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our contractual obligations to make future payments (excluding relevant interest expense) as of December 31, 2004:

 

     Payments Due by Period

Contractual Obligations


   Total

   Less than
1 year


   Over
1 year but
less than
3 years


   Over
3 years but
less than
5 years


   After
5 years


     (in millions of RMB)

Short-Term Debt

   2,140    2,140    —      —      —  

Bills Payable

   1,676    1,676    —      —      —  

Deferred Payable

   23,633    —      —      —      23,633

Long-Term Debt (1)

   19,040    6,040    3,000    —      10,000

Capital Lease Obligations

   68    68    —      —      —  

Trade Payable

   35,036    35,036    —      —      —  
    
  
  
  
  

Total Contractual Cash Obligations

   81,593    44,960    3,000    —      33,633
    
  
  
  
  

(1) Including the current portion of long-term debt and the convertible notes due on November 3, 2005.

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our other commercial commitments as of December 31, 2004:

 

    

Amount of Commitment

Expiration Per Period


Other Commercial Commitments


   Total
Amounts
Committed


   Less than
1 year


   Over 1 year
but less than
3 years


   Over 3 years
but less than
5 years


   Over
5 years


     (in millions of RMB)

Operating Leases Commitments

   10,083    3,619    3,121    1,879    1,464

Capital Commitments

   11,619    11,619    —      —      —  
    
  
  
  
  

Total Commercial Commitments

   21,702    15,238    3,121    1,879    1,464
    
  
  
  
  

 

-45-


Table of Contents

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of December 31, 2004, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or any written options on non-financial assets.

 

Foreign Exchange

 

We maintain our accounts in Renminbi and substantially all of our revenue and expenses are denominated in Renminbi. Our capital expenditures totaled the equivalent of RMB40,083 million, RMB50,005 million and RMB61,398 million (US$7,418 million) for 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively. U.S. dollar denominated debt totaled the equivalent of RMB20,902 million and RMB29,420 million (US$3,555 million) as at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, constituting 46.9% and 63.2% of our total debt as of those dates, respectively.

 

All of our current operating subsidiaries are incorporated in Mainland China. Under the current foreign exchange system in Mainland China, our subsidiaries may not be able to hedge effectively against currency risk, including any possible future Renminbi devaluation. See “Item 3. Key Information — Risk Factors — Fluctuations in exchange rates could adversely affect our financial results” and “Item 10. Additional Information — Exchange Controls”.

 

Each of our operating subsidiaries is able to purchase foreign exchange for settlement of current account transactions, as defined in applicable regulations, in order to satisfy its foreign exchange requirements.

 

U.S. GAAP Reconciliation

 

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with Hong Kong GAAP, which differ in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. The following table sets forth a comparison of our net profit and shareholders’ equity in accordance with Hong Kong GAAP and U.S. GAAP.

 

     As of or for the year ended December 31

     2002

   2003

   2004

   2004

     (in millions)

Net profit in accordance with:

                   

Hong Kong GAAP

   RMB32,601    RMB35,556    RMB42,004    US$5,075

U.S. GAAP

   RMB39,416    RMB39,520    RMB45,061    US$5,444

Shareholders’ equity in accordance with:

                   

Hong Kong GAAP

   RMB173,265    RMB198,803    RMB233,161    US$28,171

U.S. GAAP

   RMB159,936    RMB190,828    RMB198,119    US$23,937

 

Under Hong Kong GAAP, we adopted the purchase accounting method to account for our acquisitions of the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies in July 2002 and our acquisition of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in July 2004. Under the purchase accounting method, the acquired results of these companies were included in the results of operations from the respective dates of acquisition. Goodwill is the excess of the cost over the fair value of our share of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. Due to the adoption of SSAP 30, which took effect in 2001, goodwill arising on the acquisition date of our acquisition of eight regional mobile telecommunications companies in July 2002 and our acquisition of ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in July 2004 is amortized to the consolidated statements of income on a straight line of twenty years. See “Special Note on our Financial Information and Certain Statistical Information in this Annual Report”.

 

Under U.S. GAAP, because we and the acquired companies were deemed to be under common control prior to the acquisitions, the acquisitions were considered a “combination of entities under common control”. Under U.S. GAAP, combinations of entities under common control are accounted for under the “as if pooling-of-interests” method, whereby assets and liabilities are accounted for at historical cost and the financial statements of previously separate companies for periods prior to the combination are restated on a combined basis. The consideration we paid

 

-46-


Table of Contents

or payable in each acquisition was treated as an equity transaction in the respective years of each acquisition, and goodwill amortization recognized under Hong Kong GAAP in 2002 and 2004 was reversed for U.S. GAAP purposes respectively.

 

In addition, there are other differences between Hong Kong GAAP and U.S. GAAP for the periods presented, which relate primarily to:

 

    the computation of capitalized interest;

 

    the revaluation of fixed assets of the acquired companies under Hong Kong GAAP;

 

    the recognition of deferred income taxes;

 

    the non-recognition under Hong Kong GAAP of certain of our employee housing scheme costs;

 

    the treatment of share options we grant to directors and employees;

 

    the recognition as revenue of connection fees and telephone number selection fees; and

 

    the net savings arising from interconnection, roaming and leased line agreements.

 

Disclosure relating to these differences can be found in note 32 to our consolidated financial statements. In addition, our condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and our condensed consolidated statements of income, total shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 prepared and presented under U.S. GAAP have been included in note 32 to our consolidated financial statements to reflect the impact of the significant differences between Hong Kong GAAP and U.S. GAAP.

 

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees.

 

Directors and Senior Management

 

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and senior management as of May 31, 2005.

 

Name


   Age

  

Position


Mr. WANG Jianzhou

   56    Executive Director, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Mr. LI Yue

   46    Executive Director and Vice President

Mr. LU Xiangdong

   45    Executive Director and Vice President

Mr. XUE Taohai

   49    Executive Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Mr. ZHANG Chenshuang

   53    Executive Director and Vice President

Madam LI Mofang

   59    Executive Director, Vice President and Chief Engineer

Mr. HE Ning

   43    Executive Director and Vice President

Mr. LI Gang

   48    Executive Director

Mr. XU Long

   48    Executive Director

Sir Julian Michael HORN-SMITH

   56    Non-Executive Director

Dr. LO Ka Shui

   58    Independent Non-Executive Director

Mr. Frank K. S. WONG

   57    Independent Non-Executive Director

Mr. Moses M. C. CHENG

   55    Independent Non-Executive Director

 

-47-


Table of Contents

Mr. Wang Jianzhou has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since November 2004. Mr. Wang is in charge of our overall management. He is also the President of CMCC, the ultimate controlling shareholder of the Company, and the Chairman of CMC. Prior to joining us, Mr. Wang served as Deputy Director General and Director General of the Posts and Telecommunications Bureau of Hangzhou City, Deputy Director General of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration of Zhejiang Province, Director General of the Department of Planning and Construction of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications, Director General of the Department of General Planning of the Ministry of Information Industry, and Director, Executive Vice President, President and Chairman of China United Telecommunications Corporation, Executive Director, President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of China Unicom Limited, and Chairman and President of China United Telecommunications Corporation Limited. Mr. Wang, now a professor-level senior engineer, graduated in 1985 from the Department of Management Engineering of Zhejiang University with a master’s degree. Mr. Wang has over 27 years of management experience in the telecommunications industry.

 

Mr. Li Yue has served as our Executive Director and Vice President since March 2003. Mr. Li assists the Chief Executive Officer in relation to the network and planning activities of the Company. He has been serving as Vice President of CMCC since April 2000. Mr. Li is also a director of CMC. Mr. Li previously served as the Deputy Director General of the Tianjin Posts and Telecommunications Administration and the President of Tianjin Mobile Communications Company. Mr. Li graduated from Tianjin University with a Master’s Degree and has over 29 years of management experience in the telecommunications industry.

 

Mr. Lu Xiangdong has served as our Executive Director and Vice President since March 2003. Mr. Lu assists the Chief Executive Officer mainly in marketing, wireless data services, billing and settlement and corporate co-operation matters of the Company. He has been serving as Vice President of CMCC since April 2000. Mr. Lu is also a director of CMC and Chairman of Aspire Holdings Limited. He previously served as the Director General of Fujian Wireless Telecommunications Administration and the Deputy Director General of the Mobile Telecommunications Bureau of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications. Mr. Lu graduated from the Academy of Posts and Telecommunications of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications with a Master’s Degree and has nearly 23 years of management experience in the telecommunications industry.

 

Mr. Xue Taohai has served as our Executive Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 2002. Mr. Xue assists the Chief Executive Officer in relation to the corporate financial management of the Company. Mr. Xue is also Vice President of CMCC and a director of CMC. Mr. Xue previously served as the Deputy Director General of the Finance Department of the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications, Deputy Director General of the Department of Financial Adjustment and Clearance of the Ministry of Information Industry and Deputy Director General of the former Directorate General of Telecommunications. He graduated from Henan University and received an EMBA degree from Peking University. He has over 25 years of experience in the telecommunications industry and financial management.

 

Mr. Zhang Chenshuang has served as our Executive Director and Vice President since July 2004. Mr. Zhang assists the Chief Executive Officer in the areas of corporate affairs and development strategy of the Company. Mr. Zhang has been serving as Vice President of CMCC since April 2001. Mr. Zhang is also a director of CMC. Mr. Zhang previously served as the Deputy Director General of the Office of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications, the Director General of the Neimenggu Posts and Telecommunications Administration, and the Assistant to the President of CMCC. He graduated from the Party School of the CPC and has over 25 years of management experience in the telecommunications industry.

 

Madam Li Mofang has served as our Executive Director, Vice President and Chief Engineer since July 2004. Madam Li assists the Chief Executive Officer in the areas of technology, research and development of the Company. She has also held the post of Chief Engineer of CMCC since April 2000. Madam Li is also a director of CMC and Aspire Holdings Limited. Madam Li previously served as the Leading Engineer of the Wireless Research Division of the Telecommunications Transmission Research Institute of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications, and the Chief Engineer of the Mobile Telecommunications Bureau of the Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications. She graduated from Xidian University and received an EMBA degree from Peking University. She has over 34 years of management experience in the telecommunications industry.

 

Mr. He Ning has served as our Executive Director since August 1998. Mr. He is also a Vice President of the Company, assisting the Chief Executive Officer in the general administration and investor and media relations of

 

-48-


Table of Contents

the Company. He previously served as the Deputy Director General of the Zhenjiang Posts and Telecommunications Bureau, the Director and Deputy Director of the Jiangsu Mobile Communications Administration, the Deputy Director General of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration in Jiangsu Province and the Chairman and President of Jiangsu Mobile. He graduated from Nanjing University of Posts and Telecommunications and received a Master’s Degree from Maastricht School of Management of Netherland. He has 21 years of management experience in the telecommunications industry.

 

Mr. Li Gang has served as our Executive Director since August 1999. He is also the Chairman and President of Guangdong Mobile, responsible for the mobile telecommunications operations in Guangdong Province. He previously served as Director of the Network Maintenance Division and a Deputy Director of the Telecommunications Division of the Posts and Telecommunications Administration in Guangdong Province and the Vice Chairman and President of Guangdong Mobile. He graduated from Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications in 1985, and has 31 years of experience in the telecommunications industry.

 

Mr. Xu Long has served as our Executive Director since August 1999. He is also the Chairman and President of Zhejiang Mobile, responsible for the mobile telecommunications operations in Zhejiang Province. He previously served as Deputy Director of Shaoxing Posts and Telecommunications Bureau, the President of Zhejiang Nantian Posts and Telecommunications Group Company and Director of the General Office and Deputy Director General of Posts and Telecommunications Administration in Zhejiang Province. He graduated from Zhejiang Radio and Television University in 1985, and has 27 years of experience in the telecommunications industry.

 

Sir Julian Michael Horn-Smith has served as our Non-Executive Officer since March 2005. Sir Julian Michael Horn-Smith is the Deputy Chief Executive Officer and an Executive Director of Vodafone Group Plc. He is also Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Vodafone Deutschland, a Non-Executive Director of Smiths Group Plc. and Lloyds TSB Bank, a member of the Deutsch-Englische Gesellschaft e.V., and serves on the board of the Prince of Wales International Business Leaders Forum (IBLF). Since he joined Vodafone in 1984, Sir Julian Michael Horn-Smith has served as Marketing Executive, Managing Director of Vodapage Ltd., Vodafone Group International Ltd. and Vodafone Airtouch International Ltd., Chief Executive Officer for Europe and Chairman of the Management Board of Mannesmann AG, and Group Chief Operating Officer. Sir Julian Michael Horn-Smith holds a number of other directorships. His directorships held in listed public companies in the last three years include Vodafone, Smiths Group Plc., Lloyds TSB Group Plc. and Lloyds TSB Bank Plc. He obtained an MSc degree in Business Administration from Bath University, and a BSc (Econ) degree from London University. Sir Julian Michael Horn-Smith has many years of management experience in the telecommunications industry worldwide.

 

Dr. Lo Ka Shui has served as our independent Non-Executive Director since April 2001. Dr. Lo is the Deputy Chairman and Managing Director of Great Eagle Holdings Limited. He is also a non-executive Director of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited, Shanghai Industrial Holdings Limited and Phoenix Satellite Television Holdings Limited. He is also a Director of Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited and a past chairman of the Listing Committees of the Main Board and the Growth Enterprise Market in Hong Kong, a Vice President of the Real Estate Developers Association of Hong Kong, a Trustee of the Hong Kong Centre for Economic Research, a Member of the Council of Advisors on Innovation and Technology and a Member of the Airport Authority in Hong Kong. He was previously the Chairman of the Hospital Authority in Hong Kong. A number of other directorships he has been holding in listed public companies in the last three years include City e-Solutions Limited, Melco International Development Limited, The HSBC China Fund Limited, Tom Online Inc. and Winsor Properties Holdings Limited. Dr. Lo graduated with a Bachelor of Science Degree from McGill University in Canada and a Doctorate Degree in medicine from Cornell University in the United States. He is board certified in cardiology. He has more than 25 years of experience in property and hotel development and investment both in Hong Kong and overseas.

 

Mr. Frank K. S. Wong has served as our independent Non-Executive Director since August 2002. Mr. Wong is currently a Board member and the Chief Operating Officer of DBS Group Holdings Ltd, a listed public company, the Vice Chairman and the Chief Operating Officer of DBS Bank Ltd and Chairman of DBS Bank (Hong Kong) Limited. During March 2004 to January 2005, Mr. Wong served as a non-executive director of SNP Leefung Holdings Limited, a company listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited. He previously served as the Designated Chief Executive for National Westminster Bank’s Hong Kong branch and also held various senior positions in J.P. Morgan’s Hong Kong and London operations, and in Citibank-North Asia Region. Mr. Wong also served in various positions with Hong Kong’s government bodies including as the Chairman of the Hong Kong Futures Exchange. Mr. Wong has many years of finance and commercial management experience.

 

-49-


Table of Contents

Mr. Moses M.C. Cheng has served as our independent Non-Executive Director since March 2003. Mr. Cheng is a practicing solicitor and a senior partner of Messrs. P. C. Woo & Co. Mr. Cheng was a member of the Legislative Council of Hong Kong between 1991 and 1995. He was the Founder Chairman of the Hong Kong Institute of Directors, of which he currently is the Honorary President and Chairman Emeritus. A number of other directorships he has been holding in listed public companies in the last three years include Beijing Capital International Airport Company Limited, City Telecom (HK) Limited, Guangdong Investment Limited, Kader Holdings Company Limited, K. Wah Construction Materials Limited, Liu Chong Hing Investment Limited, Shui On Construction and Materials Limited and Tian An China Investments Company Limited. Mr. Cheng has also held a number of past directorships in listed public companies in the last three years, including Quality HealthCare Asia Limited, StockMartnet Holdings Ltd., China Online (Bermuda) Limited, Pokfulam Development Company Limited and Kingway Brewery Holdings Limited.

 

Compensation

 

The aggregate amount of compensation that we paid to our directors and executive officers in 2004 for services performed as directors, officers or employees was approximately RMB18 million (US$2.2 million).

 

We adopted a share option scheme on October 8, 1997, or the Old Scheme, pursuant to which our directors may, at their discretion, invite our employees, including executive directors, or employees of our subsidiaries, to take up options to subscribe for ordinary shares up to a maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares equal to 10% of our total issued share capital.

 

Pursuant to a resolution passed at the annual general meeting held on June 24, 2002, the Old Scheme was terminated and a new share option scheme, or the New Scheme, was adopted. The purpose of the New Scheme is to provide the Company with a flexible and effective means of remunerating and providing benefits to the employees, the executive directors and the non-executive directors of the Company, any of its holdings companies and their respective subsidiaries and any entity in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds any equity interest, thereby providing incentives to these participants. Under the New Scheme, the directors of the Company may, at their discretion, invite the plan participants to take up options to subscribe for the ordinary shares of the Company.

 

The maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares which can be subscribed pursuant to options that are or may be granted under the above schemes equals to 10% of the total issued share capital of the Company as at the date of adoption of the New Scheme. Options lapsed or cancelled in accordance with the terms of the Old Scheme or the New Scheme will not be counted for the purpose of calculating this 10% limit.

 

As the Old Scheme was terminated with effect on June 24, 2002, no further options were granted under the Old Scheme thereafter. As at December 31, 2004, the total number of ordinary shares which may be issued on the exercise of the outstanding options granted under the Old Scheme is 102,859,000. As at the same date, the total number of ordinary shares which may be issued on the exercise of the outstanding options granted or to be granted under the New Scheme is 1,738,692,445. 290,176,000 share options were granted under the New Scheme during the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

The consideration payable for the grant of each option under each of the Old Scheme and the New Scheme is HK$1.00. For options granted before September 1, 2001 under the Old Scheme, the exercise price of the options was determined by the directors of the Company at their discretion provided that such price may not be set below a minimum price which is the higher of:

 

  (i) the nominal value of a share; and

 

  (ii) 80% of the average of the closing price of the ordinary share on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, on the five trading days immediately preceding the date on which the option was granted.

 

-50-


Table of Contents

For options granted under the New Scheme, the exercise price of the options are determined by the directors of the Company at their discretion provided that such price may not be set below a minimum price which is the highest of:

 

  (i) the nominal value of an ordinary share;

 

  (ii) the closing price of the ordinary shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on the date on which the option was granted; and

 

  (iii) the average closing price of the ordinary shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange for the five trading days immediately preceding the date on which the option was granted.

 

Under both the Old Scheme and the New Scheme, the term of the option is determined by the directors at their discretion, provided that all options shall be exercised within 10 years after the adoption of the scheme (in the case of the Old Scheme) and within 10 years after the date on which the option is granted (in the case of the New Scheme).

 

As at December 31, 2004, the directors and employees of the Company had options to subscribe for the ordinary shares of the Company granted under both the Old Scheme and, from June 24, 2002 onwards, the New Scheme. In 2004, 28,985,500 of these options had been exercised. See “— Share Ownership” below for details on options granted to our directors.

 

Board Practices

 

To enhance our corporate governance, we have three principal board committees, the audit committee, the remuneration committee and the nomination committee. The audit committee, the remuneration committee and the nomination committee are all comprised solely of independent non-executive directors.

 

Audit Committee

 

The members of our audit committee are Dr. Lo Ka Shui, as chairman of the committee, Mr. Frank K.S. Wong and Mr. Moses M.C. Cheng. The audit committee’s major responsibilities include:

 

    to review the financial reports, the related report of independent registered public accounting firm and management’s responses to the reports;

 

    to discuss the audit procedures with the independent registered public accounting firm as well as any issues arising out of such procedures;

 

    to review the appointment of the independent registered public accounting firm, the audit and non-audit fees and any matters relating to the termination or resignation of the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

    to examine the effectiveness of our internal controls, to review our internal audit plan and to submit relevant reports and recommendations to our Board on a regular basis.

 

The audit committee usually meets four times each year.

 

Remuneration Committee

 

The members of our remuneration committee are Dr. Lo Ka Shui, as chairman of the committee, Mr. Frank K.S. Wong and Mr. Moses M.C. Cheng. The remuneration committee’s major responsibilities include:

 

    to advise the Board in relation to the remuneration structure and payments of our executive directors and executives; and

 

-51-


Table of Contents
    to represent the Board in confirming the individual remuneration packages and employment terms of executive directors and approving their related employment contracts.

 

Meetings of the remuneration committee are held when necessary.

 

Nomination Committee

 

The members of our nomination committee are Dr. Lo Ka Shui, as chairman of the committee, Mr. Frank K.S. Wong and Mr. Moses M.C. Cheng. The primary responsibilities of the nomination committee include:

 

    to review, advise and make recommendations to the board on the matters in relation to the appointment and re-appointment of board members; and

 

    to ensure the proper and transparent procedures for the appointment and re-appointment of directors.

 

Meetings of the nomination committee are held when necessary.

 

Employees

 

See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Employees”.

 

Share Ownership

 

As of December 31, 2004, the following directors and those members of our senior management named in the section entitled “Directors and Senior Management” had interests in our share capital:

 

Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our directors and senior management do not have different voting rights when compared to other holders of shares in the same class.

 

As of December 31, 2004, options exercisable for an aggregate of 7,601,000 shares had been granted to the following directors and those members of our senior management named in the section “Directors and Senior Management” under our share option scheme and were outstanding. As of the same date, none of these options had been exercised.

 

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$33.91 per share through October 7, 2007.

 

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

He Ning

   1,000,000

Li Gang

   1,000,000

 

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$45.04 per share through October 7, 2007.

 

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

He Ning

   83,000

Li Gang

   90,000

Xu Long

   585,000  

 

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$45.04 per share from April 25, 2005 through October 7, 2007.

 

-52-


Table of Contents

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

He Ning

   83,000

Li Gang

   90,000

Xu Long

   585,000  

 

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$32.10 per share through October 7, 2007.

 

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

He Ning

   45,000

Li Gang

   50,000

Xu Long

   47,500

 

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$32.10 per share from June 22, 2006 through October 7, 2007.

 

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

He Ning

   45,000

Li Gang

   50,000

Xu Long

   47,500

 

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$22.85 per share through July 2, 2012.

 

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

Xue Taohai

   100,000  

He Ning

   90,000

Li Gang

   95,000

Xu Long

   90,000

 

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$22.85 per share from July 3, 2007 through July 2, 2012.

 

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

Xue Taohai

   100,000  

He Ning

   90,000

Li Gang

   95,000

Xu Long

   90,000

 

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$22.75 per share from October 28, 2005 through October 27, 2014:

 

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

Li Yue

   128,000

Lu Xiangdong

   128,000

Xue Taohai

   128,000

 

-53-


Table of Contents

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

Zhang Chengshuang

   128,000

Li Mofang

   128,000

He Ning

   128,000

Li Gang

   108,000

Xu Long

   104,000

 

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$22.75 per share from October 28, 2006 through October 27, 2014:

 

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

Li Yue

   96,000

Lu Xiangdong

   96,000

Xue Taohai

   96,000

Zhang Chengshuang

   96,000

Li Mofang

   96,000

He Ning

   96,000

Li Gang

   81,000

Xu Long

   78,000

 

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$22.75 per share from October 28, 2007 through October 27, 2014:

 

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

Li Yue

   96,000

Lu Xiangdong

   96,000

Xue Taohai

   96,000

Zhang Chengshuang

   96,000

Li Mofang

   96,000

He Ning

   96,000

Li Gang

   81,000

Xu Long

   78,000

 

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$26.75 per share from December 21, 2005 through December 20, 2014:

 

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

Wang Jianzhou

   240,000

 

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$26.75 per share from December 21, 2006 through December 20, 2014:

 

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

Wang Jianzhou

   180,000

 

-54-


Table of Contents

The following options are exercisable at a price of HK$26.75 per share from December 21, 2007 through December 20, 2014:

 

Director


   Number of shares covered by options

Wang Jianzhou

   180,000

 

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions.

 

Major Shareholders

 

As of May 31, 2005, approximately 75.5% of our outstanding shares were held by China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited, a wholly-owned subsidiary of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Group Limited. CMCC, a state-owned company, holds all of the voting shares and economic interest in China Mobile (Hong Kong) Group Limited. No other persons own 5% or more of our ordinary shares. Between our initial public offering and May 31, 2005, our majority shareholders held, directly or indirectly, between approximately 75% and 76.5% of equity interest in us, except for brief periods following our equity offerings in 1999 and 2000 but before the issuance of consideration shares to our direct shareholder, China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited, for the related acquisitions, during which periods the shareholding was temporarily lower. See “Item 4. Information on the Company — Industry Restructuring and Changes in Our Shareholding Structure” for changes during the past three years with respect to our majority shareholders. Under our Memorandum and Articles of Association, our major shareholders do not have different voting rights when compared to other holders of shares in the same class.

 

We are not aware of any arrangement which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control over us.

 

Related Party Transactions

 

As of May 31, 2005, CMCC indirectly owns an aggregate of approximately 75.5% of our issued and outstanding share capital.

 

We and each of our subsidiaries have entered into various related party transactions. The principal terms of the agreements for these related party transactions are described below.

 

Certain charges for the services under these agreements are based on tariffs set by the Chinese regulatory authorities. Those transactions where the charges are not set by Chinese regulatory authorities are based on commercial negotiation between the parties, in each case on an arm’s length basis.

 

International Roaming Arrangements

 

Prior to July 1, 2004, international roaming and international long distance calling charges incurred by an international mobile telecommunications services subscriber making or receiving a call while roaming in Mainland China were collected for us and credited to us by CMCC, and we would make the necessary settlement with the relevant telecommunications operators in Mainland China. CMCC also collected a 15% handling charge on the roaming and international long distance calling charges from the international mobile telecommunications operators and shared such handling charge equally with us. When our subscribers roamed internationally, we would collect the roaming and international long distance calling charges together with a 15% handling charge from our subscribers and would pay the roaming and international long distance calling charges together with half of the handling charge collected to CMCC, which would make the necessary settlement with the international mobile telecommunications operators concerned. Where long distance charges could not be distinguished from base roaming charges, such long distance charges were grouped under roaming charges.

 

-55-


Table of Contents

Following the completion of our acquisition of the telecommunication assets from our parent company in July 2004, CMCC no longer provides mobile telecommunications services in Mainland China other than through us. As a result, we no longer have inter-provincial roaming and interconnection arrangement with CMCC and the handling charge with respect to roaming and international long distance calling charges are no longer shared between CMCC and us. In addition, pursuant to the agreement we entered into with CMCC on July 1, 2004, CMCC maintains the existing settlement arrangements with respect to international interconnection and roaming with the relevant telecommunication service providers in foreign countries and regions, and collects the relevant usage fees and other fees from us and pays the same to the relevant mobile telecommunication service providers in foreign countries and regions.

 

Licensing of Trademark

 

CMCC is the owner of the “CHINA MOBILE” name and logo, a registered trademark in Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan, Brunei, Cambodia, Indonesia, New Zealand, South Korea, Thailand and the United States. In addition, it has filed applications in Bangladesh, Canada, India, Malaysia and Philippines to register the “CHINA MOBILE” name and logo as a trademark for certain goods and services. In July 2002, we entered into a licensing agreement with CMCC for, among other things, the use of the “CHINA MOBILE” name and logo by us and our operating subsidiaries. This licensing agreement replaces the previous licensing agreements entered into with CMCC in October 1999 and the supplemental licensing agreement entered into in September 2000. In addition, each of the companies that we acquired in July 2004, other than Jingyi, has entered into a licensing agreement with CMCC for the use of the “CHINA MOBILE” name and logo. Under these agreements, no license fee is payable until December 31, 2007.

 

Spectrum Fees

 

The Ministry of Information Industry and the Ministry of Finance jointly determine the standardized spectrum fees payable to the Ministry of Information Industry by all mobile telecommunications operators in Mainland China, including us. In accordance with a joint circular from the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Finance, CMCC entered into an agreement with us that specifies the amount of fees to be paid to the Ministry of Information Industry for spectrum usage by each mobile telecommunications network operator based on the bandwidth of the frequency used and the number of base stations within the relevant operator’s networks. In October 1999, we entered into an agreement with CMCC (as supplemented by two supplemental agreements entered into in September 2000 and April 2002), under which we have been granted the exclusive right to use the frequency spectrum and telephone numbers allocated to us in Mainland China. For the usage of the 800/900 MHz and the 1800 MHz frequency bands, the charges will be shared between our operating subsidiaries and CMCC’s operating subsidiaries. Sixty percent of the charges will be shared on the basis of the number of base stations at the end of the previous year and 40% of the charges will be shared on the basis of the bandwidth of the spectrum used. The agreement is valid for one year and will be automatically renewed on an annual basis unless either party notifies the other of its intention to terminate at least three months prior to the expiration of the term.

 

On May 2, 2002, the relevant regulatory authorities in China informed us that the standard spectrum usage fees for GSM networks will be adjusted progressively over a period of three years, and the adjustments will be effective from July 1, 2002 for a period of five years. For the first year, spectrum usage fees for GSM networks will be charged at the annual rate of RMB7.5 million per MHz frequency. For the second year, the annual fee will be RMB11.25 million per MHz frequency and from the third year onward, the annual fee will be RMB15 million per MHz frequency. All adjusted annual fees are charged on the basis that upward and downward frequencies are separately charged. The allocation of spectrum usage fees between CMCC and us remains the same under our existing agreement.

 

Following the completion of our acquisition of the telecommunication assets from our direct parent company in July 2004, we entered into an agreement with CMCC on July 1, 2004, pursuant to which CMCC will collect spectrum usage fees from us and make payment to the Ministry of Information Industry.

 

-56-


Table of Contents

Sharing of Inter-Provincial Transmission Line Leasing Fees

 

Following the completion of our acquisition of the telecommunication assets from our direct parent company in July 2004, we entered into an agreement with CMCC on July 1, 2004, pursuant to which CMCC maintains the existing settlement arrangements with respect to inter-provincial transmission line leasing with the relevant transmission line providers in Mainland China, and collects inter-provincial transmission line leasing fees from us and pay the same to the transmission line providers in respect of the inter-provincial transmission lines we lease from such providers.

 

Platform Development

 

Aspire is 66.4% owned by us, and it is a joint venture with Vodafone and Hewlett-Packard Company. It entered into a platform development master agreement with us on January 10, 2001. Under the platform development master agreement, Aspire (or its subsidiaries) provides technology platform development and maintenance services to us and our subsidiaries. These services include system and gateway integration services, hardware, software and system development (including development of applications), technical support and major overhaul services for a standardized, nation-wide platform for wireless data.

 

Under the platform development master agreements, we will pay Aspire equipment charges, systems integration fees, software licensing fees, technical support fees and/or major overhaul charges, which will be determined according to standards laid down by the relevant governmental departments and/or by reference to market rates.

 

Property Leasing and Management Services

 

We lease from other subsidiaries of CMCC various properties that are used as office space and for locating our cell sites and switching equipment. In relation to leased properties, the rental payments are determined with reference to market rates. In relation to properties sub-leased by such subsidiaries to the companies that we acquired in November 2000 (which were in turn leased to such subsidiaries by third parties), the rental is equal to the rental payable to such third parties, and such subsidiaries do not make any gains as the intermediate lessors. Some of such subsidiaries of CMCC also provide property management services in relation to the properties leased or subleased (other than for Tianjin Mobile and Guangxi Mobile). Property management fees are determined with reference to market rates.

 

The initial terms of such leases and sub-leases range from six months to ten years. The initial terms of such leases and sub-leases to Guangxi Mobile are renewable on an annual basis if Guangxi Mobile gives six months’ notice of its intention to renew. Guangxi Mobile is entitled to terminate such leases and sub-leases by giving three months’ notice at any time. The initial terms of such leases and sub-leases to Tianjin Mobile are automatically renewable on an annual basis unless terminated by Tianjin Mobile by three months’ notice given at any time or by the relevant lessor by giving notice of its intention to terminate three months prior to expiration of the relevant term. The initial terms of such leases and sub-leases to Shanghai Mobile are automatically renewed on an annual basis unless terminated by Shanghai Mobile by three months’ notice given at any time or in relation to sub-leases terminated by the relevant lessor by giving three months’ notice prior to the expiration of the relevant term. In relation to our other subsidiaries, the relevant lease terms and (subject to the relevant head lease being valid or renewable for the extended term) sub-lease terms will be automatically renewed on an annual basis unless terminated by the relevant companies with three months’ notice given at any time and, in relation to sub-leased properties, the relevant lessor may also terminate by giving three months’ notice prior to the expiration of the relevant term. Beijing Mobile also leases certain properties and provides property management services to a subsidiary of CMCC for an initial term of one year and on terms substantially similar to those set out above in this paragraph.

 

In addition, each of the companies that we acquired in July 2004 has entered into property leasing and management agreements with CMCC with terms similar to the agreements for our existing subsidiaries.

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Construction and Related Services

 

Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Liaoning Mobile and Shandong Mobile entered into agreements with certain subsidiaries of CMCC under which such subsidiaries provide services such as construction, design, equipment installation, testing and/or maintenance services and/or act as general contractors in relation to construction and other projects of our subsidiaries. Such agreements are for terms of between 6 months and 16 months, which will be automatically renewed on an annual basis unless either party (in the case of Shandong Mobile, Shanghai Mobile and Beijing Mobile) or Liaoning Mobile (in the case of Liaoning Mobile) notifies the other in writing at least three months prior to the expiration of the term of its intention to terminate the arrangement. Beijing Mobile had also previously entered into other agreements for the provision of certain construction and related services which have continued to be performed according to their terms after Beijing Mobile was acquired by us in November 2000. The charges payable for services rendered under such agreements are determined according to standards laid down by relevant governmental departments and/or by reference to market rates.

 

Equipment Maintenance and Related Services

 

Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile and Liaoning Mobile entered into agreements with certain subsidiaries of CMCC under which such subsidiaries provide equipment maintenance and related services to such companies. Such agreements are for terms of between 6 months and 15 months, which will be automatically renewed on an annual basis unless either party (in the case of Beijing Mobile) or Shanghai Mobile or Liaoning Mobile (in the case of Shanghai Mobile and Liaoning Mobile, respectively) notifies the other of its intention to terminate in writing at least three months prior to the expiration of the term. Beijing Mobile had also previously entered into another agreement for the provision of certain equipment maintenance services which continued to be performed according to its terms after Beijing Mobile was acquired by us in November 2000. The charges payable for services rendered under such agreements are determined according to standards laid down by relevant governmental departments and/or by reference to market rates.

 

Transmission Tower Production, Sales and Other Services and Antenna Maintenance Services

 

Hebei Mobile entered into an agreement with a subsidiary of CMCC under which such subsidiary provides transmission tower design, production, installation and maintenance services and antenna maintenance services to Hebei Mobile, and sells transmission towers and spare parts to Hebei Mobile. The initial term of this agreement is for one year from August 1, 2000 to July 30, 2001. This agreement will be automatically renewed on an annual basis unless either party notifies the other of its intention to terminate in writing at least three months prior to the expiration of the term. The price of such transmission towers and spare parts and the charges payable for services rendered under this agreement are determined according to standards laid down by relevant governmental departments and/or by reference to market rates.

 

Telecommunication Services

 

In April 2002, each of Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile has, respectively, entered into an agreement with the respective subsidiary of CMCC for the provision of certain telecommunications services. These services include:

 

  (i) telecommunications projects planning, design and constructions services and telecommunications lines and pipelines construction services (as the case may be);

 

  (ii) telecommunications lines maintenance services provided to Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile; and

 

  (iii) property leasing and property management services.

 

For the services described in (i) and (ii) above, the charges payable are generally determined with reference to and cannot exceed relevant standards set by and revised from time to time by relevant governmental authorities in Mainland China. Where there are no such standards, the charges are determined with reference to market rates.

 

-58-


Table of Contents

In April 2004, each of our Company, Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi Design Institute and China Mobile Communication Company Limited has entered into agreements with CMCC and its respective subsidiaries in respect of the provision of the following services by CMCC or its subsidiaries:

 

  (i) property leasing and property management services;

 

  (ii) telecommunications project planning, design and construction services;

 

  (iii) telecommunications line and pipeline construction services; and

 

  (iv) telecommunications line maintenance services.

 

For the services described in (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, the charges payable are generally determined with reference to and cannot exceed relevant standards set by and revised from time to time by relevant governmental authorities in Mainland China. Where there are no such standards, the charges are determined with reference to market rates.

 

Transmission Tower Sales, Installation and Maintenance

 

On May 8, 2002, we entered into an agreement with Hubei Communication Services Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMCC, under which Hubei Communication Services Company provided transmission towers and spare parts and related installation and maintenance services to our operating subsidiaries. The price of such transmission towers and spare parts and the charges payable for the services rendered under the agreement are determined either according to standards set by relevant governmental authorities in Mainland China or by reference to market rates.

 

Miscellaneous

 

These transactions entered into by us (including our subsidiaries) have been entered into in the ordinary course of business and on normal commercial terms. Under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Hong Kong Listing Rules”), these transactions are considered to be “connected transactions” and (other than the licensing of trademarks and the arrangements entered into by the subsidiaries we acquired in 2004) would normally require full disclosure and, in certain circumstances, prior independent shareholders’ approval on each occasion they arise. As the transactions are expected to be continued in the normal course of business, our directors consider that such disclosure and approval would be impractical. Accordingly, our directors have requested The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Hong Kong Stock Exchange”) to grant, and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange has granted, waivers from compliance with the normal approval and disclosure requirements related to connected transactions under the Hong Kong Listing Rules (except for the licensing of trademarks and the arrangements entered into by the subsidiaries we acquired in 2004), which will be effective until December 31, 2004, except that the waivers for transactions relating to platform development will be effective until December 31, 2006, upon the following conditions as applicable:

 

  (1) the transactions as well as the respective agreements governing such transactions will be (a) entered into in the ordinary and usual course of business on terms that are fair and reasonable so far as our independent shareholders are concerned, and (b) on normal commercial terms and in accordance with the terms of the agreements governing such transactions;

 

  (2) details of the transactions, as required by rule 14.25(1)(A) to (D) of the Listing Rules, shall be disclosed in our Hong Kong annual report;

 

-59-


Table of Contents
  (3) our independent non-executive directors shall review annually the transactions and confirm in our Hong Kong annual report and accounts for the relevant year that the transactions have been conducted in the manner stated in paragraph (1) above and within the upper limits stated below;

 

  (4) our auditors shall review annually the transactions and provide our directors with a letter, details of which will be set out in our Hong Kong annual accounts, stating that the transactions:

 

    received the approval of our board of directors;

 

    are in accordance with the pricing policies as stated in our annual report;

 

    have been conducted in the manner as stated in (1)(b) above; and

 

    have not exceeded the upper limits as set forth in paragraph (7) below;

 

  (5) details of the transactions are disclosed to our independent shareholders who shall have voted in favor of an ordinary resolution to approve the connected transactions and the upper limits set out below at our extraordinary general meeting;

 

  (6) CMCC has undertaken to us that our auditors will be granted access to such of its and its associates’ accounting records for the purposes of reviewing the transactions mentioned above; and

 

  (7) with respect to the following types of transactions entered into and to be entered into by us, waivers were applied for and granted under the additional condition that they shall not exceed the relevant upper limits set out below in each of our fiscal years to which the relevant waivers relate:

 

    payments payable by us (other than the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2002 and the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2004), to subsidiaries of CMCC for collection service charges in any fiscal year shall not exceed 0.1% of our consolidated operating revenue in such year, and payment payable by us (other than the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2002 and the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2004) to subsidiaries of CMCC for sales service charges in any fiscal year shall not exceed 0.3% of our consolidated operating revenue in such year;

 

    payments payable by us (other than the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2002 and the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2004), to subsidiaries of CMCC for rental and property management fees in any fiscal year shall not exceed 0.56% of our consolidated operating revenue in such year;

 

    payments payable by us (other than the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2002 and the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2004), to subsidiaries of CMCC for construction and related services in any fiscal year shall not exceed 0.25% of our consolidated operating revenue in such year;

 

    payments payable by us (other than the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2002 and the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2004), to subsidiaries of CMCC for equipment maintenance and related services in any fiscal year shall not exceed 0.05% of our consolidated operating revenue in such year;

 

    payments payable by Hebei Mobile to the relevant subsidiaries of CMCC for purchase of transmission towers, transmission tower-related services and antenna maintenance services in any fiscal year shall not exceed 0.06% of our consolidated operating revenue in such year;

 

-60-


Table of Contents
    handling charges received by us (other than the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2002 and the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2004), from subsidiaries of CMCC in respect of prepaid services for our fiscal years from January 1, 2004 to December 31, 2006 shall not exceed 1% of our consolidated operating revenue for such year, and handling charges paid by us to subsidiaries of CMCC in respect of prepaid services for our fiscal years from January 1, 2004 to December 31, 2006 shall not exceed 1% of our consolidated operating revenue for such year;

 

    handling charges received by the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2002 from the subsidiaries of CMCC in respect of prepaid services in any fiscal year shall not exceed 1% of our consolidated operating revenue in such year, and handling charges paid by the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2002 to subsidiaries of CMCC in respect of prepaid services in any fiscal year shall not exceed 1% of our consolidated operating revenue in such year;

 

    payments payable by us and CMCC to Aspire or its subsidiaries in respect of platform development charges in any fiscal year shall not exceed 3% of our consolidated net tangible assets as of the end of such year;

 

    payments in respect of telecommunications projects planning, design and construction services and telecommunications lines and pipelines construction services payable by the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2002 to the subsidiaries of CMCC in any fiscal year shall not exceed 0.25% of our consolidated operating revenue in such year;

 

    telecommunications lines maintenance services payments payable by the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2002 to the subsidiaries of CMCC in any fiscal year shall not exceed 0.04% of our consolidated operating revenue in such year;

 

    property leasing and property management services payments payable by the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies we acquired in 2002 to the subsidiaries of CMCC in any fiscal year shall not exceed 0.25% of our consolidated operating revenue in such year; and

 

    payments to Hubei Communication Services Company, a subsidiary of CMCC, by us in respect of the purchase of transmission towers and related services in any fiscal year shall not exceed 0.5% of our consolidated operating revenue in such year.

 

Our independent shareholders approved the connected transactions and the related upper limits at our extraordinary general meeting held on June 24, 2002 and May 15, 2003, respectively.

 

Following the completion of our acquisition of the telecommunication assets from CMCC in July 2004, CMCC no longer provides mobile telecommunications services in Mainland China other than through us. Therefore, the transactions previously entered into between our subsidiaries and prior subsidiaries of CMCC which have been acquired by us no longer constitute connected transactions under the Hong Kong Listing Rules. In December 2004, in order to streamline the management of the connected transactions, we consolidated the agreements between us and CMCC into two agreements:

 

  (i) the Property Leasing Agreement pursuant to which we rent from CMCC various properties for use as business premises and offices, retail outlets and warehouses and CMCC and its subsidiaries provide to us property management services; under this agreement, the charges payable are based on market rates an the payments payable by us to CMCC and its subsidiaries shall not exceed RMB800 million, RMB900 million and RMB1,000 million for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively; and

 

  (ii) the Telecommunications Services Agreement pursuant to which our subsidiaries obtain telecommunications project planning, design and construction services, telecommunications line

 

-61-


Table of Contents

and pipeline construction services and telecommunications line maintenance services from CMCC and its subsidiaries. Under this agreement, the charges payable are generally determined with reference to and cannot exceed relevant standards set by and revised from time to time by relevant governmental authorities in Mainland China. Where there are no such standards, the charges are determined with reference to market rates. The payments payable to us by CMCC and its subsidiaries shall not exceed RMB2,500 million for each of the three fiscal years ending December 31, 2007.

 

Item 8. Financial Information.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Our audited consolidated financial statements are set forth beginning on page F-1. Other than as disclosed elsewhere in this annual report, no significant change has occurred since the date of the annual financial statements.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are not involved in any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings, and, so far as we are aware, we do not have any pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding that is expected to have a material effect on our financial conditions and results of operation.

 

Policy on Dividend Distributions

 

We hold in the highest regard the interests of and the returns achieved for our shareholders, especially minority shareholders. Having taken into account such factors as our financial position, cash flow position and requirements to ensure the sustainable future growth of our business, our board of directors recommended payment of a final dividend of HK$0.46 per share for the financial year ended December 31, 2004. This, together with the interim dividend of HK$0.20 per share already paid during 2004, amounted to an aggregate dividend payment of HK$0.66 per share for the full financial year, representing an increase of 83.3% over the annual dividend of HK$0.36 per share for the financial year 2003 and a dividend payout ratio of 32.7%. Our board of directors is of the view that our strong free cash flow will be capable of supporting the investments required to sustain steady growth and generate a good cash return to our shareholders. We will endeavor to achieve a long-term sustainable, steadily increasing dividend, with a view to generating the best possible return for our shareholders.

 

Item 9. The Offer and Listing.

 

In connection with our initial public offering, our American depositary shares, or ADSs, each representing twenty ordinary shares, were listed and commenced trading on the New York Stock Exchange on October 22, 1997 under the symbol “CHL”. Effective from July 5, 2000, our ADS-to-share ratio has been changed to one-to-five. Our shares were listed and commenced trading on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange on October 23, 1997. Prior to these listings, there was no public market for our equity securities. The New York Stock Exchange and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange are the principal trading markets for our ADSs and ordinary shares, which are not listed on any other exchanges in or outside the United States.

 

As of December 31, 2004 and May 31, 2005, there were 19,700,639,399 and 19,723,660,899, respectively, ordinary shares issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2004 and May 31, 2005, there were, respectively, 258 and 255 registered holders of American depositary receipts evidencing 43,535,355 and 41,939,801 ADSs. Since certain of the ADSs are held by nominees, the above number may not be representative of the actual number of U.S. beneficial holders of ADSs or the number of ADSs beneficially held by U.S. persons. The depositary for the ADSs is The Bank of New York.

 

-62-


Table of Contents

The high and low closing sale prices of the shares on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and of the ADSs on the NYSE for the periods indicated are as follows. The information for periods prior to July 2000 has been restated to reflect the change in our ADS-to-share ratio from one-to-twenty to one-to-five, which became effective on July 5, 2000.

 

       Price per Share (HK$)

     Price per ADS (US$)

       High

     Low

     High

     Low

2000

     79.00      40.30      50.73      25.94

2001

     50.50      19.40      33.00      13.19

2002

     28.40      17.80      17.87      11.30

2003

     23.90      14.85      15.54      9.30

First Quarter

     20.10      15.45      12.88      9.85

Second Quarter

     19.75      14.85      12.56      9.30

Third Quarter

     21.55      18.70      13.64      11.80

Fourth Quarter

     23.90      20.80      15.54      13.21

2004

     27.85      19.25      18.07      12.31

First Quarter

     27.85      22.35      18.07      14.01

Second Quarter

     23.75      19.25      15.16      12.31

Third Quarter

     24.60      21.15      15.90      13.63

Fourth Quarter

     26.90      22.15      17.32      14.39

December

     26.90      25.70      17.32      16.53

2005

                           

January

     26.65      23.45      17.10      14.91

February

     26.15      23.75      16.50      15.22

March

     26.45      24.30      17.08      15.70

April

     27.00      25.05      17.80      16.20

May

     28.45      26.30      18.26      17.10

 

Item 10. Additional Information.

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association

 

Under Section 3 of our Memorandum of Association, we have the capacity and the rights, powers and privileges of a natural person and, in addition and without limit, we may do anything which it is permitted or required to do by any enactment or rule of law.

 

Directors

 

Material Interests. A director who is in any way directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract with us shall declare the nature of his interest in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Ordinance (Chapter 32) of Hong Kong and the Articles of Association. A director shall not vote, or be counted in the quorum, on any resolution of the board in respect of any contract or arrangement or proposal in which he or any of his Associates (as such term is defined in the Listing Rules of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange), is to his knowledge, materially interested, and if he shall do so his vote shall not be counted or counted in the quorum for that resolution. The above prohibition shall not apply to any contract, arrangement or proposal:

 

    for the giving by us of any security or indemnity to the director or his Associates in respect of money lent or obligations incurred or undertaken by him at the request of, or for, our or any of our subsidiaries’ benefit;

 

-63-


Table of Contents
    for the giving by us of any security to a third party in respect of our or any of our subsidiaries’ debt or obligation for which the director or his Associates has himself or themselves assumed responsibility or guaranteed or secured in whole or in part whether alone or jointly;

 

    concerning an offer of the shares or debentures or other securities of or by us or any other company which we may promote or be interested in for subscription or purchase where the director or his Associates are, or are to be, interested as a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of the offer;

 

    in which the director is interested in the same manner as other holders of our shares or debentures or other securities by virtue only of his interest in our shares or debentures or other securities;

 

    concerning any other company in which the director or his Associates are interested, directly or indirectly, as an officer or a shareholder or in which the director or his Associates are beneficially interested in shares of that company other than a company in which the director and any of his Associates, are beneficially interested in five percent or more of the issued shares of any class of the equity share capital of such company (or of any third company through which his interest or that of his Associates is derived) or of the voting rights (excluding for the purpose of calculating such five percent interest any indirect interest of such director or his Associates by virtue of our interest in such company);

 

    for the benefit of our or any of our subsidiaries’ employees, including the adoption, modification or operation of a pension fund or retirement, death or disability benefit scheme which relates to both our, or any of our subsidiaries’, directors and employees and such directors’ Associates and does not give the director or his Associates any privilege not generally accorded to the class of persons to whom such scheme or fund relates; and

 

    concerning the adoption, modification or operation of any employees’ share scheme involving the issue or grant of options over shares or other securities by us to, or for the benefit of, our or any of our subsidiaries’ employees under which the director or his Associates may benefit.

 

Compensation and Pension. The directors are entitled to receive by way of remuneration for their services such sum as we may determine from time to time in general meeting. The directors are also entitled to be repaid their reasonable traveling, hotel and other expenses incurred by them in or about the performance of their duties as directors. The directors may award special remuneration out of our funds, by way of salary, commission or otherwise as the directors may determine, to any director who performs services which, in the opinion of the directors, are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director.

 

The board may establish and maintain any contributory or non-contributory pension or superannuation funds for the benefit of, or give donations, gratuities, pensions, allowances or emoluments to any persons (1) who are or were at any time in employment or service of our company (or any of our subsidiaries) or are allied or associated with us or any of our subsidiaries, or (2) who are or were at any time our (or any of our subsidiaries’) directors or officers, and who are holding or have held any salaried employment or office in our company or any of our subsidiaries, and the wives, widows, families and dependants of any of these persons. Any director holding any such employment or office is entitled to participate in, and retain for his own benefit, any such donation, gratuity, pension, allowance or emolument.

 

Borrowing Powers. The directors may exercise all the powers of our company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of our undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital and to issue debentures, debenture stocks, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for the debt, liability or obligation of our company or any third party.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

Qualification; Retirement. A director need not hold any of our shares to qualify as a director. There is no age limit requirement for a director’s retirement or non-retirement.

 

Each director is subject to retirement by rotation at least once every three years. The directors to retire in every year shall be those who have been longest in office since their last election, but as between persons who became directors on the same day shall be determined by lot unless they otherwise agree between themselves. The retiring directors shall be eligible for re-election.

 

Rights Attaching to Ordinary Shares

 

The section entitled “Description of Share Capital” in our Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-47256), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 30, 2000, is incorporated by reference into this annual report.

 

Pursuant to ordinary resolutions passed at our extraordinary general meeting held on November 10, 2000, our authorized share capital was increased, by the creation of an additional 14,000,000,000 ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each, which rank pari passu with the existing ordinary shares, to a total of HK$3,000,000,000 divided into 30,000,000,000 ordinary shares.

 

Annual General Meetings and Extraordinary General Meetings

 

We must hold, in each year, a general meeting as our annual general meeting in addition to any other meetings in that year. The annual general meeting must be held at such time (which shall be within a period of not more than 15 months, or such longer period as the Registrar of Companies may authorize in writing, after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting) and place as may be determined by the directors. All other general meetings are extraordinary meetings. The directors may proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting whenever they think fit, in accordance with the Companies Ordinance.

 

In general, an annual general meeting and a meeting called for the passing of a special resolution shall be called by not less than 21 days’ notice in writing, and any other general meeting shall be called by not less than 14 days’ notice in writing. The notice must specify the place, date and time of the meeting and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business.

 

Miscellaneous

 

We keep our share register with our share registrar, which is Hong Kong Registrars Limited, Shops 1712-1716, 17th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong. In addition, we also file certain documents with the Registrar of Companies, Hong Kong, China, in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Ordinance. Our company number is 622909.

 

Material Contracts

 

See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Related Party Transactions” for certain arrangements we have entered into with CMCC.

 

Interconnection Arrangements

 

Each of our operating subsidiaries has entered into interconnection agreements with other operators in its network area. The economic terms of the interconnection arrangements are described under “Item 4. Information on the Company — Business Overview — Interconnection”.

 

Aspire Business Alliance with Vodafone

 

On January 9, 2002, Vodafone Americas Asia Inc., a subsidiary of Vodafone, and Aspire entered into a business alliance agreement under which Aspire will engage Vodafone Global Platform and Internet Services, a unit

 

-65-


Table of Contents

of Vodafone Americas Asia Inc., as a preferred provider of wireless data applications software in relation to the Aspire Mobile Information Service Center Platform, provided that software supplied to Aspire has at least equivalent technical specifications on the same or better commercial terms. Aspire and Vodafone Global Platform and Internet Services also agreed to use their reasonable efforts to coordinate the development of their respective wireless data platforms with the intention of providing a seamless delivery of wireless data services for their respective customers and enabling content and application providers to use a single application programming interface.

 

Exchange Controls

 

The Renminbi currently is not a freely convertible currency. The State Administration of Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of Renminbi into foreign currency. In addition, under a unitary foreign exchange system, People’s Bank of China sets daily exchange rates for conversion of Renminbi into U.S. dollars and other currencies based on the China Foreign Exchange Trading System interbank market rates. In the event of shortages of foreign currencies, we may be unable to convert sufficient Renminbi into foreign currency to meet its foreign currency obligations or to pay dividends in foreign currency.

 

The value of the Renminbi is subject to changes in Chinese government policies and to international economic and political developments. Since 1994, the official exchange rate for the conversion of Renminbi to U.S. dollars has been stable. Any devaluation of the Renminbi would increase our effective cost of foreign manufactured equipment or components, and of satisfying any other foreign currency denominated liabilities. In addition, any such devaluation would reduce the U.S. dollar value of any dividends declared in Renminbi. During 2002, 2003 and 2004, the Renminbi has remained stable against the U.S. dollar.

 

There are no limitations on the right of non-resident or foreign owners to remit dividends or to hold or vote the ordinary shares or the ADSs imposed by Hong Kong law or by our memorandum and articles of association or other constituent documents.

 

Taxation — Hong Kong

 

The taxation of income and capital gains of holders of ordinary shares or ADSs is subject to the laws and practices of Hong Kong and of jurisdictions in which holders of ordinary shares or ADSs are resident or otherwise subject to tax. The following summary of certain relevant taxation provisions under Hong Kong law is based on current law and practice, is subject to changes therein and does not constitute legal or tax advice. The discussion does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Accordingly, each prospective investor (particularly those subject to special tax rules, such as banks, dealers, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities and holders of 10% or more of our voting capital stock) should consult its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of an investment in the ordinary shares and ADSs. The discussion is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this annual report, all of which are subject to change. There is no reciprocal tax treaty in effect between Hong Kong and the United States.

 

Tax on Dividends

 

Under the current practices of the Hong Kong Inland Revenue Department, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by us unless such dividends are attributable to a trade, profession or business carried on in Hong Kong.

 

Profits Tax

 

No tax is imposed in Hong Kong in respect of capital gains from the sale of property (such as the ordinary shares and ADSs). Trading gains from the sale of property by persons carrying on a trade, profession or business in Hong Kong where such gains are derived from or arise in Hong Kong from such trade, profession or business will be chargeable to Hong Kong profits tax, which is currently imposed at the rate of 17.5% on corporations and at a maximum rate of 16% on individuals. Gains from sales of the ordinary shares effected on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange may be considered to be derived from or arise in Hong Kong. Liability for Hong Kong profits tax may thus arise in respect of trading gains from sales of ordinary shares or ADSs realized by persons carrying on a business or trading or dealing in securities in Hong Kong.

 

-66-


Table of Contents

Stamp Duty

 

Hong Kong stamp duty, currently charged at the rate of HK$1 per HK$1,000 or part thereof on the higher of the consideration for or the value of the ordinary shares, will be payable by the purchaser on every purchase and by the seller on every sale of ordinary shares (i.e., a total of HK$2 per HK$1,000 or part thereof is currently payable on a typical sale and purchase transaction involving ordinary shares). In addition, a fixed duty of HK$5 is currently payable on any instrument of transfer of ordinary shares. The withdrawal of ordinary shares upon the surrender of ADSs, and the issuance of ADSs upon the deposit of ordinary shares, will also attract stamp duty at the rate described above for sale and purchase transactions unless the withdrawal or deposit does not result in a change in the beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares under Hong Kong law, in which case only a fixed duty of HK$5 is payable on the transfer. The issuance of the ADSs upon the deposit of ordinary shares issued directly to the depositary or for the account of the depositary does not attract stamp duty. No Hong Kong stamp duty is payable upon the transfer of ADSs outside Hong Kong.

 

Estate Duty

 

The ordinary shares are Hong Kong property under Hong Kong law, and accordingly such ordinary shares may be subject to estate duty on the death of the beneficial owner of the ordinary shares (regardless of the place of the owner’s residence, citizenship or domicile). Hong Kong estate duty is currently imposed on a progressive scale from 5% to 15%. No estate duty is payable when the aggregate value of the dutiable estate does not exceed HK$7.5 million, and the maximum rate of duty of 15% applies when the aggregate value of the dutiable estate exceeds HK$10.5 million.

 

On March 16, 2005, the Financial Secretary of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region announced in his 2005/06 budget speech that the Hong Kong Government would propose for the abolition of estate duty. However, as of the date of this annual report, the relevant law has not been passed and estate duty has not been abolished.

 

Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation

 

This section describes the material United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our shares or ADSs. This section applies to you only if you are a U.S. holder, as defined below, and you hold your shares or ADSs as capital assets for United States federal income tax purposes. This section does not apply to you if you are a member of a special class of holders subject to special rules, including:

 

    a dealer in securities;

 

    a trader in securities that elects to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for your securities holdings;

 

    a tax-exempt organization;

 

    a life insurance company;

 

    a person liable for alternative minimum tax;

 

    a person that actually or constructively owns 10% or more of our voting stock;

 

    a person that holds shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction; or

 

    a person whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar.

 

-67-


Table of Contents

This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. In addition, this section is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

 

You are a U.S. holder if you are a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs and you are:

 

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a domestic corporation;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

 

You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and local and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of shares or ADSs in your particular circumstances.

 

In general, and taking into account the earlier assumptions, for United States federal income tax purposes, if you hold ADRs evidencing ADSs, you will be treated as the owner of the shares represented by those ADRs. Exchanges of shares for ADRs, and ADRs for shares, generally will not be subject to the United States federal income tax.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Under the United States federal income tax laws, and subject to the passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder, the gross amount of any dividend we pay out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) is subject to United States federal taxation. If you are a noncorporate U.S. holder, dividends paid to you after December 31, 2002 and before January 1, 2009 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that you hold the shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements.

 

The dividend is taxable to you when you, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, receive the dividend, actually or constructively. The dividend will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations. The amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income will be the U.S. dollar value of the Hong Kong dollar payments made, determined at the spot Hong Kong dollar/U.S. dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date you include the dividend payment in income to the date you convert the payment into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and will not be eligible for the special tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income. This gain or loss generally will be from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, but generally will be “passive income” or “financial services income”, which is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to you.

 

Taxation of Capital Gains

 

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, if you are a U.S. holder and you sell or otherwise dispose of your shares or ADSs, you will recognize capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount that you realize and your tax basis, determined in U.S. dollars,

 

-68-


Table of Contents

in your shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a noncorporate U.S. holder that is recognized on or after May 6, 2003 and before January 1, 2009 is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% where the property is held more than one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. The gain or loss will generally be from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

 

PFIC Rules

 

We believe that shares or ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. In general, if you are a U.S. holder, we will be a PFIC with respect to you if for any taxable year in which you held our shares or ADSs:

 

    at least 75% of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or

 

    at least 50% of the value, determined on the basis of a quarterly average, of our assets is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.

 

Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents (other than certain rents and royalties derived in the active conduct of a trade or business), annuities and gains from assets that produce passive income. If a foreign corporation owns at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation, the foreign corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation, and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s income.

 

If we are treated as a PFIC, and you are a U.S. holder that did not make a mark-to-market election, as described below, you will be subject to special rules with respect to:

 

    any gain you realize on the sale or other disposition of your shares or ADSs; and

 

    any excess distribution that we make to you (generally, any distributions to you during a single taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by you in respect of the shares or ADSs during the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, your holding period for the shares or ADSs).

 

Under these rules:

 

    the gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over your holding period for the shares or ADSs;

 

    the amount allocated to the taxable year in which you realized the gain or excess distribution will be taxed as ordinary income;

 

    the amount allocated to each prior year, with certain exceptions, will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year; and

 

    the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.

 

If you own shares or ADSs in a PFIC that are treated as marketable stock, you may make a mark-to-market election. If you make this election, you will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above. Instead, in general, you will include as ordinary income each year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of your shares or ADSs at the end of the taxable year over your adjusted basis in your shares or ADSs. These amounts of ordinary income will not be eligible for the favorable tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income on long-term capital gains. You will also be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of your shares or ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). Your basis in the shares or ADSs will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts.

 

-69-


Table of Contents

In addition, notwithstanding any election you make with regard to the shares or ADSs, dividends that you receive from us will not constitute qualified dividend income to you if we are a PFIC either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year. Dividends that you receive that do not constitute qualified dividend income are not eligible for taxation at the 15% maximum rate applicable to qualified dividend income. Instead, you must include the gross amount of any such dividend paid by us out of our accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for Untied States federal income tax purposes) in your gross income, and it will be subject to tax at rates applicable to ordinary income.

 

If you own shares or ADSs during any year that we are a PFIC, you must file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

 

Documents on Display

 

You may read and copy documents referred to in this annual report on Form 20-F that have been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission at the SEC’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges. The SEC also maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

 

The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” the information we file with the SEC. This means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to another document filed separately with the SEC. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this annual report on Form 20-F.

 

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

 

We are subject to market rate risks due to fluctuations in interest rates. The majority of our debt is in the form of long-term, fixed- and variable-rate bank and other loans with original maturities ranging from one to fifteen years. Accordingly, fluctuations in interest rates can lead to significant fluctuations in the fair value of these debt instruments. From time to time, we may enter into interest rate swap agreements designed to mitigate our exposure to interest rate risks, although we did not consider it necessary to do so in 2004.

 

We are also exposed to foreign currency risk as a result of our telecommunications equipment being sourced substantially from overseas suppliers. Specifically, our foreign currency exposure relates primarily to our foreign currency-denominated short-term and long-term debt, our firm purchase commitments and, to a limited extent, cash and cash equivalents denominated in foreign currencies. We have entered into foreign exchange forward contracts designed to mitigate our exposure to foreign currency risks. As of December 31, 2004, we had no foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding. Our foreign currency hedging activity generally is expected to be limited to hedging of specific future commitments and long-term debt denominated in foreign currencies.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

The following table provides information regarding our interest rate-sensitive financial instruments, which consist of fixed and variable rate short-term and long-term debt obligations, as of December 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

     Expected Maturity Date

    As of December 31,
2004


   As of December 31,
2003


     2005

    2006

   2007

    2008

   2009

   Thereafter

    Total
Recorded
Amount


    Fair
value


   Total
Recorded
Amount


    Fair
Value


     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

Debt:

                                                      

Obligations under capital lease

   68     —      —       —      —      —       68     68    68     68

Average interest rate

   4.96 %   —      —       —      —      —       4.96 %   —      4.96 %   —  

Fixed rate bank and other loans

   1,432     —      —       —      —      —       1,432     1,408    1,659     1,668

Average interest rate

   3.53 %   —      —       —      —      —       3.53 %   —      1.77 %   —  

Variable rate bank and other loans

   1,023     —      —       —      —      —       1,023     1,023    7,119     7,119

Average interest rate

   3.82 %   —      —       —      —      —       3.82 %   —      3.98 %   —  

Fixed rate notes

   —       —      —       —      —      —       —       —      4,984     5,209

Average interest rate

   —       —      —       —      —      —       —       —      7.88 %   —  

Convertible notes

   5,725     —      —       —      —      —       5,725     5,666    5,735     5,713

Average interest rate

   2.25 %   —      —       —      —      —       2.25 %   —      2.25 %   —  

Bonds

   —       —      3,000     —      —      10,000     13,000     12,119    13,000     13,054

Average interest rate

   —       —      3.50 %   —      —      4.18 %   4.03 %   —      4.03 %   —  

Deferred payable

   —       —      —       —      —      23,633     23,633     23,633    9,976     9,976

Average interest rate

   —       —      —       —      —      3.10 %   3.10 %        3.80 %   —  

* The interest rates for variable rate bank and other loans are calculated based on the year-end indices.

 

-71-


Table of Contents

The following table provides information regarding our foreign currency-sensitive financial instruments and transactions, which consist of deposits with banks, cash and cash equivalents, short and long-term debt obligations and capital commitments as of December 31, 2004 and 2003.

 

     Expected Maturity Date

    As of December 31,
2004


   As of December 31,
2003


     2005

    2006

   2007

   2008

   2009

   Thereafter

    Total
Recorded
Amount


    Fair
value


   Total
Recorded
Amount


    Fair
Value


     (RMB equivalent in millions, except interest rates)

On-balance sheet financial instruments:

                                                     

Deposits with banks:

                                                     

in U.S. dollars

   900     —      —      —      —      —       900     900    421     421

in Hong Kong dollars

   135     —      —      —      —      —       135     135    135     135

Cash and cash equivalents:

                                                     

in U.S. dollars

   1,280     —      —      —      —      —       1,280     1,280    2,535     2,535

in Hong Kong dollars

   1,243     —      —      —      —      —       1,243     1,243    321     321

Debts:

                                                     

Fixed rate bank and other loans (U.S. dollar)

   63     —      —      —      —      —       63     63    207     211

Average interest rate

   5.29 %   —      —      —      —      —       5.29 %   —      6.16 %   —  

Fixed rate notes (U.S. dollar)

   —       —      —      —      —      —       —       —      4,984     5,209

Average interest rate

   —       —      —      —      —      —       —       —      7.88 %   —  

Convertible notes (U.S. dollar)

   5,725     —      —      —      —      —       5,725     5,666    5,735     5,713

Average interest rate

   2.25 %   —      —      —      —      —       2.25 %   —      2.25 %   —  

Deferred payable (1)

   —       —      —      —      —      23,633     23,633     23,633    9,976     9,976

Average interest rate

   —       —      —      —      —      3.10 %   3.10 %        3.80 %   —  

Capital commitments authorized and

contracted for in U.S. dollar

   —       —      —      —      —      —       —       —      —       —  

(1) Pursuant to our agreements with CMCC and China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited for our acquisition of the eight regional mobile telecommunications companies in July 2002, and the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in July 2004, respectively, we have the option to pay the deferred payable in either U.S. dollars, Hong Kong dollars or Renminbi.

 

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.

 

Not Applicable.

 

-72-


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Right of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.

 

None.

 

Item 15. Controls and Procedures.

 

Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-14(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, have concluded that, as of such date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that material information relating to the Company was made known to them by others within the Company.

 

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert.

 

All members of our audit committee have extensive management experience. In particular, one of the members has many years of finance and commercial management experience and expertise. However, members of our audit committee do not possess direct experience or expertise in respect of the reconciliation of financial statements with U.S. GAAP and the evaluation of reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission by SEC-reporting issuers. Our board of directors has determined that we do not currently have an audit committee financial expert, as defined in Item 16A(b) of Form 20-F, serving on our audit committee. Our audit committee is in the process of considering appointing, from time to time, an external financial expert as a consultant.

 

Item 16B. Code of Ethics.

 

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Deputy Chief Financial Officer, Assistant Chief Financial Officer and other designated senior officers of the Company. A copy of our Code of Ethics for Covered Officers was filed as Exhibit 11.1 to our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, and may also be downloaded from our website at http://www.chinamobilehk.com/investor_relations/pdf/CMHK_2003_20f_en.pdf. Copies of our Code of Ethics for Covered Officers may also be obtained at no charge by writing to our investor relations department at 60/F., The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong.

 

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

The following table sets forth the aggregate audit fees, audit-related fees, tax fees of our principal accountants and all other fees billed for products and services provided by our principal accountants other than the audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees for each of the two years ended December 31, 2004:

 

     Audit Fees

    Audit-Related Fees

   Tax Fees

   Other Fees

2003

   US$     5,064,000     —      —      US$    500,000

2004

   US$     16,591,000 1   —      —      US$    772,000

(1) Including the audits fees in the amount of US$9,000,000 we paid in connection with our acquisition of the ten regional mobile telecommunications companies and other telecommunications assets in July 2004.

 

-73-


Table of Contents

Before our principal accountants were engaged by our company or our subsidiaries to render audit or

non-audit services, the engagement was approved by our audit committee as required by applicable rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees.

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

 

Not applicable.

 

 

-74-


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 17. Financial Statements.

 

The Company has elected to provide the financial statements and related information specified in Item 18 in lieu of Item 17.

 

Item 18. Financial Statements.

 

The following financial statements are filed as part of this annual report.

 

China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited:

    

Index to consolidated financial statements

    F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2

Consolidated statements of income for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

    F-3

Consolidated balance sheets for each of December 31, 2003 and 2004

    F-5

Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

    F-7

Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   F-11

Notes to consolidated financial statements

   F-12

 

Item 19. Exhibits.

 

  (a) See Item 18 for a list of the financial statements filed as part of this annual report.

 

  (b) Exhibits to this annual report:

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Description of Exhibit


1.1    Memorandum and Articles of Association (as amended). (1)
2.1    We agree to provide the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of our long-term debt.
2.2    Guarantee from China Mobile Communications Corporation for the RMB5 billion guaranteed bonds due 2011 issued by Guangdong Mobile. (2)
2.3    Letter of Guarantee from China Mobile Communications Corporation for the RMB3 billion guaranteed bonds due 2007 and RMB5 billion guaranteed bonds due 2017, both issued by Guangdong Mobile in 2002 (with English translation). (3)
4.1    Agreement regarding Settlement of Interconnection and Roaming, Transmission Line Leasing, Usage of Spectrum Frequency and Numbering Resources, dated July 1, 2004, between China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation).
4.2    Tax Indemnity, dated July 1, 2004, among China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited, China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation.
4.3    Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services, dated December 30, 2004, between China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation).

 

-75-


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number


  

Description of Exhibit


4.4    Telecommunications Services Agreement, dated December 30, 2004, between China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation).
4.5    Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated April 28, 2004 between China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited, China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation. (1)
4.6    Asset Injection Agreement, dated April 9, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation, Neimenggu Mobile Communication Company Limited and Neimenggu Communication Service Company (with English translation and schedule). (1)
4.7    Asset Injection Agreement, dated April 9, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation, Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute Company Limited and Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute (with English translation). (1)
4.8    Asset Injection Agreement, dated April 9, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile Communication Company Limited (with English translation). (1)
4.9    Agreement on the Confirmation of Rights and Obligations, dated April 9, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation, Neimenggu Mobile Communication Company Limited and Neimenggu Communication Service Company (with English translation and schedule). (1)
4.10    Agreement on the Confirmation of Rights and Obligations, dated April 9, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation, Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute Company Limited and Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute (with English translation). (1)
4.11    Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services, dated April 23, 2004, between Xinjiang Mobile Communication Company Limited and Xinjiang Communication Service Company (with English translation and schedule). (1)
4.12    Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services, dated April 27, 2004, between Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute Company Limited and Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute (with English translation). (1)
4.13    Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services, dated April 23, 2004, between China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation). (1)
4.14    Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services, dated April 23, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd (with English translation). (1)
4.15    Consent Letter to the Substitution of Borrowers under the Consigned Loan Agreement, dated February 13, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation, Neimenggu Mobile Communication Company Limited, Neimenggu Communication Service Company and Beijing Chang’an Sub-branch of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (with English translation and schedule). (1)
4.16    Agreement on Sharing of Administrative Services and Administrative Costs, dated April 27, 2004, between China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation). (1)
4.17    Trademark Licensing Agreement, dated April 23, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd (with English translation). (1)
4.18   

Trademark License Agreement, dated July 18, 2002, between China Mobile Communications

Corporation and China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited (with English translation). (3)

4.19    Tax Indemnity dated July 1, 2002 between China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited, China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation. (3)

 

-76-


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit


4.20    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Anhui Mobile Communication Company Limited and Anhui Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.21    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Jiangxi Mobile Communication Company Limited and Jiangxi Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.22    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Chongqing Mobile Communication Company Limited and Chongqing Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.23    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 27, 2002 between Sichuan Mobile Communication Company Limited and Sichuan Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.24    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Hubei Mobile Communication Company Limited and Hubei Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.25    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Hunan Mobile Communication Company Limited and Hunan Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.26    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Shaanxi Mobile Communication Company Limited and Shaanxi Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.27    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Shanxi Mobile Communication Company Limited and Shanxi Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.28    Service Agreement for Supply Installation and Maintenance of Steel Towers dated May 8, 2002 between China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and Hubei Communication Services Company (with English translation). (3)
4.29    Co-operation Framework Agreement in respect of Indirect Loan dated May 10, 2002 between China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited (with English translation). (3)
4.30    Building Leasing and Property Management Agreement, dated September 18, 2000, between Beijing Mobile and Beijing Communications Service Company (“Beijing Service”). (4)
4.31    Building Leasing and Property Management Agreement, dated September 18, 2000, between Beijing Mobile and Beijing Service. (4)
4.32    Agreement on Mobile Communications Equipment Maintenance and Modulation, dated September 18, 2000, between Beijing Mobile and Beijing Huarui Wireless Communications Equipment Installation Company (“Beijing Huarui”). (4)
4.33    Agreement on Communications Projects Design and Construction, dated September 18, 2000, between Beijing Mobile and Beijing Huarui. (4)
4.34    Agreement on Mobile Communications Equipment Maintenance, dated September 20, 2000, between Shanghai Mobile and Shanghai Long-distance Telecommunications Engineering Company (“Shanghai Engineering”). (4)
4.35    Agreement on Contracting Mobile Communications Projects, dated September 20, 2000, between Shanghai Mobile and Shanghai Engineering. (4)

 

-77-


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number


  

Description of Exhibit


4.36    Building Leasing and Property Management Agreement, dated September 20, 2000, between Shanghai Mobile and Shanghai Communications Service Company (“Shanghai Service”). (4)
4.37    Building Leasing Agreement, dated August 1, 2000, between Tianjin Mobile and Tianjin Communications Service Company (“Tianjin Service”). (4)
4.38    Building Leasing and Property Management Agreement, dated August 1, 2000, between Hebei Mobile and Hebei Communications Service Company (“Hebei Service”). (4)
4.39    Agreement on the Sales and Maintenance of Masts and Maintenance of Antennas and Feeder Lines, dated August 1, 2000, between Hebei Mobile and Hebei Provincial Posts and Telecommunications Equipment and Machinery Plant. (4)
4.40    Building Leasing and Property Management Agreement, dated August 10, 2000, between Liaoning Mobile and Liaoning Communications Service Company (“Liaoning Service”). (4)
4.41    Agreement on Communications Equipment Maintenance, dated September 8, 2000, between Liaoning Mobile and Liaoning Provincial Posts and Telecommunications Engineering Bureau (“Liaoning Engineering”). (4)
4.42    Agreement on Mobile Communications Projects Construction, dated September 8, 2000, between Liaoning Mobile and Liaoning Engineering. (4)
4.43    Building Leasing and Property Management Agreement, dated September 1, 2000, between Shandong Mobile and Shandong Communications Service Company (“Shandong Service”). (4)
4.44    Agreement on Contracting Mobile Communications Projects, dated September 1, 2000, between Shandong Mobile and Shandong Mobile Communications Engineering Bureau. (4)
4.45    Building Lease Agreement, dated August 26, 2000, between Guangxi Mobile and Guangxi Communications Service Company (“Guangxi Service”). (4)
8.1      List of major subsidiaries.
11.1      Code of Ethics. (1)
12.1      Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
12.2      Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
13.1      Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).
13.2      Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).

(1) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 1-14696; 333-12222), filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2004.
(2) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2001.
(3) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2003.
(4) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-47256), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 30, 2000.

 

-78-


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

 

CHINA MOBILE (HONG KONG) LIMITED

By:

 

/s/ WANG Jianzhou


Name:

 

WANG Jianzhou

Title:

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date: June 13, 2005


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit

Number


  

Description of Exhibit


1.1    Memorandum and Articles of Association (as amended). (1)
2.1    We agree to provide the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of our long-term debt.
2.2    Guarantee from China Mobile Communications Corporation for the RMB5 billion guaranteed bonds due 2011 issued by Guangdong Mobile. (2)
2.3    Letter of Guarantee from China Mobile Communications Corporation for the RMB3 billion guaranteed bonds due 2007 and RMB5 billion guaranteed bonds due 2017, both issued by Guangdong Mobile in 2002 (with English translation). (3)
4.1    Agreement regarding Settlement of Interconnection and Roaming, Transmission Line Leasing, Usage of Spectrum Frequency and Numbering Resources, dated July 1, 2004, between China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation).
4.2    Tax Indemnity, dated July 1, 2004, among China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited, China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation.
4.3    Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services, dated December 30, 2004, between China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation).
4.4    Telecommunications Services Agreement, dated December 30, 2004, between China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation).
4.5    Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement, dated April 28, 2004 between China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited, China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation. (1)
4.6    Asset Injection Agreement, dated April 9, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation, Neimenggu Mobile Communication Company Limited and Neimenggu Communication Service Company (with English translation and schedule). (1)
4.7    Asset Injection Agreement, dated April 9, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation, Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute Company Limited and Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute (with English translation). (1)
4.8    Asset Injection Agreement, dated April 9, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile Communication Company Limited (with English translation). (1)
4.9    Agreement on the Confirmation of Rights and Obligations, dated April 9, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation, Neimenggu Mobile Communication Company Limited and Neimenggu Communication Service Company (with English translation and schedule). (1)
4.10    Agreement on the Confirmation of Rights and Obligations, dated April 9, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation, Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute Company Limited and Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute (with English translation). (1)
4.11    Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services, dated April 23, 2004, between Xinjiang Mobile Communication Company Limited and Xinjiang Communication Service Company (with English translation and schedule). (1)
4.12    Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services, dated April 27, 2004, between Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute Company Limited and Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute (with English translation). (1)


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit


4.13    Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services, dated April 23, 2004, between China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation). (1)
4.14    Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services, dated April 23, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd (with English translation). (1)
4.15    Consent Letter to the Substitution of Borrowers under the Consigned Loan Agreement, dated February 13, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation, Neimenggu Mobile Communication Company Limited, Neimenggu Communication Service Company and Beijing Chang’an Sub-branch of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China (with English translation and schedule). (1)
4.16    Agreement on Sharing of Administrative Services and Administrative Costs, dated April 27, 2004, between China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd. and China Mobile Communications Corporation (with English translation). (1)
4.17    Trademark Licensing Agreement, dated April 23, 2004, between China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile Communication Co., Ltd (with English translation). (1)
4.18    Trademark License Agreement, dated July 18, 2002, between China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited (with English translation). (3)
4.19    Tax Indemnity dated July 1, 2002 between China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited, China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and China Mobile Communications Corporation. (3)
4.20    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Anhui Mobile Communication Company Limited and Anhui Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.21    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Jiangxi Mobile Communication Company Limited and Jiangxi Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.22    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Chongqing Mobile Communication Company Limited and Chongqing Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.23    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 27, 2002 between Sichuan Mobile Communication Company Limited and Sichuan Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.24    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Hubei Mobile Communication Company Limited and Hubei Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.25    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Hunan Mobile Communication Company Limited and Hunan Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.26    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Shaanxi Mobile Communication Company Limited and Shaanxi Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)
4.27    Telecommunications Services Agreement dated April 10, 2002 between Shanxi Mobile Communication Company Limited and Shanxi Communication Service Company (with English translation). (3)

 

2


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit


4.28    Service Agreement for Supply Installation and Maintenance of Steel Towers dated May 8, 2002 between China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and Hubei Communication Services Company (with English translation). (3)
4.29    Co-operation Framework Agreement in respect of Indirect Loan dated May 10, 2002 between China Mobile Communications Corporation and China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited (with English translation). (3)
4.30    Building Leasing and Property Management Agreement, dated September 18, 2000, between Beijing Mobile and Beijing Communications Service Company (“Beijing Service”). (4)
4.31    Building Leasing and Property Management Agreement, dated September 18, 2000, between Beijing Mobile and Beijing Service. (4)
4.32    Agreement on Mobile Communications Equipment Maintenance and Modulation, dated September 18, 2000, between Beijing Mobile and Beijing Huarui Wireless Communications Equipment Installation Company (“Beijing Huarui”). (4)
4.33    Agreement on Communications Projects Design and Construction, dated September 18, 2000, between Beijing Mobile and Beijing Huarui. (4)
4.34    Agreement on Mobile Communications Equipment Maintenance, dated September 20, 2000, between Shanghai Mobile and Shanghai Long-distance Telecommunications Engineering Company (“Shanghai Engineering”). (4)
4.35    Agreement on Contracting Mobile Communications Projects, dated September 20, 2000, between Shanghai Mobile and Shanghai Engineering. (4)
4.36    Building Leasing and Property Management Agreement, dated September 20, 2000, between Shanghai Mobile and Shanghai Communications Service Company (“Shanghai Service”). (4)
4.37    Building Leasing Agreement, dated August 1, 2000, between Tianjin Mobile and Tianjin Communications Service Company (“Tianjin Service”). (4)
4.38    Building Leasing and Property Management Agreement, dated August 1, 2000, between Hebei Mobile and Hebei Communications Service Company (“Hebei Service”). (4)
4.39    Agreement on the Sales and Maintenance of Masts and Maintenance of Antennas and Feeder Lines, dated August 1, 2000, between Hebei Mobile and Hebei Provincial Posts and Telecommunications Equipment and Machinery Plant. (4)
4.40    Building Leasing and Property Management Agreement, dated August 10, 2000, between Liaoning Mobile and Liaoning Communications Service Company (“Liaoning Service”). (4)
4.41    Agreement on Communications Equipment Maintenance, dated September 8, 2000, between Liaoning Mobile and Liaoning Provincial Posts and Telecommunications Engineering Bureau (“Liaoning Engineering”). (4)
4.42    Agreement on Mobile Communications Projects Construction, dated September 8, 2000, between Liaoning Mobile and Liaoning Engineering. (4)
4.43    Building Leasing and Property Management Agreement, dated September 1, 2000, between Shandong Mobile and Shandong Communications Service Company (“Shandong Service”). (4)
4.44    Agreement on Contracting Mobile Communications Projects, dated September 1, 2000, between Shandong Mobile and Shandong Mobile Communications Engineering Bureau. (4)
4.45    Building Lease Agreement, dated August 26, 2000, between Guangxi Mobile and Guangxi Communications Service Company (“Guangxi Service”). (4)
8.1    List of major subsidiaries.

 

3


Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number


  

Description of Exhibit


11.1    Code of Ethics. (1)
12.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
12.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).
13.1    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).
13.2    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b).

(1) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 (File No. 1-14696; 333-12222), filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2004.
(2) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2001.
(3) Incorporated by reference to our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 1-14696), filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2003.
(4) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-47256), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 30, 2000.

 

4


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited

 

For the year ended December 31, 2004

 

 

Consolidated Financial Statements


Table of Contents

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     Page No.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated statements of income for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   F-3 - F-4

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2003 and 2004

   F-5 - F-6

Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   F-7 - F-10

Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity for each of the three years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004

   F-11

Notes to consolidated financial statements

   F-12 - F-117

 

F-1


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2003 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, all expressed in Renminbi. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and generally accepted auditing standards in Hong Kong. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong.

 

Accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong vary in certain material respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 32 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 have been translated into United States dollars solely for the convenience of the reader. We have audited the translation, and in our opinion, the consolidated financial statements expressed in Renminbi have been translated into United States dollars on the basis set forth in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

/s/ KPMG

 

Hong Kong

 

March 11, 2005

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

          Year ended December 31,

 
          2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

 
     Note    RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  

Operating revenue

                             

Usage fees

        93,272     111,027     128,534     15,530  

Monthly fees

        16,901     20,666     24,760     2,992  

Other operating revenue

        18,388     26,911     39,087     4,722  
         

 

 

 

Total operating revenue

   4    128,561     158,604     192,381     23,244  
         

 

 

 

Operating expenses

                             

Leased lines

        5,287     4,914     3,861     466  

Interconnection

        12,975     12,868     12,072     1,459  

Depreciation

        26,827     36,611     44,320     5,355  

Personnel

        6,757     7,700     9,717     1,174  

Other operating expenses

        27,919     43,308     62,677     7,573  
         

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   5    79,765     105,401     132,647     16,027  
         

 

 

 

Operating profit

        48,796     53,203     59,734     7,217  

Amortization of goodwill

   14    (936 )   (1,850 )   (1,930 )   (233 )

Other net income

   6    1,686     2,464     3,167     383  

Non-operating net income

   7    571     434     900     109  

Interest income

        713     807     1,014     122  

Finance costs

   20    (1,852 )   (2,099 )   (1,679 )   (203 )
         

 

 

 

Profit before tax

        48,978     52,959     61,206     7,395  

Income tax

   8    (16,375 )   (17,412 )   (19,180 )   (2,317 )
         

 

 

 

Profit after tax

        32,603     35,547     42,026     5,078  

Minority interests

        (2 )   9     (22 )   (3 )
         

 

 

 

Profit attributable to shareholders

        32,601     35,556     42,004     5,075  
         

 

 

 

Dividends attributable to the year:

                             

Interim dividend declared and paid during the year

   9    —       3,339     4,175     504  

Final dividend proposed after the balance sheet date

   9    6,678     4,178     9,614     1,162  
         

 

 

 

          6,678     7,517     13,789     1,666  
         

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Income (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

         Year ended December 31,

         2002

   2003

   2004

   2004

     Note   RMB    RMB    RMB    US$

Basic net profit per share

   3(u)   RMB 1.70    RMB1.81    RMB2.14    US$ 0.26
        
  
  
  

Weighted average number of shares used in calculating basic net profit per share (thousands)

       19,151,322    19,671,654    19,673,185       
        
  
  
      

Diluted net profit per share

   3(u)   RMB 1.70    RMB1.81    RMB2.13    US$ 0.26
        
  
  
  

Weighted average number of shares used in calculating diluted net profit per share (thousands)

       19,243,050    19,762,812    19,774,093       
        
  
  
      

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Amounts in millions)

 

          December 31,

          2003

   2004

   2004

     Note    RMB    RMB    US$

Assets

                   

Current assets

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

        39,129    45,149    5,455

Deposits with banks

        17,227    20,264    2,448

Accounts receivable

   10    6,116    6,553    792

Other receivables

   11    1,787    1,879    227

Inventories

        2,050    2,499    302

Prepayments and other current assets

        2,128    2,974    359

Tax recoverable

        258    235    28

Amount due from ultimate holding company

   12    762    356    43
         
  
  

Total current assets

        69,457    79,909    9,654

Fixed assets

   13    171,604    218,063    26,347

Construction in progress

        28,370    31,239    3,774

Goodwill

   14    34,373    35,300    4,265

Interest in associates

   15    16    —      —  

Investment securities

   16    77    77    9

Deferred tax

   17    3,263    4,068    492

Deferred expenses

   18    143    96    12
         
  
  

Total assets

        307,303    368,752    44,553
         
  
  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Continued)

(Amounts in millions)

 

          December 31,

          2003

   2004

   2004

     Note    RMB    RMB    US$

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

                   

Current liabilities

                   

Accounts payable

   19    25,225    35,036    4,233

Bills payable

        2,059    1,676    203

Deferred revenue - current portion

   23    9,476    12,936    1,563

Bank loans and other interest-bearing borrowings

   20    13,090    8,180    988

Taxes payable

        4,516    6,664    805

Obligations under capital lease - current portion

   21    68    68    8

Amount due to immediate holding company

   12    47    98    12

Amount due to ultimate holding company

   12    1,352    459    55

Accrued expenses and other payables

   22    22,317    32,549    3,933
         
  
  

Total current liabilities

        78,150    97,666    11,800

Deferred taxation

   17    97    105    13

Bank loans and other interest-bearing borrowings

   20    19,407    13,000    1,571

Amount due to immediate holding company

   12    9,976    23,633    2,855

Deferred revenue - long term portion

   23    688    944    114
         
  
  

Total liabilities

        108,318    135,348    16,353

Minority interests

        182    243    29

Shareholders’ equity

        198,803    233,161    28,171
         
  
  

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

        307,303    368,752    44,553
         
  
  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Amounts in millions)

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  

Operating activities

                        

Profit before taxation

   48,978     52,959     61,206     7,395  

Adjustments for:

                        

- Depreciation of fixed assets

   26,827     36,611     44,320     5,355  

- Amortization of goodwill

   936     1,850     1,930     233  

- Profit on deemed disposal of a subsidiary

   (255 )   —       —       —    

- Loss on sale of fixed assets

   205     795     535     65  

- Write off of fixed assets

   96     669     5,900     713  

- Provision for doubtful accounts

   1,749     2,006     2,273     274  

- Amortization of deferred expenses

   43     47     47     6  

- Interest income

   (713 )   (807 )   (1,014 )   (123 )

- Interest expense and capital lease charges

   1,852     2,099     1,679     203  

- Dividend income

   (25 )   (48 )   (84 )   (10 )

- Unrealized exchange loss, net

   8     47     24     3  
    

 

 

 

Operating profit before changes in working capital

   79,701     96,228     116,816     14,114  

Increase in inventories

   (234 )   (464 )   (106 )   (13 )

Decrease in amount due from fellow subsidiaries

   —       —       896     108  

Decrease in amount due from ultimate holding company

   765     520     662     80  

Increase in accounts receivable

   (733 )   (1,968 )   (2,082 )   (252 )

(Increase)/decrease in other receivables

   (234 )   (259 )   377     46  

Decrease/(increase) in prepayments and other current assets

   91     (69 )   (555 )   (67 )

Decrease in amount due to fellow subsidiaries

   —       —       (4,661 )   (563 )

Increase/(decrease) in amount due to ultimate holding company

   450     135     (1,257 )   (152 )

Increase/(decrease) in amount due to immediate holding company

   402     (355 )   —       —    

Increase in accounts payable

   4,915     940     2,707     327  

Increase in accrued expenses and other payables

   469     6,246     6,365     769  

Increase in deferred revenue

   2,370     2,535     2,724     329  
    

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

   87,962     103,489     121,886     14,726  

Tax paid

                        

- PRC income tax paid

   (18,540 )   (17,955 )   (18,107 )   (2,188 )
    

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities carried forward

   69,422     85,534     103,779     12,538  
    

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(Amounts in millions)

 

         Year ended December 31,

 
         2002

    2003

    2004

    2004

 
     Note   RMB     RMB     RMB     US$  

Net cash from operating activities brought forward

       69,422     85,534     103,779     12,538  
        

 

 

 

Investing activities

                            

Payment of amount due to immediate holding company in respect of acquisition of subsidiaries

       —       (5,200 )   —       —    

Payment for acquisition of subsidiaries (net of cash and cash equivalents acquired)

   (b)   (28,733 )   —       (12,238 )   (1,478 )

Capital expenditure

       (41,000 )   (43,871 )   (59,143 )   (7,146 )

Proceeds from sale of fixed assets

       411     233     93     11  

Proceeds from issuance of shares to minority interest by subsidiary, net of expenses

       412     —       —       —    

Decrease/(increase) in deposits with banks

       3,901     (6,158 )   (3,037 )   (367 )

Interest received

       867     656     939     113  

Dividends received from associate

       25     48     84     10  
        

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

       (64,117 )   (54,292 )   (73,302 )   (8,857 )
        

 

 

 

Financing activities

                            

Proceeds from issue of shares, net of expenses

       5,970     —       703     85  

Redemption of fixed rate notes

       —       —       (4,978 )   (601 )

Proceeds from bank and other loans

       6,955     760     —       —    

Repayments of bank and other loans

       (12,232 )   (12,790 )   (9,783 )   (1,182 )

Repayment of obligations under capital lease

       (1,652 )   —       —       —    

Proceeds from issue of bonds

       8,000     —       —       —    

Expenses on issue of bonds

       (53 )   —       —       —    

Capital elements of capital leases rentals paid

       —       —       (10 )   (1 )

Interest paid

       (1,539 )   (2,640 )   (2,040 )   (246 )

Dividends paid

       —       (10,018 )   (8,349 )   (1,009 )
        

 

 

 

Net cash from / (used in) financing activities

       5,449     (24,688 )   (24,457 )   (2,954 )
        

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

       10,754     6,554     6,020     727  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

       21,821     32,575     39,129     4,728  
        

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

       32,575     39,129     45,149     5,455  
        

 

 

 

Analysis of the balances of cash and cash equivalents

                            

Deposits with banks maturing within three months when placed

       5,004     5,696     7,100     858  

Cash and bank balances

       27,571     33,433     38,049     4,597  
        

 

 

 

         32,575     39,129     45,149     5,455  
        

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(Amounts in millions)

 

(a) Acquisition of subsidiaries

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

   2004

 
     RMB     RMB    RMB  

Net assets acquired:

                 

Fixed assets

   43,665     —      34,678  

Construction in progress

   7,024     —      3,922  

Deferred tax

   918     —      193  

Inventories

   323     —      343  

Amount due from ultimate holding company

   1,544     —      256  

Amount due from fellow subsidiaries

   —       —      896  

Accounts receivable

   1,206     —      589  

Other receivables

   344     —      417  

Prepayments and other current assets

   579     —      291  

Cash and cash equivalents

   5,339     —      4,315  

Bank loans and other interest-bearing borrowings

   (4,342 )   —      (3,460 )

Bills payable

   (66 )   —      (31 )

Amount due to ultimate holding company

   (526 )   —      (364 )

Amount due to fellow subsidiaries

   —       —      (4,661 )

Accounts payable

   (3,849 )   —      (4,272 )

Obligations under capital leases

   —       —      (10 )

Accrued expenses and other payables

   (4,657 )   —      (4,263 )

Long-term bank loans and other interest-bearing borrowings

   (11,285 )   —      —    

Taxes payable

   (1,395 )   —      (490 )

Deferred revenue

   (1,022 )   —      (992 )

Deferred taxation

   —       —      (4 )
    

 
  

     33,800     —      27,353  

Goodwill arising on acquisition

   37,159     —      2,857  
    

 
  

     70,959     —      30,210  
    

 
  

Satisfied by: Cash consideration

   49,248     —      30,210  

                       Issue of ordinary shares

   21,711     —      —    
    

 
  

     70,959     —      30,210  
    

 
  

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)

(Amounts in millions)

 

(b) Analysis of net outflow of cash and cash equivalents in respect of the acquisition of subsidiaries

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

   2004

 
     RMB     RMB    RMB  

Cash consideration

   49,248     —      30,210  

Cash and bank balances acquired

   (5,339 )   —      (4,315 )

Amount due to immediate holding company

   (15,176 )   —      (13,657 )
    

 
  

Net outflow of cash and cash equivalents in respect of acquisition of subsidiaries

   28,733     —      12,238  
    

 
  

 

(c) Significant non-cash transactions :

 

The Group incurred payables of RMB23,584 and RMB1,660 to equipment suppliers and banks respectively for additions of construction in progress during the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

The Group incurred payables of RMB17,235 and RMB2,059 to equipment suppliers and banks respectively for additions of construction in progress during the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

The Group incurred payables of RMB10,270 and RMB1,190 to equipment suppliers and banks respectively for additions of construction in progress during the year ended December 31, 2002. On July 1, 2002, the Group issued new shares to China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited (“CMHK (BVI)”) at HK$20,458 (RMB equivalent 21,711) respectively as part of the consideration for the acquisition of the entire issued share capital of Anhui Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Anhui Mobile BVI”), Jiangxi Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Jiangxi Mobile BVI”), Chongqing Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Chongqing Mobile BVI”), Sichuan Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Sichuan Mobile BVI”), Hubei Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Hubei Mobile BVI”), Hunan Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Hunan Mobile BVI”), Shaanxi Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Shaanxi Mobile BVI”) and Shanxi Mobile Communication (BVI) Limited (“Shanxi Mobile BVI”).

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

Statements of shareholders’ equity for the years:

 

     Number of
ordinary shares


   Share
capital


   Share
premium


    Capital
Reserve


    General
reserve


   PRC
statutory
reserves


   Retained
earnings


    Total

 
          RMB    RMB     RMB     RMB    RMB    RMB     RMB  

Shareholders’ equity at January 1, 2002

   18,605,405,241    1,986    347,011     (295,665 )   72    17,676    41,903     112,983  

Transfer from statements of income

   —      —      —       —       —      —      32,601     32,601  

Shares issued under share option scheme

   2,100,000    —      24     —       —      —      —       24  

Issue of new shares

   236,634,212    25    6,180     —       —      —      —       6,205  

Issue of consideration shares for acquisition of subsidiaries

   827,514,446    88    21,623     —       —      —      —       21,711  

Expenses incurred in connection with the issue of consideration shares

   —      —      (259 )   —       —      —      —       (259 )

Appropriation

   —      —      —       —       —      7,038    (7,038 )   —    
    
  
  

 

 
  
  

 

Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2002

   19,671,653,899    2,099    374,579     (295,665 )   72    24,714    67,466     173,265  
    
  
  

 

 
  
  

 

Shareholders’ equity at January 1, 2003

   19,671,653,899    2,099    374,579     (295,665 )   72    24,714    67,466     173,265  

Transfer from statements of income

   —      —      —       —       —      —      35,556     35,556  

Dividends approved in respect of previous year

   —      —      —       —       —      —      (6,679 )   (6,679 )

Dividends declared in respect of current year

   —      —      —       —       —      —      (3,339 )   (3,339 )

Appropriation

   —      —      —       —       —      7,972    (7,972 )   —    
    
  
  

 

 
  
  

 

Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2003

   19,671,653,899    2,099    374,579     (295,665 )   72    32,686    85,032     198,803  
    
  
  

 

 
  
  

 

Shareholders’ equity at January 1, 2004

   19,671,653,899    2,099    374,579     (295,665 )   72    32,686    85,032     198,803  

Transfer from statements of income

   —      —      —       —       —      —      42,004     42,004  

Dividend approved in respect of previous year

   —      —      —       —       —      —      (4,174 )   (4,174 )

Dividend approved in respect of current year

   —      —      —       —       —      —      (4,175 )   (4,175 )

Shares issued under share option scheme

   28,985,500    3    700     —       —      —      —       703  

Appropriation

   —      —      —       —       —      9,591    (9,591 )   —    
    
  
  

 

 
  
  

 

Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2004

   19,700,639,399    2,102    375,279     (295,665 )   72    42,277    109,096     233,161  
    
  
  

 

 
  
  

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

1 Organization, principal activities and basis of presentation

 

China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited (“the Company”) and its subsidiaries (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Group”) are principally engaged in the provision of mobile telecommunications and related services in thirty-one provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) and market their services under the “China Mobile” logo, which is a registered trademark owned by China Mobile Communications Corporation (“China Mobile”), a company incorporated in the PRC in July 1999 to hold and operate the mobile telecommunications networks nationwide as a result of restructuring of the telecommunications industry in the PRC. The telecommunications operations in the PRC previously controlled by the Ministry of Information Industry (“MII”) have been separated into four business lines: fixed line communications, mobile communications, paging services and satellite communications. Since then, the MII act exclusively as the industry regulator and are not involved in managing the day-to-day operations of telecommunications service providers in the PRC.

 

Prior to the restructuring (as described below, the “Restructuring”), the Group’s Total Access Communications Systems (“TACS”) and Global System for Mobile Communications (“GSM”) networks in Guangdong were owned by Guangdong Mobile Communication Corporation (together with the successor wholly-owned foreign enterprise formed in connection with the Restructuring, “Guangdong Mobile”), an enterprise formed in September 1988 and wholly owned by the MII on behalf of the State. Prior to the Restructuring, the Group’s GSM network in Zhejiang was owned by Zhejiang GSM Mobile Communication Company Limited (together with the successor sino-foreign joint venture company formed in connection with the Restructuring, “Zhejiang Mobile”), a company formed in February 1996 and 98.55% owned by the Zhejiang Provincial Posts and Telecommunications Administrations (“PTA”) (“Zhejiang PTA”), while the Group’s TACS networks in Zhejiang were owned and operated directly by the Zhejiang PTA.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

1 Organization, principal activities and basis of presentation (Continued)

 

Restructuring

 

Pursuant to the Restructuring, the Company was established as a wholly-owned subsidiary of CMHK (BVI), a company incorporated with limited liability in the British Virgin Islands. CMHK (BVI) is controlled by China Mobile (Hong Kong) Group Limited (“CMHKG”), which in turn is 51% owned by Telpo Communications (Group) Limited (“Telpo”), a Hong Kong company wholly owned by the MII, and as to 49% by the China Telecommunications Corporation (previously known as the Directorate General of Telecommunications, or the DGT). At December 31, 1999, the percentages of equity interests of CMHK (BVI), which in turn were owned by Telpo and DGT were changed to 57% and 43%, respectively. On May 12, 2000, China Mobile acquired a 100% controlling interest in CMHKG. As a result of this, China Mobile indirectly holds approximately 75% equity interest in the Company. Guangdong Mobile was formed as a wholly foreign-owned enterprise whereas Zhejiang Mobile was formed as a sino-foreign joint venture company. The Company is the sole equity owner in Guangdong Mobile and was initially the 99.63% joint venture partner in Zhejiang Mobile, with the remaining interests held by various local investors. The Company acquired the remaining 0.37% interest in Zhejiang Mobile in April 1999. Subsequent to the acquisition, Zhejiang Mobile became a wholly foreign-owned enterprise.

 

In connection with the Restructuring and in anticipation of the initial offering of the Company’s ordinary shares, the fixed assets of Guangdong Mobile and Zhejiang Mobile were revalued as of May 31, 1997, by a firm of independent valuers and approved by the China State-owned Assets Administration Bureau. The value of fixed assets of Guangdong Mobile and Zhejiang Mobile pursuant to the valuation, based on a depreciated replacement cost basis, was determined at RMB15,630. Upon the transfer of interests in Guangdong Mobile and Zhejiang Mobile by the MII and the DGT to the Company, 9,010,000,000 ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each were issued by the Company to CMHK (BVI) for consideration valued at RMB19,466. Such amount was based on the net asset value of Guangdong Mobile and Zhejiang Mobile at May 31, 1997, the effective date of the Restructuring, adjusted for additional earnings to September 26, 1997, the completion date of the Restructuring, of RMB1,132, which is reflected as capital reserve.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

1 Organization, principal activities and basis of presentation (Continued)

 

Equity offering

 

Subsequent to the Restructuring, in October 1997, the Company completed an initial public offering (the “Offering”) of an aggregate of 2,770,788,000 ordinary shares. Net proceeds to the Company for the Offering, after deduction of offering expenses, were approximately RMB33,570.

 

Acquisition of Jiangsu Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Jiangsu Mobile”)

 

Pursuant to the ordinary resolution passed by the Company’s shareholders on June 3, 1998, the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of China Telecom Jiangsu Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Jiangsu Mobile BVI”) from CMHK (BVI) by a total cash consideration of HK$22,475 (RMB equivalent 24,120) (hereinafter referred to as the “First Acquisition”).

 

The only asset of Jiangsu Mobile BVI is its interest in the entire equity of Jiangsu Mobile. Subsequent to the First Acquisition, Jiangsu Mobile became a wholly foreign-owned enterprise.

 

In connection with the First Acquisition, the fixed assets of Jiangsu Mobile were revalued as of December 31, 1997, by a firm of independent valuers and approved by the China State-owned Assets Administration Bureau. The value of fixed assets of Jiangsu Mobile pursuant to the valuation, based on a depreciated replacement cost basis, was determined at RMB7,879.

 

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of Jiangsu Mobile BVI and Jiangsu Mobile (RMB15,569), being the excess of the cost of investments (RMB24,120) over the fair value of the Group’s share of the separable net assets acquired (RMB8,551), was eliminated against reserves immediately on acquisition. The fair value of the Group’s share of the separable net assets acquired was based on the net asset value of Jiangsu Mobile at December 31, 1997 (RMB8,065), adjusted for additional earnings to June 3, 1998, the completion date of the First Acquisition, of RMB489.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

1 Organization, principal activities and basis of presentation (Continued)

 

Acquisition of Fujian Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Fujian Mobile”), Henan Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Henan Mobile”) and Hainan Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Hainan Mobile”)

 

Pursuant to an ordinary resolution passed by the Company’s shareholders on November 11, 1999, the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Fujian Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Fujian Mobile BVI”), Henan Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Henan Mobile BVI”) and Hainan Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Hainan Mobile BVI”) from CMHK (BVI) for a total consideration of HK$49,715 (RMB equivalent 52,953) (hereinafter referred to as the “Second Acquisition”). The consideration was satisfied by cash of HK$19,031 (RMB equivalent 20,268) and an allotment of 1,273,195,021 ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each to CMHK (BVI) amounting to HK$30,684 (RMB equivalent 32,685). The only assets of each of Fujian Mobile BVI, Henan Mobile BVI and Hainan Mobile BVI are their interests in the entire equity of Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile and Hainan Mobile, respectively.

 

In connection with the Second Acquisition, the fixed assets of Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile and Hainan Mobile were revalued as of June 30, 1999, by a firm of independent valuers and approved by the Ministry of Finance. The value of fixed assets of Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile and Hainan Mobile pursuant to the valuation, based on a depreciated replacement cost basis, was determined at RMB10,684.

 

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile and Hainan Mobile (RMB42,340), being the excess of the cost of investments (RMB52,953) over the fair value of the Group’s share of the separable net assets acquired (RMB10,613), was eliminated against reserves immediately on acquisition. The fair value of the Group’s share of the separable net assets acquired was based on the net assets of Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile and Hainan Mobile at June 30, 1999 (RMB9,624), adjusted for additional earnings to November 11, 1999, the completion date of the Second Acquisition, of RMB989.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

1 Organization, principal activities and basis of presentation (Continued)

 

Equity offering and debt offering

 

In order to finance the acquisition consideration, the Company completed an international offering of an aggregate of 644,804,000 ordinary shares and debt offering with a principal amount of US$600 with maturity due on November 2, 2004. Further, the Company issued 1,273,195,021 consideration shares to CMHK (BVI), credited as fully paid as part of the acquisition consideration. Net proceeds to the Company for such equity offering and debt offering, after deduction of offering expenses and discount, were approximately RMB16,134 and RMB4,899, respectively.

 

Acquisition of Beijing Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Beijing Mobile”), Shanghai Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Shanghai Mobile”), Tianjin Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Tianjin Mobile”), Hebei Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Hebei Mobile”), Liaoning Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Liaoning Mobile”), Shandong Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Shandong Mobile”) and Guangxi Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Guangxi Mobile”)

 

Pursuant to an ordinary resolution passed by the Company’s shareholders on November 10, 2000, the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Beijing Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Beijing Mobile BVI”), Shanghai Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Shanghai Mobile BVI”), Tianjin Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Tianjin Mobile BVI”), Hebei Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Hebei Mobile BVI”), Liaoning Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Liaoning Mobile BVI”), Shandong Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Shandong Mobile BVI”) and Guangxi Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Guangxi Mobile BVI”) from CMHK (BVI) for a total consideration of HK$256,021 (RMB equivalent 271,485) (hereinafter referred to as the “Third Acquisition”). The consideration was satisfied by cash of HK$74,609 (RMB equivalent 79,116) and an allotment of 3,779,407,375 ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each to CMHK (BVI) amounting to HK$181,412 (RMB equivalent 192,369). The only assets of each of Beijing Mobile BVI, Shanghai Mobile BVI, Tianjin Mobile BVI, Hebei Mobile BVI, Liaoning Mobile BVI, Shandong Mobile BVI and Guangxi Mobile BVI are their interests in the entire equity of Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile and Guangxi Mobile, respectively.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

1 Organization, principal activities and basis of presentation (Continued)

 

In connection with the Third Acquisition, the fixed assets of Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile and Guangxi Mobile were revalued as of June 30, 2000, by a firm of independent valuers and approved by the Ministry of Finance. The value of fixed assets of Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile and Guangxi Mobile pursuant to the valuation, based on a depreciated replacement cost basis, was determined at RMB37,252.

 

Goodwill arising on the acquisition of Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile and Guangxi Mobile (RMB238,891), being the excess of the cost of investments (RMB271,485) over the fair value of the Group’s share of the separable net assets acquired (RMB32,594), was eliminated against reserves immediately on acquisition. The fair value of the Group’s share of the separable net assets acquired was based on the net assets of Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile and Guangxi Mobile at June 30, 2000 (RMB29,966), adjusted for additional earnings to November 12, 2000, the completion date of the Third Acquisition, of RMB2,628.

 

Equity offering and debt offering

 

In order to finance the acquisition consideration, the Company completed an international offering of an aggregate of 1,115,643,845 ordinary shares and debt offering with a principal amount of US$690 with maturity due on November 3, 2005. Further the Company issued 3,779,407,375 consideration shares to CMHK (BVI), credited as fully paid as part of the acquisition consideration. Net proceeds to the Company for such equity offering and debt offering, after deduction of offering expenses and discount, were approximately RMB55,723 and RMB5,580, respectively.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

1 Organization, principal activities and basis of presentation (Continued)

 

Acquisition of Anhui Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Anhui Mobile”), Jiangxi Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Jiangxi Mobile”), Chongqing Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Chongqing Mobile”), Sichuan Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Sichuan Mobile”), Hubei Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Hubei Mobile”), Hunan Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Hunan Mobile”), Shaanxi Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Shaanxi Mobile”) and Shanxi Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Shanxi Mobile”)

 

Pursuant to a resolution passed at the extraordinary general meeting held on June 24, 2002, the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Anhui Mobile BVI, Jiangxi Mobile BVI, Chongqing Mobile BVI, Sichuan Mobile BVI, Hubei Mobile BVI, Hunan Mobile BVI, Shaanxi Mobile BVI and Shanxi Mobile BVI from CMHK(BVI). The acquisition was completed on July 1, 2002 for a total consideration of US$8,573 (RMB equivalent 70,959) (hereinafter referred to as the “Fourth Acquisition”). The consideration was satisfied by cash of RMB49,248 and an allotment of 827,514,446 ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each to CMHK (BVI) amounting to HK$20,458 (RMB equivalent 21,711). The only assets of each of Anhui Mobile BVI, Jiangxi Mobile BVI, Chongqing Mobile BVI, Sichuan Mobile BVI, Hubei Mobile BVI, Hunan Mobile BVI, Shaanxi Mobile BVI and Shanxi Mobile BVI are their interests in the entire equity of Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile, respectively.

 

In connection with the Fourth Acquisition, the fixed assets of Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile were revalued as of December 31, 2001, by a firm of independent valuers and approved by the Ministry of Finance. The value of fixed assets of Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile pursuant to the valuation, based on a depreciated replacement cost basis, was determined at RMB39,499.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

1 Organization, principal activities and basis of presentation (Continued)

 

Positive goodwill arising on the acquisition of Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile (RMB37,159), being the excess of the cost of investments (RMB70,959) over the fair value of the Group’s share of the separable net assets acquired (RMB33,800), is amortized to the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over 20 years. Positive goodwill is stated in the consolidated balance sheet at cost less accumulated amortization and any impairment losses. The fair value of the Group’s share of the separable net assets acquired was based on the net assets of Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile at December 31, 2001 (RMB30,982), adjusted for additional earnings to June 30, 2002, the completion date of the Fourth Acquisition, of RMB2,818.

 

Equity offering and debt offering

 

In order to finance the acquisition consideration, the Company issued 236,634,212 new shares to Vodafone Holdings (Jersey) Limited at HK$5,850 (RMB equivalent 6,205). Further, the Company issued 827,514,446 consideration shares to CMHK (BVI), credited as fully paid as part of the acquisition consideration. Net proceeds to the Company for the equity offering, after deduction of offering expenses, was approximately RMB5,946. In addition, Guangdong Mobile issued five-year guaranteed bonds and fifteen-year guaranteed bonds, with a principal amount of RMB3,000 and RMB5,000 respectively, at an issue price equal to the face value of the bonds. Net proceeds to the Group for the debt offering, after deduction of offering expenses, was approximately RMB7,947.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

1 Organization, principal activities and basis of presentation (Continued)

 

Acquisition of Neimenggu Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Neimenggu Mobile”), Jilin Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Jilin Mobile”), Heilongjiang Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Heilongjiang Mobile”), Guizhou Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Guizhou Mobile”), Yunnan Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Yunnan Mobile”), Xizang Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Xizang Mobile”), Gansu Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Gansu Mobile”), Qinghai Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Qinghai Mobile”), Ningxia Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Ningxia Mobile”), Xinjiang Mobile Communication Company Limited (“Xinjiang Mobile”), Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute Company Limited (“Jingyi Design Institute”) and China Mobile Communication Company Limited (“CMC”).

 

Pursuant to a resolution passed at the extraordinary general meeting held on June 16, 2004, the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Neimenggu Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Neimenggu Mobile BVI”), Jilin Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Jilin Mobile BVI”), Heilongjiang Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Heilongjiang Mobile BVI”), Guizhou Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Guizhou Mobile BVI”), Yunnan Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Yunnan Mobile BVI”), Xizang Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Xizang Mobile BVI”), Gansu Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Gansu Mobile BVI”), Qinghai Mobile BVI Limited (“Qinghai Mobile BVI”), Ningxia Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Ningxia Mobile BVI”), Xinjiang Mobile (BVI) Limited (“Xinjiang Mobile BVI”), Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute (BVI) Limited (“Zhongjing Design Institute BVI”) and China Mobile Communication (BVI) Limited (“CMC BVI”) from CMHK(BVI). The acquisition was completed on July 1, 2004 for a total consideration of US$3,650 (RMB equivalent 30,210) (hereinafter referred to as the “Fifth Acquisition”). The consideration was satisfied by cash. The only assets of each of Neimenggu Mobile BVI, Jilin Mobile BVI, Heilongjiang Mobile BVI, Guizhou Mobile BVI, Yunnan Mobile BVI, Xizang Mobile BVI, Gansu Mobile BVI, Qinghai Mobile BVI, Ningxia Mobile BVI, Xinjiang Mobile BVI, Zhongjing Design Institute BVI and CMC BVI are their interests in the entire equity of Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi Design Institute and CMC, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

1 Organization, principal activities and basis of presentation (Continued)

 

In connection with the Fifth Acquisition, the fixed assets of Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi Design Institute and CMC were revalued as of December 31, 2003, by a firm of independent valuers and approved by the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council (“SASACSC”). The value of fixed assets of Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi Design Institute and CMC pursuant to the valuation, based on a depreciated replacement cost basis, was determined at RMB33,996.

 

Positive goodwill arising on the acquisition of Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi Design Institute and CMC (RMB2,857), being the excess of the cost of investments (RMB30,210) over the fair value of the Group’s share of the separable net assets acquired (RMB27,353), is amortized to the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over 20 years. Positive goodwill is stated in the consolidated balance sheet at cost less accumulated amortization and any impairment losses. The fair value of the Group’s share of the separable net assets acquired was based on the net assets of Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi Design Institute and CMC at December 31, 2003 (RMB25,766), adjusted for additional earnings to June 30, 2004, the completion date of the Fifth Acquisition, of RMB1,587.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

1 Organization, principal activities and basis of presentation (Continued)

 

Basis of preparation

 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a consolidated basis to reflect the financial position and results of operations of the Company, Guangdong Mobile and Zhejiang Mobile from the date of the Restructuring and of Jiangsu Mobile, Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile, Hainan Mobile, Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile, Guangxi Mobile, Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile, Shanxi Mobile, Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi Design Institute and CMC from their respective dates of acquisition. The consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2004 includes the results of the Company, Guangdong Mobile, Zhejiang Mobile, Jiangsu Mobile, Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile, Hainan Mobile, Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile, Guangxi Mobile, Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile for the year ended December 31, 2004 and the post-acquisition results of Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi Design Institute and CMC for the period from July 1, 2004 to December 31, 2004. The consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2003 includes the results of the Company, Guangdong Mobile, Zhejiang Mobile, Jiangsu Mobile, Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile, Hainan Mobile, Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile, Guangxi Mobile, Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile for the year ended December 31, 2003. The consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2002 includes the results of the Company, Guangdong Mobile, Zhejiang Mobile, Jiangsu Mobile, Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile, Hainan Mobile, Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile, Guangxi Mobile for the year ended December 31, 2002 and the post-acquisition results of Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile for the period from July 1, 2002 to December 31, 2002.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

1 Organization, principal activities and basis of presentation (Continued)

 

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong (“HK GAAP”). Significant differences between HK GAAP and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”) are set forth in Note 32.

 

The consolidated financial statements are expressed in Renminbi. Solely for the convenience of the reader, for the December 31, 2004 financial statements have been translated into United States dollars at the rate of US$1.00 = RMB8.2765 quoted by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on December 31, 2004. No representation is made that the Renminbi amounts could have been, or could be, converted into United States dollars at that rate or at any other certain rate on December 31, 2004, or any other certain date.

 

2 Recently issued accounting standards

 

Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (formerly named Hong Kong Society of Accountants) (“HKICPA”) has issued a number of new and revised Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards and Hong Kong Accounting Standards (“new HKFRSs”) which are effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2005.

 

The Group has not early adopted these new HKFRSs in the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2004. The Group has commenced an assessment of the impact of these new HKFRSs but is not yet in a position to state whether these new HKFRSs would have a significant impact on its results of operations and financial position.

 

3 Principal accounting policies

 

(a) Basis of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and all of its subsidiaries (see Note 30 for details of the Company’s principal subsidiaries). The results of subsidiary companies are included in the consolidated statements of income, and the share attributable to minority interest is deducted from or added to the consolidated income after taxation. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(b) Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at bank and on hand, demand deposits with banks, and short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, having been within three months of maturity at acquisition. None of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents is restricted as to withdrawal.

 

(c) Associates

 

An associate is a company in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over its management, including participation in the financial and operating policy decisions.

 

The Group’s share of the results of its associates is included in the consolidated statements of income. Such amounts were immaterial for the years presented. In the consolidated balance sheets, interest in associates is stated at cost adjusted for post-acquisition retained result of operations, less impairment losses (see note 3(h)), unless it is acquired and held exclusively with a view to subsequent disposal in the near future or operates under severe long-term restrictions that significantly impair its ability to transfer funds to the investor, in which case, it is stated at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of income as they arise.

 

(d) Goodwill

 

Positive goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the cost of the acquisition over the Group’s share of the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. In respect of controlled subsidiaries:

 

    for acquisitions before January 1, 2001, positive goodwill is eliminated against reserves and is reduced by impairment losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income (see note 3(h)); and

 

    for acquisitions on or after January 1, 2001, positive goodwill is amortized to the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over 20 years. Positive goodwill is stated in the consolidated balance sheets at cost less accumulated amortization and any impairment losses recognized in the consolidated statements of income (see note 3(h)).

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(d) Goodwill (Continued)

 

Negative goodwill arising on acquisitions of controlled subsidiaries represents the excess of the Group’s share of the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired over the cost of the acquisition. Negative goodwill is accounted for as follows:

 

    for acquisitions before January 1, 2001, negative goodwill is credited to a capital reserve; and

 

    for acquisitions on or after January 1, 2001, to the extent that negative goodwill relates to an expectation of future losses and expenses that are identified in the plan of acquisition and can be measured reliably, but which have not yet been recognized, it is recognized in the consolidated statements of income when the future losses and expenses are recognized. Any remaining negative goodwill, but not exceeding the fair values of the non-monetary assets acquired, is recognized in the consolidated statements of income over the weighted average useful life of those non-monetary assets that are depreciable/amortizable. Negative goodwill in excess of the fair values of the non-monetary assets acquired is recognized immediately in the consolidated statements of income.

 

In respect of any negative goodwill not yet recognized in the consolidated statements of income, it is shown in the consolidated balance sheets as a deduction from assets in the same balance sheet classification as positive goodwill.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(e) Other investments in securities

 

The Group’s policies for investments in securities other than investments in subsidiaries and associates are as follows:

 

  (i) Investments held on a continuing basis for an identified long-term purpose are classified as investment securities. Investment securities are stated in the consolidated balance sheet at cost less any provisions for diminution in value. Provisions are made when the fair values have declined below the carrying amounts, unless there is evidence that the decline is temporary, and are recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of income, such provisions being determined for each investment individually.

 

  (ii) Profits or losses on disposal of investments in securities are determined as the difference between the estimated net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the investments and are accounted for in the consolidated statements of income as they arise.

 

(f) Fixed assets and depreciation

 

  (i) Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses (see note 3(h)). The circumstances and basis under which the revalued amount is arrived at are set out in details in Note 13.

 

  (ii) The cost of fixed assets comprises the purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition and location for its intended use. Expenditure incurred after the fixed asset has been put into operation, such as repairs and maintenance and overhaul costs, is normally charged to the consolidated statements of income in the year in which it is incurred. In situations where it can be clearly demonstrated that the expenditure has resulted in an increase in the future economic benefits expected to be obtained from the use of the fixed asset, the expenditure is capitalized as an additional cost of the fixed asset.

 

  (iii) Gains or losses arising from the retirement or disposal of a fixed asset are determined as the difference between the estimated net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognized in the consolidated statements of income on the date of retirement or disposal.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(f) Fixed assets and depreciation (Continued)

 

  (iv) Depreciation is calculated to write-off the cost of fixed assets on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, to residual values, as follows:

 

     Depreciable life

   Residual value

 

Land use rights

   Over the period of grant    —    

Buildings

   8 - 35 years    3 %

Telecommunication transceivers, switching centers, transmission and other network equipment

   7 - 10 years    3 %

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures and others

   4 - 18 years    3 %

 

(g) Leased assets

 

Leases of assets under which the lessee assumes substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership are classified as capital leases.

 

Where the Group acquires the use of assets under capital leases, the amounts representing the fair value of the leased asset, or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments, of such assets are included in the fixed assets and the corresponding liabilities, net of finance charges, are recorded as obligations under capital leases. Depreciation is provided at rates which write off the cost of the assets in equal annual amounts over the term of the relevant lease or, where it is likely the Group will obtain ownership of the asset, the life of the asset, as set out in note 3(f). Impairment losses are accounted for in accordance with the accounting policy as set out in note 3(h). Finance charges implicit in the lease payments are charged to the consolidated statements of income over the period of the leases so as to produce an approximately constant periodic rate of charge on the remaining balance of the obligations for each accounting year.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(h) Impairment of assets

 

Internal and external sources of information are reviewed at each balance sheet date to identify indications that the following assets may be impaired or an impairment loss previously recognized no longer exists or may have decreased:

 

    fixed assets;

 

    construction in progress;

 

    investments in associates; and

 

    positive goodwill (whether taken initially to reserves or recognized as an asset).

 

If any such indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. An impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income whenever the carrying amount of an asset (including positive goodwill taken directly to reserves) exceeds its recoverable amount.

 

  (i) Calculation of recoverable amount

 

The recoverable amount of an asset is the greater of its net selling price and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Where an asset does not generate cash inflows largely independent of those from other assets, the recoverable amount is determined for the smallest group of assets that generates cash inflows independently (i.e. a cash-generating unit).

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(h) Impairment of assets (Continued)

 

  (ii) Reversals of impairment losses

 

In respect of assets other than goodwill, an impairment loss is reversed if there has been a favourable change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is reversed only if the loss was caused by a specific external event of an exceptional nature that is not expected to recur, and the increase in recoverable amount relates clearly to the reversal of the effect of that specific event.

 

A reversal of impairment losses is limited to the asset’s carrying amount that would have been determined had no impairment loss been recognized in prior years. Reversals of impairment losses are credited to the consolidated statements of income in the year in which the reversals are recognized.

 

(i) Construction in progress

 

Construction in progress is stated at cost less any impairment losses (see note 3(h)). Cost comprises direct costs of construction as well as interest expense and exchange differences capitalized during the years of construction and installation. Capitalization of these costs ceases and the construction in progress is transferred to fixed assets when substantially all the activities necessary to prepare the assets for their intended use are completed. No depreciation is provided in respect of construction in progress until it is completed and ready for its intended use. No exchange differences were capitalized during 2003 and 2004 and the exchange differences capitalized during 2002 were immaterial.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(j) Inventories

 

Inventories, which consist primarily of handsets, SIM cards and accessories, are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost represents purchase cost of goods calculated using the weighted average cost method. Net realizable value is determined by reference to the sales proceeds of items sold in the ordinary course of business after the balance sheet date or to management’s estimates based on prevailing market conditions.

 

When inventories are sold, the carrying amount of those inventories is recognized as a deduction of other income due to its insignificance. The amount of any write-down of inventories to net realizable value and all losses of inventories are recognized as an expense in the year the write-down or loss occurs. The amount of any reversal of any write-down of inventories, arising from an increase in net realizable value, is recognized as a reduction in the amount of inventories recognized as an expense in the year in which the reversal occurs. No reversal of any write-down of inventories occurred during the years presented.

 

(k) Deferred revenue

 

Deferred revenue, which consists primarily of deferred revenue from prepaid service fees received from subscribers, deferred tax credit of purchase of domestic telecommunications equipment and deferred revenue from assignment of rights to income from subscribers with distributors of telecommunications services are stated in the consolidated balance sheets at the amount of consideration received according to the relevant assignment contracts if applicable, less income recognized in the consolidated statements of income up to the balance sheet date.

 

Revenue from prepaid service fees is recognized when the mobile telecommunications services are rendered.

 

Deferred tax credit of purchase of domestic telecommunications equipment is amortized over the remaining lives of the related fixed assets and credited as non-operating income in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Income from assignment of rights is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the relevant assignment period. Details of the assignment of rights arrangement are set forth in Note 23.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(l) Fixed rate notes, bonds and convertible notes

 

Fixed rate notes, bonds and convertible notes are stated in the consolidated balance sheet at face value, less unamortized discount arising thereon, if any. The discount is amortized on a straight-line basis over the period from the date of issue to the date of maturity.

 

(m) Deferred expenses

 

Deferred expenses comprise incidental costs incurred in relation to the issue of the fixed rate notes, bonds and convertible notes of the Group and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the periods from the date of issue to the date of maturity. In the event that the notes are redeemed prior to the maturity date, the unamortized expenses are charged immediately to the consolidated statements of income.

 

(n) Interest costs

 

Interest costs are expensed in the consolidated statements of income in the year in which they are incurred, except to the extent that they are capitalized as being directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of an asset which necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use.

 

(o) Revenue recognition

 

Revenue is recognized when it is probable that the economic benefits will accrue to the Group and when the revenue can be measured reliably on the following basis:

 

  (i) usage fees are recognized as revenue when the service is rendered;

 

  (ii) monthly fees are recognized as revenue in the month during which the service is rendered;

 

  (iii) deferred revenue from prepaid services is recognized as income when the mobile telecommunications services are rendered upon actual usage by subscribers;

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(o) Revenue recognition (Continued)

 

  (iv) deferred revenue from assignment of rights to income from subscribers is recognized on a straight-line basis over the duration of the assignment period;

 

  (v) interest income is recognized on a time-apportioned basis by reference to the principal outstanding and the rate applicable; and

 

  (vi) sales of SIM cards and handsets are recognized on delivery of goods to the buyer. Such revenue, net of cost of goods sold, is included in other net income due to its insignificance.

 

(p) Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Group’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the Group’s existing accounts receivable and other receivable. The Group determines the allowance based on the length of time the receivables are past due, the current business environment and the Group’s historical experience.

 

(q) Translation of foreign currencies

 

The functional currency and reporting currency of the Group’s operations is Renminbi. See Note 29. Foreign currency transactions are recorded at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing on the transaction dates. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Exchange gains and losses, other than those capitalized as construction in progress, are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Exchange differences attributable to the translation of borrowings denominated in currencies other than the functional currency, and used for financing the construction of fixed assets, are included in the cost of the related construction in progress. No exchange differences were capitalized to construction in progress during 2003 and 2004 and the exchange differences capitalized during 2002 were immaterial.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(r) Income Tax

 

  (i) Income tax for the year comprises current and movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Current tax and movements in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated statements of income except to the extent that they relate to items recognized directly in equity, in which case they are recognized in equity.

 

  (ii) Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

 

  (iii) Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from deductible and taxable temporary differences respectively, being the differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets also arise from unused tax losses and unused tax credits.

 

Apart from certain limited exceptions, all deferred tax liabilities, and all deferred tax assets to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilized, are recognized. Future taxable profits that may support the recognition of deferred tax assets arising from deductible temporary differences include those that will arise from the reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, provided those differences relate to the same taxation authority and the same taxable entity, and are expected to reverse either in the same period as the expected reversal of the deductible temporary difference or in periods into which a tax loss arising from the deferred tax asset can be carried back or forward. The same criteria are adopted when determining whether existing taxable temporary differences support the recognition of deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and credits, that is, those differences are taken into account if they relate to the same taxation authority and the same taxable entity, and are expected to reverse in a period, or periods, in which the tax loss or credit can be utilized.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(r) Income tax (Continued)

 

The limited exceptions to recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities are those temporary differences arising from goodwill not deductible for tax purposes, negative goodwill treated as deferred income, the initial recognition of assets or liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit (provided they are not part of a business combination), and temporary differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that, in the case of taxable differences, the Group controls the timing of the reversal and it is probable that the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future, or in the case of deductible differences, unless it is probable that they will reverse in the future.

 

The amount of deferred tax recognized is measured based on the expected manner of realization or settlement of the carrying amount of the assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not discounted.

 

The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reviewed at each balance sheet date and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow the related tax benefit to be utilized. Any such reduction is reversed to the extent that it becomes probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available.

 

  (iv) Current tax balances and deferred tax balances, and movements therein, are presented separately from each other and are not offset. Current tax assets are offset against current tax liabilities, and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities if, and only if, the Group has the legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and the following additional conditions are met:

 

    in the case of current tax assets and liabilities, the Group intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously; or

 

    in the case of deferred tax assets and liabilities, if they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either:

 

    the same taxable entity; or

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(r) Income tax (Continued)

 

    different taxable entities, which, in each future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled or recovered, intend to realize the current tax assets and settle the current tax liabilities on a net basis or realize and settle simultaneously.

 

(s) Provisions and contingent liabilities

 

  (i) Provisions are recognized for liabilities of uncertain timing or amount when the Group has a legal or constructive obligation arising as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made. Where the time value of money is material, provisions are stated at the present value of the expenditures expected to settle the obligation.

 

Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events are also disclosed as contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.

 

  (ii) Provision for customer point reward program (the “Program”)

 

The Group invites its subscribers to participate in a customer point reward program (the “Program”), which provides subscribers the option of electing to receive free telecommunications services or other non-cash gifts. The level of bonus points earned under the Program vary depending on the subscribers’ service consumption, loyalty and payment history. The estimated incremental costs of providing these free rewards are expensed in the consolidated statements of income and are accrued as a current liability on the consolidated balance sheet based on (i) the number of subscribers who are qualified to exercise their redemption right at period/year end and the estimated rate of redemptions based on past experience; (ii) the estimated number of subscribers who have no right to redeem the incentives at period/year end, but who will ultimately earn and claim awards under the Program; and (iii) type of incentives that subscribers will select for redemption based on past experience and the Group recognized the maximum potential liability. During the year, there are no significant changes in the Group’s assumptions. As subscribers redeem rewards or subscribers’ entitlements of a limited number of subsidiaries become expire, the provision is reduced accordingly.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(t) Employee benefits

 

  (i) Salaries, annual bonuses, paid annual leave, leave passage and the cost to the Group of non-monetary benefits are accrued in the year in which associated services are rendered by employees of the Group. Where payment or settlement is deferred and the effect would be material, these amounts are stated at their present values.

 

  (ii) The Company’s contributions to the Mandatory Provident Funds, as required under the Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance, are recognized as an expense in the consolidated statements of income as incurred.

 

  (iii) The employees of the subsidiaries participate in defined contribution retirement plans managed by the local government authorities whereby the subsidiaries are required to contribute to the schemes at fixed rates of the employees’ salary costs. In addition to the local governmental defined contribution retirement plans, certain subsidiaries also participate in supplementary defined contribution retirement plans managed by independent insurance companies whereby the subsidiaries are required to make contributions to the retirement plans at fixed rates of the employees’ salary costs or in accordance with the terms of the plans. The Group’s contributions to these plans are charged to the consolidated statements of income when incurred. The subsidiaries have no obligation for the payment of retirement and other post-retirement benefits of staff other than the contributions described above.

 

  (iv) When the Group grants employees options to acquire shares of the Company, no employee benefit cost or obligation is recognized at the date of grant. When the options are exercised, equity is increased by the amount of the proceeds received.

 

  (v) Termination benefits are recognized when, and only when the Group demonstrably commits itself to terminate employment or to provide benefits as a result of voluntary redundancy by having a detailed formal plan which is without realistic possibility of withdrawal.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(u) Net profit per share

 

The calculation of basic net profit per share for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 are based on the net profit and the weighted average number of shares in issue during the years.

 

The calculation of diluted net profit per share for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been computed after adding back the interest expense on the convertible notes and adjusting for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares. All dilutive potential ordinary shares arise from the share options granted under the share option scheme and convertible notes issued by the Group which, if converted to ordinary shares, would decrease net profit per share.

 

(v) Operating leases

 

Leases of assets under which the lessor has not transferred all the risks and benefits of ownership are classified as operating leases.

 

Where the Group has the use of assets under operating lease, payments made under the leases are charged to the consolidated statements of income in equal installments over the accounting periods covered by the lease term, except where an alternative basis is more representative of the pattern of benefits to be derived from the leased asset. Lease incentives received are recognized in the consolidated statements of income as an integral part of the aggregate net lease payments made. Contingent rentals are charged to the consolidated statements of income in the accounting period in which they are incurred. There is no contingent rentals recognized by the Group during 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

(w) Related parties

 

For the purposes of these financial statements, parties are considered to be related to the Group if the Group has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the party or exercise significant influence over the party in making financial and operating decisions, or vice versa, or where the Group and the party are subject to common control or common significant influence. Related parties may be individuals or other entities.

 

All material related parties transactions have been disclosed in the relevant notes on the financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

3 Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(x) Segment reporting

 

A segment is a distinguishable component of the Group that is engaged either in providing products or services (business segment), or in providing products or services within a particular economic environment (geographical segment), which is subject to risks and rewards that are different from those of other segments.

 

No analysis of the Group’s operating revenue and contribution to profit from operations by geographical segment or business segment has been presented as all the Group’s operating activities are carried out in the PRC and less than 10% of the Group’s operating revenue and contribution to profit from operations were derived from activities outside the Group’s mobile telecommunications and related services activities. There is no other geographical or business segment with segment assets equal to or greater than 10% of the Group’s total assets.

 

(y) Use of estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the years reported. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used when accounting for allowance for doubtful accounts, the fixed assets’ depreciation and amortization periods and impairment of long-lived assets including goodwill. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

4 Operating revenue

 

The principal activities of the Group are the provision of mobile telecommunications and related services in thirty-one provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in the PRC. The principal activity of the Company is investment holding.

 

Operating revenue primarily represents usage fees, monthly fees and other operating revenue derived from the Group’s mobile telecommunications networks, net of PRC business tax and government surcharges. Business tax and government surcharges are charged at 3% to 3.3% of the corresponding revenue.

 

Operating revenue consist of:

 

  (i) Usage fees which represent standard local usage fee for airtime and, where applicable, Domestic Direct Dial (“DDD”) charges and International Direct Dial (“IDD”) charges receivable from subscribers for the use of the Group’s mobile telecommunications networks and facilities; revenue from assignment of rights to income from subscribers, and fees in respect of roaming out calls. Roaming out calls are those made by the Group’s subscribers outside the local service areas. See Note 5 (ii).

 

  (ii) Monthly fees which represent fixed amounts charged to subscribers each month for their entitlement to use the Group’s mobile telecommunications and related services.

 

  (iii) Other operating revenue mainly represents charges for wireless data and value added services and interconnection revenue.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

5 Operating expenses

 

Operating expenses consist of:

 

  (i) Leased line charges which represent expenses paid or payable for the use of leased lines between the main switches, base transceiver stations, base station controllers, base stations, fixed line network connectors and long distance network connectors.

 

  (ii) Interconnection charges which represent amounts paid or payable in respect of call made between the Group’s mobile telecommunications networks, the fixed line networks and other GSM network operators in the PRC. Included in the amounts are also charges in respect of the Group’s subscribers roaming outside the service areas of the Group’s mobile telecommunications networks (see Note 4 (i)).

 

  (iii) Personnel expenses which represent staff salaries, bonuses and medical benefits, provision for staff welfare expenses and contributions to staff retirement scheme.

 

  (iv) Other operating expenses which consist of:

 

     Year ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB    RMB

Selling and promotion

   12,259    21,071    26,460

Maintenance

   2,691    4,683    8,588

Provision for doubtful accounts

   1,749    2,006    2,273

Operating lease charges

   1,701    2,364    3,245

Other expenses (Note (a))

   9,519    13,184    22,111
    
  
  
     27,919    43,308    62,677
    
  
  

(a) Other expenses consist of offices expenses, utilities charges, traveling expenses, entertainment expenses, spectrum charges, insurance expenses, consumables and supplies, debt collection fees, write-off of fixed assets and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

6 Other net income

 

Other net income primarily consists of the gross margin from sales of SIM cards and handsets.

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Sales of SIM cards and handsets

   3,641     5,305     6,035  

Cost of SIM cards and handsets

   (1,955 )   (2,841 )   (2,868 )
    

 

 

     1,686     2,464     3,167  
    

 

 

 

7 Non-operating net income

 

Non-operating net income consists of:

 

     Year ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

    2004

     RMB    RMB     RMB

Exchange gain / (loss)

   47    (38 )   21

Penalty income

   192    193     232

Amortization of deferred tax credit of purchase of domestic telecommunications equipment

   59    188     352

Others

   273    91     295
    
  

 

Total non-operating net income

   571    434     900
    
  

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

8 Income tax

 

  (i) No provision has been made for Hong Kong profits tax as there were no estimated Hong Kong assessable profits for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

  (ii) The provision for the PRC enterprise income tax is based on a statutory rate of 33% of the assessable profit of the Group as determined in accordance with the relevant income tax rules and regulations of the PRC during the year, except for certain subsidiaries of the Company and certain operations of the subsidiaries located within special economic zones in the PRC, which enjoy a preferential rate of 30% and 15% respectively.

 

Income tax in the consolidated statements of income represents:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Provision for PRC enterprise income tax on the estimated taxable profits for the year

   17,724     16,020     20,145  

Over-provision in respect of PRC enterprise income tax for prior year

   (14 )   (375 )   (357 )
    

 

 

     17,710     15,645     19,788  

Origination and reversal of temporary differences (Note 17)

   (1,335 )   1,767     (608 )
    

 

 

     16,375     17,412     19,180  
    

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

8 Income tax (Continued)

 

The provision for income tax differs from the amount computed by applying the PRC statutory income tax rate of 33% to profit before tax and minority interests for the following reasons:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Expected PRC taxation at statutory tax rates

   16,163     17,477     20,198  

Non-taxable items

                  

- Interest income

   (25 )   (12 )   (26 )

Non-deductible expenses on PRC operations

   851     1,059     551  

Non-deductible expenses on Hong Kong operations

   242     324     217  

Rate differential on PRC operations

   (859 )   (1,286 )   (1,390 )

Rate differential on Hong Kong operations

   229     277     166  

Reversal of deferred taxation due to change of tax rate

   (97 )   17     (13 )

Over-provision for prior year

   (14 )   (375 )   (357 )

Others

   (115 )   (69 )   (166 )
    

 

 

Income tax

   16,375     17,412     19,180  
    

 

 

 

9 Dividends

 

(a) Dividends attributable to the year:

 

     Year ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB    RMB

Interim dividend declared and paid of HK$0.20 (equivalent to approximately RMB0.21) (2002: Nil; 2003: HK$0.16 (equivalent to approximately RMB0.17)) per share

   —      3,339    4,175

Final dividend proposed after the balance sheet date of HK$0.46 (equivalent to approximately RMB0.49) (2002: HK$0.32 (equivalent to approximately RMB0.34); 2003: HK$0.20 (equivalent to approximately RMB0.21)) per share

   6,678    4,178    9,614
    
  
  
     6,678    7,517    13,789
    
  
  

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

9 Dividends (Continued)

 

(a) Dividends attributable to the year (Continued):

 

The final dividend proposed after the balance sheet date has not been recognized as a liability at the balance sheet date.

 

(b) Dividends attributable to the previous financial year, approved and paid during the year:

 

     2002

   2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB    RMB

Final dividend in respect of the previous financial year, approved and paid during the year, of HK$0.20 (equivalent to approximately RMB0.21) (2002:Nil; 2003: HK$0.32 (equivalent to approximately RMB0.34)) per share

   —      6,679    4,174
    
  
  

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

10 Accounts receivable

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Accounts receivable

   10,534     10,206  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

   (4,418 )   (3,653 )
    

 

     6,116     6,553  
    

 

 

The ageing of accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, is analyzed as follows:

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Within 30 days

   5,121    5,339

31-60 days

   545    666

61-90 days

   450    548
    
  
     6,116    6,553
    
  

 

Balances are due for payment within one month from the date of billing. Customers with balances that are overdue or exceed credit limits are required to settle all outstanding balances before any further phone calls can be made.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

10 Accounts receivable (Continued)

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts for the years is analyzed as follows:

 

     RMB

 

At January 1, 2002

   3,973  

Acquired on acquisition of subsidiaries

   992  

Provision for the year

   1,601  

Written-off

   (2,265 )
    

At December 31, 2002

   4,301  

Provision for the year

   1,918  

Written-off

   (1,801 )
    

At December 31, 2003

   4,418  

Acquired on acquisition of subsidiaries

   1,074  

Provision for the year

   2,233  

Written-off

   (4,072 )
    

At December 31, 2004

   3,653  
    

 

11 Other receivables

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Other receivables

   1,900     2,018  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

   (113 )   (139 )
    

 

     1,787     1,879  
    

 

 

Other receivables primarily comprise receivables from sales agents of revenue collected on behalf of the Group, utilities deposits and rental deposits.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

11 Other receivables (Continued)

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts for the years is analyzed as follows:

 

     RMB

 

At January 1, 2002

   —    

Provision for the year

   148  

Written-off

   (23 )
    

At December 31, 2002

   125  

Provision for the year

   88  

Written-off

   (100 )
    

At December 31, 2003

   113  

Acquired on acquisition of subsidiaries

   6  

Provision for the year

   40  

Written-off

   (20 )
    

At December 31, 2004

   139  
    

 

12 Amounts due from/to ultimate holding company and amount due to immediate holding company

 

Amounts due from/to ultimate holding company are unsecured, non-interest bearing, repayable on demand and arose in the ordinary course of business.

 

At December 31, 2003, amount due to immediate holding company included in non-current liabilities primarily represented the balance of the purchase consideration for acquisition of subsidiaries in 2002 as described in note 26(b).

 

At December 31, 2004, amount due to immediate holding company included in non-current liabilities primarily represented the balances of the purchase consideration of RMB9,976 and RMB13,657 for acquisition of subsidiaries in 2002 and 2004 as described in note 26(b) and 26(c) respectively.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

12 Amounts due from/to ultimate holding company and amount due to immediate holding company (Continued)

 

The balances of the purchase consideration for acquisitions of subsidiaries in 2002 and 2004, are unsecured, bear interest at the rate of two year US dollar LIBOR swap rate per annum (for the year ended December 31, 2003: 3.801% per annum and for the year ended December 31, 2004: 2.595% to 3.801% per annum) and are not expected to be settled within one year. The balances are due on July 1, 2017 and 2019 respectively.

 

The balances are subordinated to other senior debts owed by the Company from time to time including the convertible notes. The Company may make early payment of all or part of the balances at any time before the date without penalty.

 

The movements of amount due to immediate holding company included in non-current liabilities are as follows:

 

     December 31,

     2003

    2004

     RMB     RMB

Balance at beginning of year

   15,176     9,976

Addition during the year

   —       13,657

Less: Repayments during the year

   (5,200 )   —  
    

 

Balance at end of year

   9,976     23,633
    

 

 

The current portion of amount due to immediate holding company represented interest payable on the unpaid balance of the purchase consideration, which is expected to be settled within one year.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

13 Fixed assets

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Land use rights and buildings

   24,957     38,839  

Telecommunications transceivers, switching centers, transmission and other network equipment

   233,026     291,031  

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures and others

   11,600     14,059  
    

 

     269,583     343,929  

Less: accumulated depreciation

   (97,979 )   (125,866 )
    

 

     171,604     218,063  
    

 

 

All of the Group’s buildings are located outside Hong Kong.

 

The Group leases certain telecommunications equipment under capital leases. None of the leases includes contingent rentals.

 

In connection with the Restructuring, pursuant to an approval document dated September 5, 1997 issued by China State-owned Assets Administration Bureau, the fixed assets of Guangdong Mobile and Zhejiang Mobile as of May 31, 1997 were valued by Zhongqihua Assets Appraisal Company (“ZAAC”), a firm of independent valuers registered in the PRC, on a replacement cost basis. The value of fixed assets of Guangdong Mobile and Zhejiang Mobile has been determined at RMB15,630 reflecting a surplus on revaluation of approximately RMB3,529.

 

In connection with the acquisition of Jiangsu Mobile, and pursuant to an approval document dated April 7, 1998 issued by China State-owned Assets Administration Bureau, the fixed assets of Jiangsu Mobile as of December 31, 1997 were valued by ZAAC on a replacement cost basis. The value of fixed assets of Jiangsu Mobile has been determined at RMB7,879 reflecting a surplus on revaluation of approximately RMB2,443.

 

In connection with the acquisition of Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile and Hainan Mobile, and pursuant to an approval document dated September 27, 1999 issued by the Ministry of Finance, the fixed assets of Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile and Hainan Mobile as of June 30, 1999 were valued by China International Engineering Consulting Corporation (“CIECC”) on a replacement cost basis. The aggregate value of fixed assets of Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile and Hainan Mobile has been determined at RMB10,684 reflecting a surplus on revaluation of approximately RMB391.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

13 Fixed assets (Continued)

 

In connection with the acquisition of Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile and Guangxi Mobile and pursuant to an approval document dated August 28, 2000 issued by the Ministry of Finance, the fixed assets of Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile and Guangxi Mobile as of June 30, 2000 were valued by China Assets Appraisal Corporation Ltd. (“CAAC”) on a replacement cost basis. The aggregate value of fixed assets of Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile and Guangxi Mobile has been determined at RMB37,252 reflecting a surplus on revaluation of approximately RMB4,823.

 

In connection with the acquisition of Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile, and pursuant to an approval document dated May 15, 2002 issued by the Ministry of Finance, the fixed assets of Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile as of December 31, 2001 were valued by China Enterprise Appraisals (“CEA”) on a replacement cost basis. The aggregate value of fixed assets of Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile has been determined at RMB39,499 reflecting a net deficit on revaluation of approximately RMB833.

 

In connection with the acquisition of Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi Design Institute and CMC, and pursuant to an approval document dated March 31, 2004 issued by the SASACSC, the fixed assets of Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi Design Institute and CMC as of December 31, 2003 were valued by CEA, China United Assets Appraisals (“CUAA”) and Zhongdi Real Estate Valuation (“ZREV”) on a replacement cost basis. The aggregate value of fixed assets of Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile and Xinjiang Mobile has been determined at RMB33,996 reflecting a net deficit on revaluation of approximately RMB2,781.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

13 Fixed assets (Continued)

 

The Group’s land and buildings in Guangdong Mobile and Zhejiang Mobile, Jiangsu Mobile, Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile and Hainan Mobile, Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile and Guangxi Mobile, Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile, and Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi Design Institute and CMC were also valued separately by Chesterton Petty Limited, independent qualified valuers in Hong Kong as of May 31, 1997, December 31, 1997, June 30, 1999, June 30, 2000, December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2003 respectively. The values of such reports have been determined at approximately the same amounts as the ZAAC, CIECC, CAAC, CEA, CUAA and ZREV reports.

 

Other than revaluations carried out in compliance with relevant PRC rules and regulations, the Group has no plan to revalue its fixed assets on a regular basis.

 

The effect of the above six revaluations is to decrease annual depreciation charges by approximately RMB260 (2003: increase approximately RMB501).

 

The historical cost net book value of the fixed assets of these subsidiaries in the Group’s financial statements as of the respective revaluation dates and the revalued basis of these fixed assets are as follows:

 

     Net Book Value

   Revalued
Amount


     RMB    RMB

Land use rights and buildings

   11,143    14,093

Telecommunications transceivers, switching centers, transmission and other network equipment

   121,567    126,450

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures and others

   4,658    4,397
    
  
     137,368    144,940
    
  

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

14 Goodwill

 

     Goodwill

  

Positive

goodwill

carried in

reserves


     RMB    RMB

Cost:

         

Balance at beginning of year

   37,159    296,800

Addition arising on acquisition of subsidiaries

   2,857    —  
    
  

Balance at end of year

   40,016    296,800
    
  

Accumulated amortization:

         

Balance at beginning of year

   2,786    —  

Amortization for the year

   1,930    —  
    
  

Balance at end of year

   4,716    —  
    
  

Carrying amount:

         

At December 31, 2004

   35,300    296,800
    
  

At December 31, 2003

   34,373    296,800
    
  

 

15 Interest in associates

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Unlisted shares, at cost

   37     21  

Capital contributions, at cost

   9     9  
    

 

     46     30  

Less: Provision for impairment

   (30 )   (30 )
    

 

     16     —    
    

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

15 Interest in associates (Continued)

 

Details of the associates, all of which are unlisted corporate entities, are as follows:

 

Name of associate


   Place of
incorporation
and operation


   Proportion of
ownership
interest held
by the subsidiary


   

Principal

Activity


China Motion United Telecom Limited

   Hong Kong    30 %   Provision of
telecommunications services

Shenzhen China Motion Telecom United Limited

   PRC    30 %   Provision of
telecommunications services

 

Fujian FUNO Mobile Communication Technology Company Limited (“Fujian FUNO”) (Formerly known as “Fujian Nokia Mobile Communication Technology Company Limited”) was an associated company of the Group as at December 31, 2003. During the year, the Group acquired additional equity interest in Fujian FUNO and thus Fujian FUNO became a subsidiary of the Group.

 

16 Investment securities

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Unlisted equity securities in the PRC, at cost

   77    77
    
  

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

17 Deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

(a) The components of deferred tax assets/(liabilities) recognized in the consolidated balance sheet and the movements during the year for the Group are as follows:

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized and the movements during 2003

 

    

At

January 1,
2003


    Additions on
acquisition of
subsidiaries


   Credited/
(charged) to
consolidated
statements
of income


    At
December 31,
2003


 
     RMB     RMB    RMB     RMB  

Deferred tax assets arising from:

                       

Provision for obsolete inventories

   16     —      7     23  

Write-down and write-off of fixed assets relating to network equipment

   200     —      825     1,025  

Amortization of deferred revenue

   154     —      (85 )   69  

Income recognition on prepaid service fees

   3,259     —      (2,780 )   479  

Provision for certain operating expenses

   —       —      367     367  

Provision for doubtful accounts

   1,362     —      (62 )   1,300  
    

 
  

 

     4,991     —      (1,728 )   3,263  
    

 
  

 

Deferred tax liabilities arising from:

                       

Capitalized interest

   (58 )   —      (39 )   (97 )
    

 
  

 

Total

   4,933     —      (1,767 )   3,166  
    

 
  

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

17 Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized and the movements during 2004

 

     At
January 1,
2004


    Additions on
acquisition of
subsidiaries


    Credited/
(charged) to
consolidated
statements
of income


    At
December 31,
2004


 
     RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Deferred tax assets arising from:

                        

Provision for obsolete inventories

   23     —       7     30  

Write-down and write-off of fixed assets relating to network equipment

   1,025     —       1,201     2,226  

Amortization of deferred revenue

   69     —       (69 )   —    

Income recognition on prepaid service fees

   479     —       (437 )   42  

Provision for certain operating expenses

   367     115     394     876  

Provision for doubtful accounts

   1,300     78     (484 )   894  
    

 

 

 

     3,263     193     612     4,068  
    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities arising from:

                        

Capitalized interest

   (97 )   (4 )   (4 )   (105 )
    

 

 

 

Total

   3,166     189     608     3,963  
    

 

 

 

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Net deferred tax assets recognized in the balance sheet

   3,263     4.068  

Net deferred tax liabilities recognized in the balance sheet

   (97 )   (105 )
    

 

     3,166     3,963  
    

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

17 Deferred tax assets and liabilities (continued)

 

(b) Deferred tax of the Group not provided for:

 

As described in Note 13, in connection with the Restructuring and the subsequent acquisitions, the fixed assets of Guangdong Mobile and Zhejiang Mobile and the acquired subsidiaries were revalued on different basis dates. Such revalued amounts would serve as the tax base for these assets for future years. As a result, the timing differences that gave rise to the potential net deferred tax liabilities of these subsidiaries relating to the revaluation of fixed assets of totaling RMB6,732 were eliminated.

 

In addition, in connection with the Fifth Acquisition, the tax base of the acquired subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities have been adjusted to conform to the related financial carrying amounts. As a result, the timing differences that gave rise to the potential net deferred tax assets of these subsidiaries relating to the temporary differences allowance for doubtful accounts and capitalized interest of totaling RMB105 were eliminated.

 

Additionally, the tax losses carried forward relating to Liaoning Mobile and Guangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile and Sichuan Mobile, and Jilin Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingxi Design Institute and CMC of RMB72, RMB378 and RMB228 were eliminated as of June 30, 2000, December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2003 respectively.

 

18 Deferred expenses

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Balance at beginning of year

   190     143  

Less: Amortization for the year

   (47 )   (47 )
    

 

Balance at the end of year

   143     96  
    

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

19 Accounts payable

 

Accounts payable primarily includes payables for network expansion projects expenditure, leased lines and interconnection expenses.

 

The ageing analysis of accounts payable as at December 31 is analyzed as follows:

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Amounts payables in the next:

         

1 month or on demand

   14,066    22,815

2-3 months

   3,348    3,119

4-6 months

   2,198    2,773

7-9 months

   1,966    2,465

10-12 months

   3,647    3,864
    
  
     25,225    35,036
    
  

 

20 Bank loans and other interest-bearing borrowings

 

         December 31,

         2003

   2004

         Current
liabilities


  

Non-

current
liabilities


   Total

   Current
liabilities


  

Non-

current
liabilities


   Total

     Note   RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB

Bank loans

   (a)   1,853    672    2,525    315    —      315

Other loans

   (a)   6,253    —      6,253    2,140    —      2,140

Fixed rate notes

   (b)   4,984    —      4,984    —      —      —  

Convertible notes

   (c)   —      5,735    5,735    5,725    —      5,725

Bonds

   (d)   —      13,000    13,000    —      13,000    13,000
        
  
  
  
  
  
         13,090    19,407    32,497    8,180    13,000    21,180
        
  
  
  
  
  

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

20 Bank loans and other interest-bearing borrowings (Continued)

 

All of the above bank and other loans are unsecured.

 

At December 31, 2004, other loans include designated loans borrowed from China Mobile, the ultimate holding company, totaling RMB2,140 (at December 31, 2003: RMB6,170), which bear interest rates at 3.45% per annum (2003: 3.57% per annum) with maturities in 2005 (2003: 2004).

 

The Group’s borrowings under short-term bank and other loans are used primarily to finance construction projects and generally consist of unsecured loans and are repayable in full on respective due dates with interest rates ranging from 4.78% to 5.34% per annum at December 31, 2003 and at 3.45% per annum at December 31, 2004. The Group’s weighted average interest rate on short-term loans was 4.82% per annum and 3.45% per annum at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

(a) Long-term bank and other loans

 

          December 31,

    

Interest rate and final maturity


   2003

   2004

          RMB    RMB
Renminbi denominated bank loans:          

For construction of telecommunications network

   Floating interest rates at 4.96% per annum as of December 31, 2004 with maturities in 2005 (i)    1,096    193
     Fixed interest rates ranging from 5.43% to 5.49% per annum as of December 31, 2003 with maturities in 2004    255    —  

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

20 Bank loans and other interest-bearing borrowings (Continued)

 

(a) Long-term bank and other loans (Continued)

 

          December 31,

 
    

Interest rate and final maturity


   2003

    2004

 
          RMB     RMB  
Renminbi denominated bank loans:             

For working capital

   Floating interest rate at 4.94% per annum as of December 31, 2004 with maturities in 2005    400     60  
Renminbi denominated other loans:             

For working capital

   Floating interest rate at 3.57% per annum as of December 21, 2003 with maturities in 2004    5,024     —    
     Fixed interest rate at 3.57% per annum as of December 31, 2003 with maturities in 2004    1,146     —    
US dollar denominated bank loans:             

For construction of telecommunications network

   Fixed interest rate ranging from 5.25% to 5.75% per annum as of December 31, 2004 with maturities in 2005    126     62  
US dollar denominated other loans:             

For construction of telecommunications network

   Fixed interest rate at 7.5% per annum as of December 31, 2003 with maturities through 2004    81     —    
         

 

Total long-term loans

        8,128     315  

Less: current portion

        (7,456 )   (315 )
         

 

          672     —    
         

 

 

  (i) At December 31, 2004, bank loans amounting to RMB193 was guaranteed by Hebei Provincial Telecommunications Company (“PTC”).

 

F-59


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

20 Bank loans and other interest-bearing borrowings (Continued)

 

(a) Long-term bank and other loans (Continued)

 

The aggregate maturities of long-term bank and other loans subsequent to December 31, 2004 are as follows:

 

     RMB

2005

   315
    

 

Interest expense, net of the amounts capitalized, is as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Interest incurred

   1,213     1,211     719  

Interest element of capital lease

   47     —       —    

Interest capitalized

   (181 )   (152 )   (16 )
    

 

 

     1,079     1,059     703  

Interest expenses of fixed rate notes

   394     394     330  

Interest expenses of convertible notes

   128     129     129  

Interest expenses of bonds

   251     517     517  
    

 

 

Interest expense

   1,852     2,099     1,679  
    

 

 

 

F-60


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

20 Bank loans and other interest-bearing borrowings (Continued)

 

(b) Fixed rate notes

 

On November 2, 1999, the Company issued unsecured fixed rate notes (the “FRN”) with a principal amount of US$600 at an issue price equal to 99.724% of the principal amount of the FRN, due on November 2, 2004. The FRN bear interest at the rate of 7.875% per annum and such interest is payable semi-annually on May 2 and November 2 of each year, commencing May 2, 2000. In accordance with the covenants of the FRN, there is a limitation on the Group’s pledges, sale and leaseback transactions and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to incur debt. So long as any notes remain outstanding, whereas no additional debt is allowed to incur by any subsidiaries if the aggregate debt of the subsidiaries exceeds 120% of the consolidated adjusted earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and write-down and write-off of fixed assets (“adjusted EBITDA”) for the most recently completed 12 months period. For the years presented, the Group has complied with the above covenants. The fixed rate notes were fully redeemed during the year.

 

(c) Convertible notes

 

  (i) On November 3, 2000, the Company issued convertible notes (the “CN”) in an aggregate principal amount of US$690 at an issue price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the CN. The CN bear interest at the rate of 2.25% per annum, payable semi-annually on May 3 and November 3 of each year commencing May 3, 2001. Unless previously redeemed, converted or purchased and cancelled, the CN will be redeemed at 100% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on November 3, 2005. The CN are unsecured, senior and unsubordinated obligations of the Company.

 

  (ii) The CN are convertible at any time on or after December 3, 2000 and before the close of business on the third business day prior to the earlier of (1) the maturity date of November 3, 2005 or (2) the redemption date fixed for early redemption, at an initial conversion price, subject to adjustment in certain events, of HK$59.04 per share.

 

  (iii) During the year, no CN were converted into ordinary shares of the Company.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

20 Bank loans and other interest-bearing borrowings (Continued)

 

(c) Convertible notes (Continued)

 

  (iv) In accordance with the covenants given by the Company given to the note holders, there is a limitation on the Group’s pledges, sale and leaseback transactions and the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries to incur debt. So long as any notes remain outstanding, whereas no additional debt is allowed to incur by any subsidiaries if the aggregate debt of the subsidiaries exceeds 120% of the consolidated adjusted EBITDA for the most recently completed 12 months period. For the years presented, the Group has complied with the above covenants.

 

(d) Bonds

 

  (i) On June 18, 2001, Guangdong Mobile issued guaranteed bonds with a principal amount of RMB5,000 (the “Ten-year Bonds”) at an issue price equal to the face value of the bonds.

 

The Ten-year Bonds bear interest at a floating rate, adjusted annually from the first day of each interest payable year and payable annually. The bonds, redeemable at 100% of the principal amount, will mature on June 18, 2011 and the interest will be accrued up to June 17, 2011. Incidental costs incurred in relation to the issue of the bonds are amortized on a straight-line basis over the period from the date of issue to the date of maturity.

 

  (ii) On October 28, 2002, Guangdong Mobile issued five-year guaranteed bonds (the “Five-year Bonds”) and fifteen-year guaranteed bonds (the “Fifteen-year Bonds”), with a principal amount of RMB3,000 and RMB5,000 respectively, at an issue price equal to the face value of the bonds.

 

The Five-year Bonds and the Fifteen-year Bonds bear interest at the rate of 3.5% per annum and 4.5% per annum respectively and payable annually. They are redeemable at 100% of the principal amount and will mature on October 28, 2007 and October 28, 2017 and the interest will be accrued up to October 27, 2007 and October 27, 2017 respectively.

 

The Company has issued a joint and irrevocable guarantee (the “Guarantee”) for the performance of the above bonds. China Mobile has also issued a further guarantee in relation to the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Guarantee. The maximum exposure of the Guarantee is the face value of the bonds which have been reflected as liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2004.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

21 Obligations under capital lease

 

  (i) Hainan Mobile entered into certain capital lease agreements to finance the purchase of telecommunications equipment. The leases are denominated in Renminbi and the lease term was expired in 2003. The legal title of the equipment will be transferred to Hainan Mobile when all outstanding lease payments are paid.

 

  (ii) The following is a schedule by years of future minimum lease payments under capital lease together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2004:

 

     RMB

 

2005

   71  
    

Total minimum lease payments

   71  

Less: Amount representing interest

   (3 )
    

Present value of net minimum lease payments

   68  

Less: Obligations under capital lease - current portion

   (68 )
    

     —    
    

 

22 Accrued expenses and other payables

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Other payables

   5,376    8,192

Receipts in advance

   13,393    18,896

Accrued salaries, wages and benefits

   1,435    1,833

Accrued expenses

   2,113    3,628
    
  
     22,317    32,549
    
  

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

23 Deferred revenue

 

Deferred revenue includes primarily prepaid service fees received from subscribers and deferred tax credit of purchase of domestic telecommunications equipments. Prepaid service fees are recognized as income when the mobile telecommunications services are rendered upon actual usage by subscribers. Deferred tax credit of purchase of domestic telecommunications equipment is amortized as non-operating income over the remaining lives of the related fixed assets.

 

Deferred revenue at December 31, 2003 also includes income from assignment of rights. The balance represents the unamortized portion of proceeds received by Guangdong Mobile from certain distributors of telecommunications services pursuant to assignment of rights agreements under which Guangdong Mobile sold certain mobile phone numbers to these distributors at RMB0.0092 each, in return for assigning to such distributors the rights to certain revenue such as usage fees, monthly fees, connection fees, telephone number selection fees and 50% value-added services fees from those subscribers over a period of seven years. The distributors have no recourse to the Group under the relevant agreements and the Group retains no credit risk from such subscribers during the seven-year period. The proceeds received by Guangdong Mobile have been accounted for as deferred revenue and are amortized over a period of seven years. After the expiration of the relevant agreements, the rights to income from these subscribers will revert to the Group. Deferred revenue of income from assignment of rights was fully amortized during the year

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Balance at beginning of year

   7,629     10,164  

Additions on acquisition of subsidiaries

   —       992  

Additions during the year

   54,032     83,375  

Recognized in the consolidated statements of income

   (51,497 )   (80,651 )
    

 

Balance at end of year

   10,164     13,880  

Less: Current portion

   (9,476 )   (12,936 )
    

 

Non-current portion

   688     944  
    

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

24 Commitments and contingencies

 

(a) Operating leases

 

Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2004 under non-cancellable operating leases having initial or remaining lease terms of more than one year are as follows:

 

     RMB

2005

   3,619

2006

   1,716

2007

   1,405

2008

   1,072

2009

   807

Thereafter

   1,464
    
     10,083
    

 

(b) Capital commitments

 

As of December 31, 2004, the Group had capital commitments as follows:

 

     RMB

Authorized and contracted for

   11,619

Authorized but not contracted for

   32,994
    
     44,613
    

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

25 Employee and retirement benefits

 

(a) As stipulated by the regulations of the PRC, the subsidiaries in the PRC participate in basic defined contribution pension plans organized by their respective Municipal Governments under which they are governed.

 

Employees in the PRC are entitled to retirement benefits equal to a fixed proportion of their salary at their normal retirement age. The Group has no other material obligation for payment of basic retirement benefits beyond the annual contributions which are calculated at a rate based on the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of its employees.

 

Other than the above, certain subsidiaries also participate in supplementary defined contribution retirement plans managed by independent insurance companies whereby the subsidiaries are required to make contributions to the retirement plans at fixed rates of the employees’ salary costs or in accordance with the terms of the plans.

 

Expenses incurred by the subsidiaries in connection with the retirement scheme were RMB451, RMB546 and RMB771, respectively, for three years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

 

(b) The Group also operates a Mandatory Provident Fund Scheme (“the MPF scheme”) under the Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance for employees employed under the jurisdiction of the Hong Kong Employment Ordinance. The MPF scheme is a defined contribution retirement scheme administered by independent trustees. Under the MPF scheme, the employer and its employees are each required to make contributions to the scheme at 5% of the employees’ relevant income, subject to a cap of monthly relevant income of HK$0.02. Contributions to the scheme vest immediately.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

26 Related party transactions

 

(a) Companies are considered to be related if one company has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other company or exercise significant influence over the other company in making financial and operating decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence.

 

The Group has significant transactions with China Mobile (the Company’s ultimate holding company) and its subsidiaries, other than the Group, (the “China Mobile Group”).

 

The following is a summary of principal related party transactions carried out by the Group with the China Mobile Group after eliminating intercompany transactions for years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004.

 

           Year ended December 31,

           2002

   2003

   2004

     Note     RMB    RMB    RMB

Interconnection revenue

   (i )   8,167    6,010    2,438

Interconnection charges

   (ii )   8,333    6,290    2,117

Leased line charges

   (iii )   484    515    132

Spectrum fees

   (iv )   224    508    303

Operating lease charges

   (v )   189    264    281

Roaming billing processing fees

   (vi )   225    194    22

Equipment maintenance service fees

   (vii )   54    57    81

Construction and related service fees

   (viii )   223    313    287

Purchase of transmission tower and transmission tower-related service and antenna maintenance service fees

   (ix )   87    84    148

Prepaid card sales commission income

   (x )   197    281    142

Prepaid card sales commission expenses

   (x )   195    283    155

Technology platform development and maintenance service income

   (xi )   39    22    25

Telecommunications lines maintenance service fees

   (xii )   22    44    54

Interest paid / payable

   (xiii )   645    906    645

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

26 Related party transactions (Continued)

 

Notes:

 

  (i) A mobile telephone user using roaming services is charged at the respective roaming usage rate and applicable long distance charges for roaming in calls. Interconnection revenue represents domestic and international roaming in usage charges and applicable long distance charges from non-subscribers received or receivable from the relevant domestic and international mobile telecommunication operators through the China Mobile Group.

 

  (ii) A mobile telephone user using roaming services is charged at the respective roaming usage rate and applicable long distance charges for roaming out calls. Interconnection charges represent the amount of domestic and international roaming out charges and applicable long distance charges received or receivable from subscribers which is to be remitted to the relevant domestic and international mobile telecommunication operators for their share of revenue through the China Mobile Group.

 

  (iii) Leased line charges represent expenses paid or payable to the China Mobile Group for the use of inter-provincial leased lines which link the Group’s mobile switching centers together and with other mobile switching centers of the China Mobile Group.

 

  (iv) Spectrum fees represent the spectrum usage fees paid or payable to the China Mobile Group for the usage of the frequency bands allocated to the Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC.

 

  (v) Operating lease charges represent the rental and property management fees paid or payable to the subsidiaries of China Mobile for operating leases in respect of land and buildings and others.

 

  (vi) Roaming billing processing fees represent the amounts paid or payable to the China Mobile Group for the provision of the roaming billing processing services to the Company’s subsidiaries.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

26 Related party transactions (Continued)

 

Notes: (Continued)

 

  (vii) Equipment maintenance service fees represent the amount paid or payable to subsidiaries of China Mobile for the provision of the maintenance services to the Company’s subsidiaries.

 

  (viii) Construction and related service fees represent the amount paid or payable to subsidiaries of China Mobile for the provision of telecommunications projects planning, design and construction services and telecommunications lines and pipelines construction services to the Company’s subsidiaries.

 

  (ix) This represents payment made by Hebei Mobile to acquire transmission towers from a subsidiary of China Mobile and expenses paid or payable to relevant subsidiary of China Mobile for the provision of transmission towers related services and antenna maintenance services provided to Hebei Mobile; and payment made by the Group to Hubei Communications Services Company, a subsidiary of China Mobile, in respect of the purchase of transmission towers and for the provision of transmission tower related services.

 

  (x) Prepaid card sales commission income and commission expenses represent handling charges received/receivable from subsidiaries of China Mobile to the Company’s subsidiaries or paid/payable by the Company’s subsidiaries to subsidiaries of China Mobile in respect of prepaid card services.

 

  (xi) Technology platform development and maintenance service income represents the amounts received or receivable from the China Mobile Group in respect of equipment charges, systems integration fees, software licensing fees, technical support fees and/or major overhaul charges for the mobile information service center platform.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

26 Related party transactions (Continued)

 

Notes: (Continued)

 

  (xii) Telecommunications lines maintenance service fees represent the amount paid or payable by Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile to the relevant subsidiaries of China Mobile for the provision of telecommunications lines maintenance services.

 

  (xiii) Interest paid/payable represents the interest paid or payable to China Mobile and CMHK (BVI) in respect of the designated loans borrowed and the balance of purchase consideration for acquisition of subsidiaries.

 

(b) Pursuant to a resolution passed at the extraordinary general meeting held on June 24, 2002, the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Anhui Mobile BVI, Jiangxi Mobile BVI, Chongqing Mobile BVI, Sichuan Mobile BVI, Hubei Mobile BVI, Hunan Mobile BVI, Shaanxi Mobile BVI and Shanxi Mobile BVI from CMHK (BVI), the immediate holding company of the Company, for a total consideration of US$8,573 (RMB equivalent 70,959). The consideration was satisfied by a cash payment of RMB49,248 and allotment of shares to CMHK (BVI) amounted to HK$20,458 (RMB equivalent 21,711). The only assets of each of Anhui Mobile BVI, Jiangxi Mobile BVI, Chongqing Mobile BVI, Sichuan Mobile BVI, Hubei Mobile BVI, Hunan Mobile BVI, Shaanxi Mobile BVI and Shanxi Mobile BVI are their interests in the entire equity of Anhui Mobile, Jiangxi Mobile, Chongqing Mobile, Sichuan Mobile, Hubei Mobile, Hunan Mobile, Shaanxi Mobile and Shanxi Mobile, respectively.

 

(c) Pursuant to a resolution passed at the extraordinary general meeting held on June 16, 2004, the Company acquired the entire issued share capital of Neimenggu Mobile BVI, Jilin Mobile BVI, Heilongjiang Mobile BVI, Guizhou Mobile BVI, Yunnan Mobile BVI, Xizang Mobile BVI, Gansu Mobile BVI, Qinghai Mobile BVI, Ningxia Mobile BVI, Xinjiang Mobile BVI, Zhongjing Design Institute BVI and CMC BVI from CMHK (BVI), the immediate holding company of the Company, for a total consideration of US$3,650 (RMB equivalent 30,210). The total consideration was satisfied by cash. The only assets of each of Neimenggu Mobile BVI, Jilin Mobile BVI, Heilongjiang Mobile BVI, Guizhou Mobile BVI, Yunnan Mobile BVI, Xizang Mobile BVI, Gansu Mobile BVI, Qinghai Mobile BVI, Ningxia Mobile BVI, Xinjiang Mobile BVI, Zhongjing Design Institute BVI and CMC BVI are their interests in the entire equity of Neimenggu Mobile, Jilin Mobile, Heilongjiang Mobile, Guizhou Mobile, Yunnan Mobile, Xizang Mobile, Gansu Mobile, Qinghai Mobile, Ningxia Mobile, Xinjiang Mobile, Jingyi Design Institute and CMC respectively.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

27 Shareholders’ equity

 

Share capital

 

    

Number of
ordinary

shares


  

Nominal

amount of

each ordinary
share


   Amount
HK$


Authorized:

                

Balance at December 31, 2003 and 2004

   30,000,000,000    HK$ 0.10    3,000
    
         

Issued and fully paid:

                

Balance at January 1, 2003 and December 31, 2003

   19,671,653,899    HK$ 0.10    1,967
    
         
           
 
RMB
equivalent
   2,099
                

Balance at January 1, 2004

   19,671,653,899    HK$ 0.10    1,967

Shares issued under share option scheme

   28,985,500    HK$ 0.10    3
    
         

Balance at December 31, 2004

   19,700,639,399           1,970
    
         
           
 
RMB
equivalent
   2,102
                

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

27 Shareholders’ equity (Continued)

 

Share capital (Continued)

 

The Company was established in Hong Kong on September 3, 1997 as a limited company, with a registered share capital of HK$10,000 divided into 100,000 shares of HK$0.10 each, two of which were issued and credited as fully paid.

 

At an extraordinary general meeting of the Company held on September 27, 1997,

 

  (i) the authorized share capital of the Company was increased from HK$10,000 to HK$1,600,000,000 by the creation of an additional 15,999,900,000 shares of HK$0.10 each; and

 

  (ii) 9,009,999,998 shares were credited as fully paid and issued to CMHK (BVI) for the transfer of interests in Guangdong Mobile and Zhejiang Mobile to the Company.

 

Pursuant to the resolutions passed on October 21, 1997, the Company issued 2,600,000,000 shares of HK$0.10 each at HK$11.68 per share and the shares were listed on the New York Stock Exchange and The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited on October 22, 1997 and October 23, 1997, respectively. On November 7, 1997, the Company issued 170,788,000 shares of HK$0.10 each at HK$11.68 per share by way of a placing among professional and institutional investors.

 

Pursuant to ordinary resolutions passed at directors’ meetings held on November 1, 1999 and November 3, 1999 respectively, the Company issued 560,700,000 and 84,104,000 ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each to professional and institutional investors, at a consideration of HK$24.10 per share, for financing the acquisition of Fujian Mobile BVI, Henan Mobile BVI and Hainan Mobile BVI.

 

Pursuant to an ordinary resolution passed at an extraordinary general meeting held on November 11, 1999, 1,273,195,021 ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each were issued and credited as fully paid to CMHK (BVI), at a consideration of HK$24.10 per share as part of the consideration for the acquisition of Fujian Mobile BVI, Henan Mobile BVI and Hainan Mobile BVI.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

27 Shareholders’ equity (Continued)

 

Share capital (Continued)

 

Pursuant to resolutions passed at directors’ meetings held on November 2, 2000 and November 8, 2000 respectively, the Company issued 1,068,396,405 and 47,247,440 ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each to professional and institutional investors, at a consideration of HK$48 per share, for financing the acquisition of Beijing Mobile BVI, Shanghai Mobile BVI, Tianjin Mobile BVI, Hebei Mobile BVI, Liaoning Mobile BVI, Shandong Mobile BVI and Guangxi Mobile BVI.

 

Pursuant to ordinary resolutions passed at an extraordinary general meeting held on November 10, 2000, the Company’s authorized share capital was increased to HK$3,000,000,000 by the creation of an additional 14,000,000,000 ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each, ranking pari passu with the existing shares of the Company, and 3,779,407,375 ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each were issued and credited as fully paid to CMHK (BVI), at a consideration of HK$48 per share as part of the consideration for the acquisition of Beijing Mobile BVI, Shanghai Mobile BVI, Tianjin Mobile BVI, Hebei Mobile BVI, Liaoning Mobile BVI, Shandong Mobile BVI and Guangxi Mobile BVI.

 

Pursuant to a resolution passed at a directors’ meeting held on May 16, 2002, the Company issued 236,634,212 ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each to Vodafone Holdings (Jersey) Limited, at a consideration of HK$24.7217 per share, for financing the acquisition of Anhui Mobile BVI, Jiangxi Mobile BVI, Chongqing Mobile BVI, Sichuan Mobile BVI, Hubei Mobile BVI, Hunan Mobile BVI, Shaanxi Mobile BVI and Shanxi Mobile BVI.

 

Pursuant to an ordinary resolution passed at an extraordinary general meeting held on June 24, 2002, 827,514,446 ordinary shares of HK$0.10 each were issued and credited as fully paid to CMHK (BVI) at HK$24.7217 per share as part of the consideration of the acquisition of Anhui Mobile BVI, Jiangxi Mobile BVI, Chongqing Mobile BVI, Sichuan Mobile BVI, Hubei Mobile BVI, Hunan Mobile BVI, Shaanxi Mobile BVI and Shanxi Mobile BVI.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

27 Shareholders’ equity (Continued)

 

Reserves

 

Capital reserve

 

As mentioned in Note 1, this amount represents the total of the following:

 

    the additional earnings of Guangdong Mobile and Zhejiang Mobile from June 1, 1997 to September 26, 1997, the completion date of the Restructuring (RMB1,132);

 

    goodwill arising on the acquisition of Jiangsu Mobile BVI and Jiangsu Mobile on June 3, 1998 (RMB15,569), which has been eliminated against capital reserve immediately upon acquisition;

 

    goodwill arising on the acquisition of Fujian Mobile BVI, Henan Mobile BVI, Hainan Mobile BVI, Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile and Hainan Mobile on November 11, 1999 (RMB42,340), which has been eliminated against capital reserve immediately upon acquisition; and

 

    goodwill arising on the acquisition of Beijing Mobile BVI, Shanghai Mobile BVI, Tianjin Mobile BVI, Hebei Mobile BVI, Liaoning Mobile BVI, Shandong Mobile BVI, Guangxi Mobile BVI, Beijing Mobile, Shanghai Mobile, Tianjin Mobile, Hebei Mobile, Liaoning Mobile, Shandong Mobile and Guangxi Mobile on November 12, 2000 (RMB238,891), which has been eliminated against capital reserve immediately upon acquisition.

 

PRC statutory reserves

 

PRC statutory reserves include general reserve, enterprise expansion fund, statutory surplus reserve and statutory public welfare fund.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

27 Shareholders’ equity (Continued)

 

Reserves (Continued)

 

PRC statutory reserves (Continued)

 

In accordance with Accounting Regulations for Business Enterprises, foreign investment enterprises in the PRC are required to transfer at least 10% of their profit after taxation, as determined under accounting principles generally accepted in the PRC (“PRC GAAP”) to the general reserve until the balance of the general reserve is equal to 50% of their registered capital. Moreover, they are required to transfer a certain percentage of their profit after taxation, as determined under PRC GAAP, to the enterprise expansion fund. During the year, appropriations were made by each of the above subsidiaries to the general reserve and the enterprise expansion fund each at 10% of their profit after taxation determined under PRC GAAP.

 

The general reserve can be used to reduce previous years’ losses and to increase the capital of the subsidiaries while the enterprise expansion fund can be used to increase the capital of the subsidiaries, to acquire fixed assets and to increase current assets.

 

At December 31, 2000, Shanghai Mobile has not yet registered as a wholly-foreign owned enterprise. As a result, appropriations were made by Shanghai Mobile, according to its Articles of Association to the statutory surplus reserve and the statutory public welfare fund both at 10% of its profit after taxation determined under PRC GAAP during the year ended December 31, 2000.

 

Statutory surplus reserve can be used to reduce previous years’ losses, if any, and may be converted into paid-up capital, provided that the balance after such conversion is not less than 25% of the registered capital of the subsidiaries. Statutory public welfare fund can only be utilized on capital items for the collective benefits of the employees such as the construction of staff quarters and other staff welfare facilities. This reserve is non-distributable other than in liquidation.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

27 Shareholders’ equity (Continued)

 

Reserves (Continued)

 

PRC statutory reserves (Continued)

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2004, the balances of the general reserve, enterprise expansion fund, statutory surplus reserve and statutory public welfare fund were RMB13,562 and RMB18,394, RMB18,890 and RMB23,646, RMB100 and RMB102 and RMB134 and RMB135, respectively.

 

Distributable reserves

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2004, the amount of distributable reserves of the Company amounted to RMB38,926 and RMB55,482.

 

28 Equity compensation benefits

 

Pursuant to a resolution passed at an annual general meeting held on June 24, 2002, the share option scheme established on October 8, 1997 (the “Old Scheme”) was terminated and the current share option scheme (the “Current Scheme”) was adopted.

 

Under the Old Scheme, the directors of the Company may, at their discretion, invite employees, including executive directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, to take up options to subscribe for shares of the Company. Under the Current Scheme, the directors of the Company may, at their discretion, invite employees, executive directors and non-executive directors of the Company, any of its holding companies and any of their respective subsidiaries and any entity in which the Company or any of its subsidiaries holds any equity interest, to take up options to subscribe for shares of the Company.

 

The maximum aggregate number of shares which can be subscribed pursuant to options that are or may be granted under the above schemes equals to 10% of the total issued share capital of the Company as at the date of adoption of the Current Scheme. Options lapsed or cancelled in accordance with the terms of the Old Scheme or the Current Scheme will not be counted for the purpose of calculating this 10% limit. The consideration payable for the grant of each option under each of the Old Scheme and the Current Scheme is HK$1.00.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

28 Equity compensation benefits (Continued)

 

For options granted before September 1, 2001 under the Old Scheme, the exercise price of options was determined by the directors of the Company at their discretion provided that such price may not be set below a minimum price which is the higher of:

 

  (i) the nominal value of a share; and

 

  (ii) 80% of the average of the closing price of the share on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “SEHK”) on the five trading days immediately preceding the date on which the option was granted.

 

With effect from September 1, 2001, the SEHK requires that the exercise price of options to be at least the higher of the nominal value of a share, the closing price of the shares on the SEHK on the date on which the option was granted and the average closing price of the shares on the SEHK for the five trading days immediately preceding the date on which the option was granted.

 

For options granted under the Current Scheme, the exercise price of options shall be determined by the directors of the Company at their discretion provided that such price may not be set below a minimum price which is the highest of:

 

  (i) the nominal value of a share;

 

  (ii) the closing price of the shares on the SEHK on the date on which the option was granted; and

 

  (iii) the average closing price of the shares on the SEHK for the five trading days immediately preceding the date on which the option was granted.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2004, share options involving a total number of 290,176,000 ordinary shares were granted under the Current Scheme to certain directors and employees of the Group.

 

Under both the Old Scheme and the Current Scheme, the term of the option is determined by the directors at their discretion, provided that all options shall be exercised within 10 years after the adoption of the scheme (in the case of the Old Scheme) and within 10 years after the date on which the option is granted (in the case of the Current Scheme).

 

F-77


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

28 Equity compensation benefits (Continued)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2003, no options were granted under the Current Scheme.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2004, options were exercised to subscribe for 28,985,500 ordinary share of HK$0.10 each at a total consideration of HK$2.9 (RMB equivalent 3.1). During the year ended December 31, 2003, no options were exercised.

 

At December 31, 2003 and 2004, the outstanding options were as follows:

 

Date of options granted


  

Normal period during

which options

exercisable


   Price per
share to be
paid on
exercise of
options


   Number of shares
involved in the options
outstanding at the year end


At December 31, 2004

                

November 26, 1999

  

November 26, 1999

to October 7, 2007

   HK$ 33.91    1,000,000

November 26, 1999

  

November 26, 2002

to October 7, 2007

   HK$ 33.91    1,000,000

April 25, 2000

  

April 25, 2002

to October 7, 2007

   HK$ 45.04    14,185,000

April 25, 2000

  

April 25, 2005

to October 7, 2007

   HK$ 45.04    14,185,000

June 22, 2001

  

June 22, 2003

to October 7, 2007

   HK$ 32.10    36,244,500

June 22, 2001

  

June 22, 2006

to October 7, 2007

   HK$ 32.10    36,224,500

July 3, 2002

  

July 3, 2004

to July 2, 2012

   HK$ 22.85    59,579,250

July 3, 2002

  

July 3, 2007

to July 2, 2012

   HK$ 22.85    59,579,250

 

F-78


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

28 Equity compensation benefits (Continued)

 

Date of options granted


  

Normal period during

which options

exercisable


   Price per
share to be
paid on
exercise of
options


   Number of shares
involved in the options
outstanding at the year end


At December 31, 2004 (Continued)

                

October 28, 2004

  

October 28, 2005

to October 27,2014

   HK$ 22.75    115,277,400

October 28, 2004

  

October 28, 2006

to October 27, 2014

   HK$ 22.75    86,458,050

October 28, 2004

  

October 28, 2007

to October 27, 2014

   HK$ 22.75    86,458,050

December 21, 2004

  

December 21, 2005

to December 20, 2014

   HK$ 26.75    240,000

December 21, 2004

  

December 21, 2006

to December 20, 2014

   HK$ 26.75    180,000

December 21, 2004

  

December 21, 2007

to December 20, 2014

   HK$ 26.75    180,000

 

F-79


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

28 Equity compensation benefits (Continued)

 

Date of options granted


  

Normal period during

which options

exercisable


   Price per
share to be
paid on
exercise of
options


   Number of shares
involved in the options
outstanding at the year end


At December 31, 2003

                

November 26, 1999

  

November 26, 1999

to October 7, 2007

   HK$ 33.91    3,500,000

November 26, 1999

  

November 26, 2002

to October 7, 2007

   HK$ 33.91    3,500,000

April 25, 2000

  

April 25, 2002

to October 7, 2007

   HK$ 45.04    14,686,000

April 25, 2000

  

April 25, 2005

to October 7, 2007

   HK$ 45.04    14,686,000

June 22, 2001

  

June 22, 2003

to October 7, 2007

   HK$ 32.10    37,052,250

June 22, 2001

  

June 22, 2006

to October 7, 2007

   HK$ 32.10    37,052,250

July 3, 2002

  

July 3, 2004

to July 2, 2012

   HK$ 22.85    74,243,750

July 3, 2002

  

July 3, 2007

to July 2, 2012

   HK$ 22.85    74,243,750

 

F-80


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

29 Foreign currency exchange

 

The Renminbi is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions involving Renminbi must take place through the People’s Bank of China or other institutions authorized to buy and sell foreign exchange or at a swap center.

 

Currently the Company’s subsidiaries established in the PRC are able to purchase foreign exchange for settlement of “current account transactions” (as defined in the applicable regulations), including payment of dividends without the approval of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”). However, there can be no assurance that the current authorization for foreign investment enterprises to retain their foreign exchange to satisfy foreign exchange liabilities or to pay dividends in the future will not be limited or eliminated or that the subsidiaries of the Company will be able to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to pay dividends or satisfy their foreign exchange requirements. Foreign exchange transactions under the capital account continue to be subject to limitations and require approvals of the SAFE, which could affect the ability of the Company’s subsidiaries established in the PRC to obtain foreign exchange through debt or equity financing, including by means of loans or capital contribution from the Company.

 

F-81


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

30 Principal subsidiaries

 

Details of the Company’s principal subsidiaries are as follows:

 

Name of company


  

Place and

date of
incorporation/
establishment


  

Authorized, issued and

paid up capital


  

Attributable

equity

interest %


    Principal activities

      Authorized

   Issued and paid up

    

Guangdong Mobile

   PRC
September 28,
1988
   —      RMB 5,595    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Zhejiang Mobile

   PRC
February 2,
1996
   —      RMB 2,118    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Jiangsu Mobile BVI

   BVI
March 6,
1998
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Jiangsu Mobile

   PRC
December 10,
1992
   —      RMB 2,800    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Fujian Mobile BVI

   BVI
September 1,
1999
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Fujian Mobile

   PRC
September 7,
1999
   —      RMB 5,247    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Henan Mobile BVI

   BVI
September 1,
1999
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Henan Mobile

   PRC
August 6,
1999
   —      RMB 4,368    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Hainan Mobile BVI

   BVI
September 1,
1999
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Hainan Mobile

   PRC
August 19,
1999
   —      RMB 643    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Beijing Mobile BVI

   BVI
September 1,
2000
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Beijing Mobile

   PRC
July 26,
2000
   —      RMB 6,125    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

30 Principal subsidiaries (Continued)

 

Details of the Company’s principal subsidiaries are as follows (Continued):

 

Name of company


  

Place and

date of
incorporation/
establishment


  

Authorized, issued and

paid up capital


   Attributable
equity
interest %


    Principal activities

      Authorized

   Issued and paid up

    

Shanghai Mobile BVI

   BVI
September 1,
2000
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Shanghai Mobile

   PRC
August 4,
2000
   —      RMB6,039    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Tianjin Mobile BVI

   BVI
September 1,
2000
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Tianjin Mobile

   PRC
July 24,
2000
   —      RMB2,151    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Hebei Mobile BVI

   BVI
September 1,
2000
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Hebei Mobile

   PRC
July 31,
2000
   —      RMB4,315    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Liaoning Mobile BVI

   BVI
September 1,
2000
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Liaoning Mobile

   PRC
August 7,
2000
   —      RMB5,140    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications

operator

Shandong Mobile BVI

   BVI
September 1,
2000
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Shandong Mobile

   PRC
August 7,
2000
   —      RMB6,342    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Guangxi Mobile BVI

   BVI
September 1,
2000
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Guangxi Mobile

   PRC
August 3,
2000
   —      RMB2,341    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

30 Principal subsidiaries (Continued)

 

Details of the Company’s principal subsidiaries are as follows (Continued):

 

Name of company


  

Place and

date of
incorporation/
establishment


  

Authorized, issued and

paid up capital


   Attributable
equity
interest %


    Principal activities

      Authorized

   Issued and paid up

    

Anhui Mobile BVI

   BVI
May 10,
2002
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Anhui Mobile

   PRC
January 29,
2002
   —      RMB4,099    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Jiangxi Mobile BVI

   BVI
May 10,
2002
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Jiangxi Mobile

   PRC
January 18,
2002
   —      RMB2,933    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Chongqing Mobile BVI

   BVI
May 10,
2002
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Chongqing Mobile

   PRC
January 28,
2002
   —      RMB3,030    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Sichuan Mobile BVI

   BVI
May 10,
2002
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Sichuan Mobile

   PRC
February 4,
2002
   —      RMB7,484    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Hubei Mobile BVI

   BVI
May 10,
2002
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Hubei Mobile

   PRC
February 1,
2002
   —      RMB3,961    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Hunan Mobile BVI

   BVI
May 10,
2002
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

 

F-84


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

30 Principal subsidiaries (Continued)

 

Details of the Company’s principal subsidiaries are as follows (Continued):

 

Name of company


   Place and
date of
incorporation/
establishment


  

Authorized, issued and

paid up capital


   Attributable
equity
interest %


    Principal activities

      Authorized

   Issued and paid up

    

Hunan Mobile

   PRC
February 6,
2002
   —      RMB4,016    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Shaanxi Mobile BVI

   BVI
May 10,
2002
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Shaanxi Mobile

   PRC
February 3,
2002
   —      RMB3,171    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Shanxi Mobile BVI

   BVI
May 10,
2002
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Shanxi Mobile

   PRC
February 4,
2002
   —      RMB2,773    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Neimenggu Mobile BVI

   BVI
March 4,
2004
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Neimenggu Mobile

   PRC
January 16,
2004
   —      RMB2,863    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Jilin Mobile BVI

   BVI
March 4,
2004
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Jilin Mobile

   PRC
January 18,
2004
   —      RMB3,278    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Heilongjiang Mobile BVI

   BVI
March 4,
2004
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Heilongjiang Mobile

   PRC
February 2,
2004
   —      RMB4,501    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

 

F-85


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

30 Principal subsidiaries (Continued)

 

Details of the Company’s principal subsidiaries are as follows (Continued):

 

Name of company


  

Place and

date of
incorporation/
establishment


  

Authorized, issued and

paid up capital


   Attributable
equity
interest %


    Principal activities

      Authorized

   Issued and paid up

    

Guizhou Mobile BVI

   BVI
March 4, 2004
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Guizhou Mobile

   PRC
January 19,
2004
   —      RMB2,542    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Yunnan Mobile BVI

   BVI
March 4, 2004
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Yunnan Mobile

   PRC
January 19,
2004
   —      RMB4,137    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Xizang Mobile BVI

   BVI
March 4, 2004
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Xizang Mobile

   PRC
February 9,
2004
   —      RMB849    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Gansu Mobile BVI

   BVI
March 4, 2004
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Gansu Mobile

   PRC
January 29,
2004
   —      RMB1,703    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Qinghai Mobile BVI

   BVI
March 4, 2004
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Qinghai Mobile

   PRC
February 2,
2004
   —      RMB903    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Ningxia Mobile BVI

   BVI
March 4, 2004
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Ningxia Mobile

   PRC
January 30,
2004
   —      RMB740    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

Xinjiang Mobile BVI

   BVI
March 4, 2004
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Xinjiang Mobile

   PRC
February 3,
2004
   —      RMB2,582    100 %   Mobile
telecommunications
operator

 

F-86


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

30 Principal subsidiaries (Continued)

 

Details of the Company’s principal subsidiaries are as follows (Continued):

 

Name of company


  

Place and

date of
incorporation/
establishment


  

Authorized, issued and

paid up capital


   Attributable
equity
interest %


    Principal activities

      Authorized

   Issued and paid up

    

Zhongjing Design Institute BVI

   BVI
March 4, 2004
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

Jingyi Design Institute

   PRC
March 15,
2004
   —      RMB160    100 %   Provision of
telecommunications
network planning
design and
consulting services

CMC BVI

   BVI
March 4, 2004
   10,000 shares
at HK$1
   1 share at HK$1    100 %   Investment holding
company

CMC

   PRC
February 27,
2004
   —      RMB1,642    100 %   Network and
business
coordination center

China Mobile Holding Company Limited

   PRC
June 9,
2000
   —      US$30    100 %   Investment holding
company

China Mobile (Shenzhen) Limited

   PRC
March 20,
2003
   —      US$8    100 %   Provision of
roaming clearance
services

Aspire Holdings Limited

   Cayman
Islands

June 5,
2000
   1,500,000,000
shares at

HK$0.1
   HK$94    66.41 %   Investment holding
company

Aspire (BVI) Limited

   BVI
June 7,
2000
   50,000 shares
at US$1
   US$0.001    66.41 %   Investment holding
company

Aspire Technologies (Shenzhen) Limited

   PRC
December 1,
2000
   —      US$10    66.41 %   Technology
platform
development and
maintenance

Aspire Information Network (Shenzhen) Limited

   PRC
August 1,
2001
   —      US$5    66.41 %   Provision of mobile
data solutions,
system integration
and development

 

F-87


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

30 Principal subsidiaries (Continued)

 

Details of the Company’s principal subsidiaries are as follows (Continued):

 

Name of company


   Place and date of
incorporation/
establishment


  

Authorized, issued and

paid up capital


   Attributable
equity
interest %


    Principal activities

      Authorized

   Issued and paid up

    

Aspire Information

Technologies (Beijing) Limited

   PRC
October 9, 2004
   —      US$ 1    66.41 %   Technology
platform
development and
maintenance

Fujian FUNO

   PRC
April 8, 1998
   —      US$ 4    51 %   Network planning
and optimizing
construction-
testing and
supervising,
technology support,
development and
training of Nokia
GSM 900/1800
Mobile
Communication
System

 

Dividend declared in respect of previous financial year, approved and paid by the Company’s subsidiaries for the financial years ended December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 amounting to RMB18,000, RMB27,301 and RMB25,978 respectively. All dividend income from these subsidiaries was entirely eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

 

31 Post balance sheet events

 

After the balance sheet date the directors proposed a final dividend. Further details are disclosed in Note 9.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP

 

The Group’s accounting policies conform with generally accepted accounting principles in Hong Kong (“HK GAAP”) which differ in certain material respects from those applicable generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”).

 

The significant differences relate principally to the following items and the adjustments considered necessary to present the net profit and shareholders’ equity in accordance with US GAAP are shown in the tables set out below:

 

(a) Effect of combination of entities under common control

 

Under HK GAAP, the Group adopted the purchase accounting method to account for the purchase of subsidiaries from the holding company. Under the purchase accounting method, the acquired results are included in the results of operations from the date of their acquisition. For acquisitions before January 1, 2001, goodwill arising on the acquisition, being the excess of the cost over the fair value of the Group’s share of the separable net assets acquired, is eliminated against reserves immediately on acquisition. For acquisitions on or after January 1, 2001, goodwill arising on the acquisition is amortized to the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over 20 years.

 

As a result of the Group and the acquired subsidiaries being under common control prior to the acquisition, such acquisitions under US GAAP are considered “combinations of entities under common control”. Under US GAAP, combinations of entities under common control are accounted for under the “as if pooling-of-interests” method, whereby assets and liabilities are accounted for at historical cost and the financial statements of previously separate companies for periods prior to the combination are restated on a combined basis. The consideration paid and payable by the Group has been treated as distribution to owner in the year of acquisition. Goodwill arising on consolidation and the amortization of goodwill which are recognized under HK GAAP has been reversed for US GAAP purposes.

 

(b) Capitalization of interest

 

Under HK GAAP, interest costs are only capitalized to the extent that funds are borrowed and used for the purpose of obtaining qualifying asset which necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

(b) Capitalization of interest (Continued)

 

Under US GAAP, interest costs capitalized are determined based on specific borrowings related to the acquisition or construction of an asset, if an entity’s financing plans associate a specific new borrowing with a qualifying asset. If average accumulated expenditures for the asset exceed the amounts of specific new borrowings associated with an asset, additional interest costs capitalized are based on the weighted average interest rate applicable to other borrowings of the entity.

 

(c) Revaluation and impairment of fixed assets

 

For certain periods prior to May 31, 1997, the fixed assets of the subsidiaries were revalued in compliance with PRC rules and regulations, resulting in an increase in shareholders’ equity.

 

Additionally, the fixed assets of the subsidiaries were revalued as a result of the restructuring occurred in 1997 and the subsequent acquisitions. These fixed asset revaluations result in an increase in shareholders’ equity with respect to the increase in carrying amount of certain fixed assets above their historical cost bases, except the Fourth Acquisition and Fifth Acquisition.

 

In connection with the Fourth Acquisition and the Fifth Acquisition, the fixed assets of the subsidiaries acquired were revalued at December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2003 respectively. Such revaluations resulted in an increase directly to those shareholders’ equity with respect to the increase in carrying amount of certain fixed assets above their historical cost bases, and a charge to the statements of income with respect to the decrease in carrying amount of certain fixed assets below their historical cost bases.

 

The carrying amount of fixed assets under HK GAAP is reviewed periodically in order to assess whether the recoverable amount has declined below the carrying amount. When such a decline occurs, the carrying amount is reduced to the recoverable amount based on the expected future cash flows generated by the fixed assets, discounted to their present values using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. A subsequent increase in the recoverable amount is written back to results of operations when circumstances and events that led to the write-down or write-off cease to exist.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

(c) Revaluation and impairment of fixed assets (Continued)

 

Under US GAAP, fixed assets are stated at their historical cost, less accumulated depreciation. Accordingly, the revaluation reserve recorded directly to shareholders’ equity and the charge to income statement under HK GAAP as a result of the revaluation of fixed assets are reversed for US GAAP purposes. Additionally, as a result of the tax deductibility of the revaluation, a deferred tax asset related to the reversal of the net revaluation reserve is created under US GAAP with a corresponding increase in shareholders’ equity.

 

Under US GAAP, fixed assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amounts of the assets exceed the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Any subsequent increase in the recoverable amount written back to results of operations when circumstances and events that led to the write-down or write-off cease to exist under HK GAAP is reversed for US GAAP purposes.

 

For the years presented, there were no differences related to impairment charges under HK GAAP and US GAAP. The US GAAP difference as shown in the reconciliation represents the reversal of revaluation reserves and the related depreciation which are recognized under HK GAAP.

 

(d) Employee housing scheme

 

The Group provides staff quarters under its employee housing schemes at below market prices. Under HK GAAP, employee housing scheme costs borne by the corresponding PTAs and not charged to the subsidiaries are not recognized by the subsidiaries.

 

Under US GAAP, employee housing scheme costs borne by the corresponding PTAs and not charged to the subsidiaries are reflected as an expense in the statement of income and a corresponding capital contribution. Additionally, under US GAAP, the costs to be borne by the subsidiaries are accrued over the term of the program.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

(e) Deferred taxation

 

Until December 31, 2002, under HK GAAP, the Group provides for deferred tax liabilities only to the extent that there is a reasonable probability that such deferred tax liabilities will become payable in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax assets are not recognized unless their realization is assured beyond reasonable doubt.

 

With effect from January 1, 2003, in order to comply with SSAP 12 (revised) issued by the HKICPA, the Group adopted a new accounting policy for deferred tax. Deferred tax assets and liabilities arise from deductible and taxable temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the tax bases respectively. The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset is reviewed at each balance sheet date and is reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow the related tax benefit to be utilized. Any such reduction is reversed to the extent that it becomes probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available. The new accounting policy has been adopted retrospectively.

 

Under US GAAP, provisions are made for all deferred taxes as they arise, except a valuation allowance is provided against deferred tax assets when realization of such amounts does not meet the criteria of “more likely than not”. For the years presented, there were no differences related to the recognition of deferred tax under HK GAAP and US GAAP. The US GAAP difference as shown in the reconciliation represents the deferred tax effects of US GAAP adjustments.

 

(f) Share option scheme

 

The Group grants share options to directors and employees. Under HK GAAP, the proceeds received are recognized as an increase to capital upon the exercise of the share options.

 

Under US GAAP, the Group determines compensation expenses based upon the excess, if any, of the quoted market price of the shares on the date of grant over the exercise price of the options and amortizes this amount over the vesting period of the option concerned.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

(g) Revenue recognition

 

Until June 30, 1999, under both HK GAAP and US GAAP, connection fees revenue and telephone number selection fees were recognized as received. Under US GAAP, effective July 1, 1999, net connection fees and telephone number selection fees received in excess of direct costs were deferred and recognized over the estimated customer usage period of approximately 48 months.

 

Under US GAAP, effective January 1, 2000, the Group adopted provisions of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” (“SAB 101”). In December 2003, Staff Accounting Bulletin No.104, “Revenue Recognition” (“SAB 104”) updates the guidance in SAB 101 and Emerging Issues Task Force Issue 00-21 “Revenue Arrangement with Multiple Deliverable” (“EITF 00-21”). EITF 00-21 addresses certain aspects of the accounting by a vendor for arrangements under which the vendor will perform multiple revenue generating activities. Under SAB 104, connection fees and telephone number selection fees received and incremental direct costs up to, but not exceeding such fees, were deferred and amortized over the estimated customer usage period for the related service. The cumulative effect from the adoption of SAB 104 was not material.

 

(h) Interconnection, roaming and leased line agreements

 

In May 2000, the Group entered into new agreements with China Mobile for inter-provincial interconnection and domestic and international roaming services, and inter-provincial long distance transmission leased line arrangement with retrospective effect from October 1, 1999 for Guangdong Mobile, Zhejiang Mobile and Jiangsu Mobile and from April 1, 1999 for Fujian Mobile, Henan Mobile and Hainan Mobile. Under HK GAAP, the net savings refunded to the Group as a result of the two agreements taking retrospective effect were recorded in operations for the year ended December 31, 2000. Under US GAAP, such net savings are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over seven years.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

(i) Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 123 (revised 2004)

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS 123R”), which requires companies to measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payments at fair value. SFAS No.123R replaces SFAS No.123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation and supersedes APB Opinion No.25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”. SFAS No.123R is effective for all interim and annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Under a new US Securities and Exchange Commission rule, a company may elect to adopt the provisions of SFAS No.123R at the beginning of their first annual period beginning after June 15, 2005. Consequently, the Company has elected to defer adoption of SFAS No.123R until January 1, 2006. The Company is in the process of determining the impact of the adoption of SFAS No.123R. The pro forma results disclosed are not necessarily indicative of what the impact of SFAS No.123R will be upon adoption.

 

SFAS No. 153

 

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets”, which eliminates an exception in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 29, “Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions”, for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. This Statement will be effective for the Group for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring on or after January 1, 2006. The Group does not believe that the adoption of SFAS 153 will have a significant effect on its financial statements.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

(j) Related party transactions

 

The Group has transactions with the state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC.

 

Under HK GAAP, transactions of the Group entered into with the state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC are not disclosed as related party transactions.

 

Under US GAAP, transactions between the Group and the state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC are also disclosed as related party transactions. Details of transactions between the Group and the state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC are contained in Note 33.

 

(k) Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 00-21

 

In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue 00-21 (EITF 00-21) “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables”. EITF 00-21 addresses certain aspects of the accounting by a vendor for arrangements under which the vendor will perform multiple revenue generating activities, EITF 00-21 will be effective for interim periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The Group was required to adopt EITF 00-21 on January 1, 2004. The adoption of EITF 00-21 had no effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

The effect on net profit of significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP is as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Net profit under HK GAAP

   32,601     35,556     42,004  

Adjustments:

                  

Effect of combination of entities under common control, net of tax

   5,088     (1,358 )   1,587  

Capitalized interest

   (100 )   (96 )   (116 )

Revaluation of fixed assets

   672     3,984     (380 )

Share option scheme

   (331 )   (192 )   (86 )

Amortization of net connection fees and telephone number selection fees

   853     659     109  

Amortization of net savings from interconnection, roaming and leased line agreements

   85     86     86  

Reversal of goodwill amortization

   936     1,850     1,930  

Deferred tax effects of US GAAP adjustments

   (388 )   (969 )   (73 )
    

 

 

Net profit under US GAAP

   39,416     39,520     45,061  
    

 

 

Basic net profit per share in accordance with US GAAP

   2.01     2.01     2.29  
    

 

 

Diluted net profit per share in accordance with US GAAP

   2.01     2.01     2.29  
    

 

 

Basic net profit per ADS* in accordance with US GAAP

   10.07     10.05     11.45  
    

 

 

Diluted net profit per ADS* in accordance with US GAAP

   10.06     10.03     11.43  
    

 

 


* Based on a ratio of 5 ordinary shares to one ADS

 

F-96


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

The effect on shareholders’ equity of significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP is as follows:

 

     As of December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Shareholders’ equity under HK GAAP

   198,803     233,161  

Adjustments:

            

Effect of combination of entities under common control

   25,766     —    

Capitalized interest

   380     264  

Revaluation of fixed assets

            

- Cost

   (7,796 )   (7,796 )

- Accumulated depreciation and other

   8,451     8,071  

Deferred tax adjustments on revaluations

   21     (57 )

Employee housing scheme

   (1,674 )   (1,674 )

Deemed capital contribution for employee housing scheme

   1,674     1,674  

Deferral of net connection fees and telephone number selection fees

   (115 )   (6 )

Deferral of net savings from interconnection, roaming and leased line agreements

   (286 )   (200 )

Reversal of goodwill

   (34,373 )   (35,300 )

Deferred tax effects of US GAAP adjustments

   (23 )   (18 )
    

 

Shareholders’ equity under US GAAP

   190,828     198,119  
    

 

 

As a result of the Group and the acquired entities purchased in 2004 being under common control, the condensed financial information of the Group under US GAAP for the years presented have been restated to reflect the combination of the Group and these acquired entities under the “as if pooling-of-interest’ method, whereby assets and liabilities are accounted for at historical cost and the financial statements of previously separate companies for periods prior to the combination are restated on a combined basis.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

The following are condensed consolidated balance sheets of the Group as of December 31, 2003 and 2004, and the related condensed consolidated statements of income, total shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2004, restated to reflect the impact of the differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP.

 

Condensed consolidated statements of income

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Operating revenue

                  

Usage fees

   117,392     125,702     136,876  

Monthly fees

   22,234     24,067     26,458  

Connection fees

   1,505     1,173     252  

Other operating revenue

   21,828     29,339     40,678  
    

 

 

Total operating revenue

   162,959     180,281     204,264  
    

 

 

Operating expenses

                  

Cost of services (excluding depreciation of Rmb32,801, Rmb41,936 and Rmb47,133 included below)

   28,103     24,757     21,357  

Depreciation

   32,801     41,936     47,133  

Selling, general and administration

   45,087     56,909     74,513  
    

 

 

Total operating expenses

   105,991     123,602     143,003  
    

 

 

Operating profits

   56,968     56,679     61,261  

Other net income

   2,050     2,667     3,343  

Non-operating net income

   739     527     949  

Interest income

   788     860     1,032  

Interest expenses

   (2,141 )   (2,213 )   (1,738 )
    

 

 

Profit before tax

   58,404     58,520     64,847  

Income tax

   (18,986 )   (19,009 )   (19,764 )
    

 

 

Profit after tax

   39,418     39,511     45,083  

Minority interests

   (2 )   9     (22 )
    

 

 

Net income

   39,416     39,520     45,061  
    

 

 

 

F-98


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

Condensed consolidated statements of income (Continued)

 

     Year ended December 31,

     2002

   2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB    RMB

Basic net profit per share

   RMB 2.01    RMB 2.01    RMB 2.29
    
  
  

Basic net profit per ADS*

   RMB 10.07    RMB 10.05    RMB 11.45
    
  
  

Diluted net profit per share

   RMB 2.01    RMB 2.01    RMB 2.29
    
  
  

Diluted net profit per ADS*

   RMB 10.06    RMB 10.03    RMB 11.43
    
  
  

* Based on a ratio of 5 ordinary shares to one ADS

 

F-99


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

Condensed consolidated balance sheets

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Assets

         

Current assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   40,300    45,149

Deposits with banks

   17,352    20,264

Accounts receivable

   6,652    6,447

Other receivables

   2,091    1,835

Tax recoverable

   258    235

Deferred tax – current portion

   2,243    1,843

Inventories

   2,380    2,499

Prepayments and other current assets

   2,630    2,974

Amount due from ultimate holding company

   1,143    356

Amounts due from related parties

   170    150
    
  

Total current assets

   75,219    81,752

Fixed assets

   206,635    218,602

Construction in progress

   33,429    31,239

Investment securities

   77    77

Interest in associates

   16    —  

Deferred tax – non-current

   1,211    2,232

Deferred expenses

   311    101
    
  

Total assets

   316,898    334,003
    
  

 

F-100


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

Condensed consolidated balance sheets

 

     December 31,

     2003

   2004

     RMB    RMB

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

         

Current liabilities

         

Accounts payable

   27,511    33,005

Bills payable

   2,083    1,676

Bank loans and other interest-bearing borrowings

   18,230    8,180

Obligation under capital lease – current portion

   78    68

Taxes payable

   4,521    6,664

Amounts due to related parties

   2,305    2,208

Accrued expenses and other payables

   25,480    32,372

Amount due to immediate holding company

   47    98

Amount due to ultimate holding company

   1,595    459

Amount due to fellow subsidiaries

   2,830    —  

Deferred revenue - current portion

   10,188    12,936
    
  

Total current liabilities

   94,868    97,666

Bank loans and other interest-bearing borrowings

   19,407    13,000

Deferred revenue – long term portion

   1,422    1,155

Deferred taxation – non-current

   215    187

Amount due to immediate holding company

   9,976    23,633
    
  

Total liabilities

   125,888    135,641

Minority interests

   182    243

Shareholders’ equity

   190,828    198,119
    
  

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   316,898    334,003
    
  

 

F-101


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

Condensed consolidated statements of total shareholders’ equity for the following years:

 

     RMB

 

Shareholders’ equity at January 1, 2002

   153,572  

Net profit for the year ended December 31, 2002

   39,416  

Issue of ordinary shares

   27,681  

Deemed capital distribution

   (70,959 )

Distribution to owner

   (911 )

Contribution by owner

   10,806  

Stock-based compensation

   331  
    

Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2002

   159,936  

Net profit for the year ended December 31, 2003

   39,520  

Distribution to owner

   (11,141 )

Contribution by owner

   911  

Tax effect on evaluation

   1,410  

Stock-based compensation

   192  
    

Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2003

   190,828  

Net profit for the year ended December 31, 2004

   45,061  

Issue of ordinary shares

   703  

Deemed capital distribution

   (30,210 )

Distribution to owner

   (8,349 )

Stock-based compensation

   86  
    

Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2004

   198,119  
    

 

F-102


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows

 

The Group applies Hong Kong Statement of Standard Accounting Practice No. 15 (revised 2001) “Cash Flow Statements” (“HK SSAP 15”). Its objectives and principles are similar to those set out in SFAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows” (“SFAS 95”). The principal differences between the standards relate to classification. Under HK SSAP 15, the Group presents its cash flows for (a) operating activities; (b) investing activities; and (c) financing activities. Dividend received and interest received under investing activities and interest paid under financing activities shown under HK SSAP 15 would be included as operating activities under SFAS 95, with the exception of distributions, which under SFAS 95 would be classified as financing activities. Summarized cash flow data by operating, investing and financing activities in accordance with SFAS 95 are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from

                  

Operating activities

   88,429     93,131     111,112  

Investing activities

   (54,827 )   (63,571 )   (65,619 )

Financing activities

   (27,388 )   (23,549 )   (40,644 )
    

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

   6,214     6,011     4,849  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   28,075     34,289     40,300  
    

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   34,289     40,300     45,149  
    

 

 

Interest paid (net of amounts capitalized)

   2,105     2,831     2,040  
    

 

 

Income taxes paid

   19,155     18,668     18,244  
    

 

 

 

F-103


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

32 Significant differences between HK GAAP and US GAAP (Continued)

 

Significant non-cash transactions

 

The Group incurred payables of RMB23,980 and RMB1,675 to equipment suppliers and banks respectively for additions of construction in progress during the year ended December 31, 2004.

 

The Group incurred payables of RMB20,790 and RMB2,059 to equipment suppliers and banks respectively for additions of construction in progress during the year ended December 31, 2003.

 

The Group incurred payables of RMB14,173 and RMB1,273 to equipment suppliers and banks respectively for additions of construction in progress during the year ended December 31, 2002.

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP

 

The following additional financial statement disclosures are required under US GAAP and are presented on a US GAAP basis.

 

Income tax

 

The Company is subject to Hong Kong profits tax at 16% for the year ended December 31, 2002 and 17.5% for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004. No provision for Hong Kong profits tax has been made as there was no assessable profit earned by the Company for the year.

 

The Group’s PRC subsidiaries are subject to the statutory income tax rate of 33%, except for certain subsidiaries of the Company and certain operations of the subsidiaries located within special economic zones in the PRC, which enjoy a preferential rate of 30% and 15% respectively.

 

The components of income before income taxes are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Hong Kong operation

   (1 )   (2 )   (1 )

PRC operation

   58,405     58,522     64,848  
    

 

 

     58,404     58,520     64,847  
    

 

 

 

F-104


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

Income tax (Continued)

 

The components of PRC income tax expense are as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

   2004

 
     RMB     RMB    RMB  

Current

   20,046     15,845    19,788  

Deferred

   (1,060 )   3,164    (24 )
    

 
  

     18,986     19,009    19,764  
    

 
  

 

The provision for income tax differs from the amount computed by applying the PRC statutory income tax rate of 33% to profit before tax and minority interests for the following reasons:

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2002

    2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB     RMB  

Expected PRC taxation at statutory tax rates

   19,273     19,312     21,400  

Non-taxable items

                  

- Connection fee

   (182 )   (179 )   (27 )

- Interest income

   (25 )   (12 )   (26 )

- Amortization of deferred tax credit

   (30 )   (70 )   (125 )

Non-deductible expenses on PRC operations

   953     1,523     415  

Non-deductible expenses on Hong Kong operations

   242     324     217  

Rate differential on PRC operations

   (1,336 )   (1,732 )   (1,902 )

Rate differential on Hong Kong operations

   229     277     166  

Reversal of deferred taxation due to change of income tax rate

   (9 )   23     169  

Over-provision for prior year

   (14 )   (375 )   (357 )

Others

   (115 )   (82 )   (166 )
    

 

 

Income tax

   18,986     19,009     19,764  
    

 

 

 

F-105


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

Income tax (Continued)

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below.

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Deferred tax assets:

            

Inventories

   23     30  

Accounts receivable

   1,300     894  

Fixed assets

   1,046     2,169  

Accrued expenses and other payable

   606     876  

Deferred revenue

   479     106  
    

 

Gross deferred tax assets

   3,454     4,075  

Deferred tax liabilities:

            

Fixed assets

   (215 )   (187 )
    

 

Net deferred tax assets

   3,239     3,888  

Less: Current portion of net deferred tax assets

   (2,243 )   (1,843 )
    

 

     996     2,045  
    

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Accounts receivable

   11,821     10,100  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

   (5,169 )   (3,653 )
    

 

     6,652     6,447  
    

 

 

F-106


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

Accounts receivable (Continued)

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts is analyzed as follows:

 

     RMB

 

At January 1, 2002

   5,546  

Provision for the year

   2,472  

Written-off

   (2,771 )
    

At December 31, 2002

   5,247  

Provision for the year

   2,579  

Written-off

   (2,657 )
    

At December 31, 2003

   5,169  

Provision for the year

   2,569  

Written-off

   (4,085 )
    

At December 31, 2004

   3,653  
    

 

Other receivables

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Other receivables

   2,206     1,974  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

   (115 )   (139 )
    

 

     2,091     1,835  
    

 

 

F-107


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

Other receivables (Continued)

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts is analyzed as follows:

 

     RMB

 

At January 1, 2002

   —    

Provision for the year

   148  

Written-off

   (23 )
    

At December 31, 2002

   125  

Provision for the year

   90  

Written-off

   (100 )
    

At December 31, 2003

   115  

Provision for the year

   46  

Written-off

   (22 )
    

At December 31, 2004

   139  
    

 

Fixed assets

 

     December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Land use rights and buildings

   28,829     36,731  

Telecommunications transceivers, switching centers, transmission and other network equipment

   298,589     339,700  

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures and others

   15,377     16,687  
    

 

     342,795     393,118  

Less: accumulated depreciation

   (136,160 )   (174,516 )
    

 

     206,635     218,602  
    

 

 

F-108


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

Deferred revenue and other items

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Balance at beginning of year

   10,126     11,610  

Addition during the year

   56,342     85,248  

Recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income

   (54,858 )   (82,767 )
    

 

Balance at end of year

   11,610     14,091  

Less: Current portion

   (10,188 )   (12,936 )
    

 

     1,422     1,155  
    

 

 

Deferred revenue comprises:

 

  (i) the unamortized portion of proceeds received by Guangdong Mobile from certain distributors of telecommunications services which are amortized over a period of seven years;

 

  (ii) the unamortized portion of connection fees and telephone number selection fees received which are recognized over the estimated subscriber usage period for the related services;

 

  (iii) the deferred tax credit of purchase of domestic telecommunications equipment which is amortized over the remaining lives of the related fixed assets;

 

  (iv) the prepaid services fees received from subscribers which are recognized as income when the mobile telecommunications services are rendered upon actual usage by subscribers; and

 

  (v) the unamortized portion of net savings attributable to the Group as a result of the provincial interconnection, roaming and leased line agreements.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

Deferred expenses

 

     Year ended December 31,

 
     2003

    2004

 
     RMB     RMB  

Balance at beginning of year

   912     311  

Recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income

   (601 )   (210 )
    

 

Balance at end of year

   311     101  
    

 

 

Deferred expenses comprise:

 

  (i) the unamortized portion of issuance costs in respect of the fixed rate notes, convertible notes and bonds; and

 

  (ii) the unamortized portion of direct costs related to connection fees and telephone number selection fees received.

 

Stock option plan

 

Details of the Company’s stock option plan and options granted under the plan are contained in Note 28. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used for grants: expected dividend yield of 2% and 2.65% during 2002 and 2004; expected volatility of 32.44% and 27.38% for the share option granted during 2002 and 2004 respectively; risk-free interest rate of 5.3% and 4.1% during 2002 and 2004 respectively; and expected life of 10 years and 10 years during 2002 and 2004 respectively. The per share fair value of stock options granted during 2002 and 2004 were HK$9.15 and HK$6.64 on the date of grant, respectively.

 

F-110


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

Stock option plan (continued)

 

The Company applies the intrinsic-value-based method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, and related interpretations including FASB Interpretation No. 44, “Account for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation, an interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25”, issued in March 2000, to account for its plan. Under this method, compensation expense is recorded on the date of grant only if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price. FASB No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and FASB Statement No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation – Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB 123”, established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. As permitted by existing accounting standards, the Company has elected to continue to apply the intrinsic-valued-based method of accounting described above, and has adopted only the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123, as amended. The compensation cost that has been charged against income for US GAAP for the Company’s stock option plan was RMB331 for 2002, RMB192 for 2003 and RMB86 for 2004. The following table illustrates the effect on net income if the fair-value-based method had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards in each period.

 

          Year ended December 31,

 
          2003

    2004

 
          RMB     RMB  

Net profit, as reported

        39,520     45,061  

Add stock-based employee compensation expense included in net income

        192     86  

Deduct total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair-value-based method

        (1,158 )   (842 )
         

 

Proforma net income

        38,554     44,305  
         

 

Basic net profit per share

   As reported
Pro forma
   2.01
1.96
 
 
  2.29
2.25
 
 

Diluted net profit per share

   As reported
Pro forma
   2.01
1.96
 
 
  2.29
2.25
 
 

 

F-111


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

Net profit per share

 

The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted net profit per share computations prepared under US GAAP.

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2002

   For the year ended December 31, 2003

   For the year ended December 31, 2004

    

Income

(Numerator)


  

Shares

(Denominator)


   Per share
amount


  

Income

(Numerator)


  

Shares

(Denominator)


   Per share
Amount


  

Income

(Numerator)


  

Shares

(Denominator)


  

Per share

Amount


Basic net profit per share

   39,416    19,561    2.01    39,520    19,672    2.01    45,061    19,673    2.29
              
            
            

Effect of dilutive securities

                                            

Convertible notes

   129    91         129    91         129    91     

Stock options

   —      1         —      —           —      10     
    
  
       
  
       
  
    

Diluted net profit per share

   39,545    19,653    2.01    39,649    19,763    2.01    45,190    19,774    2.29
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

Fair value

 

Financial assets of the Group include cash and cash equivalents, deposits with banks, accounts receivable, other receivables and amounts due from related parties. Financial liabilities of the Group include accounts payable, bank and other loans, other payables and amounts due to related parties. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of the amounts due from and due to related parties without incurring excessive cost.

 

The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair values of the Group’s bank and other loans as of December 31, 2003 and 2004:

 

     December 31, 2003

   December 31, 2004

     Carrying
amount


  

Fair

Value


   Carrying
amount


  

Fair

value


     RMB    RMB    RMB    RMB

Fixed rate bank and other loans

   1,659    1,668    1,432    1,408

Variable rate bank and other loans

   12,259    12,259    1,023    1,023

Fixed rate notes

   4,984    5,209    —      —  

Convertible notes

   5,735    5,713    5,725    5,666

Bonds

   13,000    13,054    13,000    12,119
    
  
  
  

Total

   37,637    37,903    21,180    20,216
    
  
  
  

 

The fair values of all other financial instruments approximate their carrying amounts due to the nature or short maturity of these instruments.

 

F-112


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

Related party transactions

 

    Year ended December 31,

         2002

   2003

   2004

     Note   RMB    RMB    RMB

Interconnection revenue

   (ii)   12,458    9,624    5,940

Interconnection charges

   (ii)   16,838    15,103    11,911

Leased line charges

   (ii)   6,751    5,501    3,719

Spectrum fees

   (i)   278    635    406

Operating lease charges

   (ii)   559    577    643

Sales commission expenses

   (iii)   109    74    69

Debt collection service fees

   (iv)   81    68    43

Billing service fees

   (v)   10    5    5

Roaming billing processing fees

   (i)   438    375    22

Equipment maintenance service fees

   (i)   55    66    89

Rental charges of synchronized clock ports

   (vi)   28    21    26

Construction and related service fees

   (i)   1,067    720    366

Purchases of transmission tower and transmission tower-related service and antenna maintenance service fees

   (i)   208    98    197

Technology platform development and maintenance service income

   (i)   39    22    25

Telecommunications lines maintenance service fees

   (i)   158    235    157

Interest paid/payable

   (i)   1,107    1,091    721

Network design fee

   (vii)   192    105    48

Rental income

   (viii)   7    —      —  

Capital contributions

   (ix)   10,806    911    —  

Distributions

   (x)   911    1,123    —  

 

F-113


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

Related party transactions (Continued)

 

Notes:

 

(i)   Descriptions of the nature of the related party transactions are set forth in Note 26.
(ii)   Descriptions of the nature of the related party transactions are set forth in Note 26. The amounts also include charges paid or payable to the state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC.
(iii)   Sales commission expenses represent sales commission paid or payable to the state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC for the selling of prepaid cards on behalf of the Company’s subsidiaries.
(iv)   Debt collection service fees represent service fees paid or payable to the state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC for the provision of debt collection service to the Company’s subsidiaries.
(v)   Billing service fees represent service fees paid or payable to the state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC for the provision of billing processing services to the Company’s subsidiaries.
(vi)   Rental charges of synchronized clock ports represent the amount paid or payable to China Mobile for the rental of synchronized clock ports.
(vii)   Network design fee represents amount paid or payable to subsidiaries of China Mobile for the provision of network design services.
(viii)   Rental income represents the amount received or receivable from the state-controlled telecommunications operators in the PRC for operating leases in respect of land and buildings and others.
(ix)   Capital contributions represent capital contributions in the form of cash or construction projects received from China Mobile.
(x)   Distributions represent cash payments from the Company’s subsidiaries to China Mobile.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

Segment reporting

 

SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”, established standards for reporting information about operating segments in financial statements. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.

 

The Company’s operating segments are comprised of its mobile telecommunications businesses operated within the thirty-one provinces, autonomous regions and municipalities in the PRC. The operating segments are managed separately because each operating segment represents a strategic business unit that serves different markets. All operating segments provide mobile telecommunications services to individual customers within their geographic market. The Company’s operating segments have been aggregated into a single reportable segment as permitted under US GAAP because management believes all of the criteria for aggregation have been met.

 

Business risks

 

The Group conducts its principal operations in the PRC and accordingly is subject to special considerations and significant risks not typically associated with investments in equity securities of United States and Western European companies. These include risks associated with, among others, the political, economic and legal environment, extensive government regulations and competition in the mobile telecommunications industry.

 

F-115


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

New telecommunications law

 

In order to provide a uniform regulatory framework for the telecommunications industry in the PRC, the MII, pursuant to the direction of the PRC State Council, is currently preparing a draft of the Telecommunications Law of the PRC (the “Telecommunications Law”). The draft law, when formulated, will be submitted to the National People’s Congress for review and adoption. It is unclear if and when the Telecommunications Law will be adopted, and the nature and scope of regulation envisaged by the Telecommunications Law are not fully known. There can be no assurance that the Telecommunications Law, if adopted, would not have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Amount of spectrum availability

 

The Group’s mobile telecommunications system’s subscriber capacity is limited by the amount of spectrum available for use by the system. The former State Radio Regulatory Commission, now a department within the MII, is responsible for the overall allocation of radio frequency spectrum in the PRC. There can be no assurance that the Group would be granted additional spectrum when and if required, and any resulting levels of system congestion could result in subscriber dissatisfaction, decreased system usage by subscribers and increased churn rate.

 

Interconnection arrangement with networks of other operators

 

The Group’s mobile telecommunications services depend in large part upon access to the network of other operators. Any disruption of interconnection with the networks of operators could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations.

 

Changes in technology

 

The telecommunications industry is subject to rapid and significant changes in technology. Accordingly, the mobile telecommunications technologies that the Group currently employs may become obsolete or subject to competition from new technologies in the future, including new wireless telecommunications technologies. In addition, the new technologies the Group implements, such as wireless data applications, may not generate an acceptable rate of return.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(Amounts in millions, except share data)

 

33 Additional information required by US GAAP (Continued)

 

New competition

 

Current Chinese government policy concerning the telecommunications sector is to encourage orderly competition. There can be no assurance that the State Council will not approve additional telecommunications service providers in the future, including providers of mobile telecommunications services, that may compete against the Group. In additions, China’s accession into the WTO could lead to increased foreign investment in the telecommunications market in Mainland China, thereby increasing competition and foreign participation in the mobile telecommunications service sector in Mainland China. Increased competition and foreign participation may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial conditions and result of operation.

 

Self insurance risk

 

The Group does not maintain any insurance policies to cover its assets.

 

Interest rate risk

 

The interest rates and terms of repayment of the bank and other loans payable of the Group are disclosed in Note 20.

 

Foreign currency risk

 

The Group has foreign currency risk as certain loans and cash and cash equivalents are denominated in foreign currencies, principally US dollars and Hong Kong dollars. Depreciation or appreciation of the Renminbi against foreign currencies affects the Group’s results of operations.

 

Credit risk

 

Substantially all of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with Hong Kong and PRC financial

institutions. The accounts receivable of the Group are spread among a number of customers.

 

F-117

Exhibit 4.1

 

Agreement regarding Settlement of Interconnection and Roaming, Transmission Line Leasing, Usage of Spectrum Frequency & Numbering Resources

 

This agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and between the following parties on July 1, 2004, in Beijing, People’s Republic of China (the “ PRC ”):

 

1. China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited, a limited liability company duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of Hong Kong with its legal address at 60/F., The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong (“ Party A ”);

 

2. China Mobile Communications Corporation, a State-owned enterprise duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC with its legal address at No.29, Jin Rong Avenue, Xi Cheng District, Beijing, the PRC ( “ Party B ”);

 

WHEREAS,

 

  1. Party A is a company whose common shares are listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and the New York Stock Exchange.

 

  2. Party B is the indirect controlling shareholder of Party A.

 

  3. Party A is purchasing from Party B the entire interest in the ten regional mobile companies in Neimenggu and nine other provinces and autonomous regions, and Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute Company Limited and China Mobile Communication Company Limited ( “ CMC ”) (the “ Acquisition ”). Upon the completion of the Acquisition, Party A will own, directly or indirectly, 100% equity interests in 31 operational subsidiaries engaging in the telecommunication business (the “ OpCos ”) throughout Mainland China;

 

  4. Party B previously entered into various interconnection agreements with China Telecommunications Corporation (“ China Telecom ”), China Netcom Corporation Limited (“ China Netcom ”) and other telecommunications operators (collectively as “ Telecommunications Operators ”), respectively. Party A and its OpCos need to provide mobile services to its subscribers through the cooperation under these interconnection agreements entered into between Party B and the Telecommunications Operators.

 

  5. Party B previously entered into various international roaming agreements (the “ International Roaming Agreements ”) with certain international mobile telecommunications operators and those in Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan (collectively as “ International Operators ”), respectively. Party A and its OpCos need to provide international long distance mobile telecommunications services and roaming services to its subscribers through the cooperation under these international roaming agreements entered into between Party B and the International Operators.

 

  6. Party B owns the nationwide mobile telecommunications spectrum frequency and numbering resources allocated to it by the Ministry of Information Industry of the PRC ( the “ MII ”). Party A and its OpCos need to use these spectrum frequency and numbering resources.

 

1


  7. Party B has previously entered into or will enter into various long distance transmission line leasing agreements (the “ Transmission Line Leasing Agreements ”) with Telecommunications Operators and other long distance transmission line providers including radio broadcasting and television media companies (the “ Transmission Line Providers ”), respectively. In accordance with these agreements, Party B has leased or will lease certain long distance transmission lines provided by the Transmission Line Providers. Party A and its OpCos need to use these long distance transmission lines leased or to be leased by Party B.

 

  8. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, Party A and its certain OpCos had made arrangements and executed agreements with Party B in relation to interconnection and roaming, inter-provincial long distance transmission line leasing, spectrum frequency and numbering resources usage (the “Previous Agreements ”)

 

  9. In coping with the development and adjustment of business scope and strategy of Party A and Party B, the Previous Agreements entered into between Party A and its certain OpCos and Party B shall be terminated upon the completion of the Acquisition.

 

  10. After the termination of relevant arrangements under the Previous Agreements, Party A and Party B shall reach some new agreements in relation to settlement of interconnection and roaming, transmission lines leasing, usage of spectrum frequency and numbering resources.

 

For the purpose of this Agreement, the above said International Operators, the MII, Telecommunications Operators and Transmission Line Providers are collectively referred to as “ Relevant Third Parties ” hereinafter.

 

THEREFORE, following amicable consultation, Party A and Party B have concluded the following agreements to re-clarify the arrangements in relation to the settlement of interconnection and roaming, inter-provincial transmission lines leasing, usage of spectrum frequency and numbering resources:

 

  1. relevant arrangements

 

  1.1 To facilitate its execution, Party A shall, on its own behalf and on behalf of its 31 OpCos, execute this Agreement and make the relevant arrangements under this Agreement.

 

  1.2 Interconnection between telecommunications networks

 

  1.2.1 Party B shall, on behalf of Party A, maintain the interconnection arrangements with the Telecommunications Operators and perform the relevant agreements, while the 31 OpCos of Party A shall perform the actual interconnection work under the relevant agreements.

 

2


  1.2.2 Party B shall, on behalf of Party A and its OpCos, settle all the relevant usage fees and other fees with the Telecommunications Operators pursuant to the interconnection agreements, while the actual incomes or expenses shall be enjoyed and undertaken by Party A and its OpCos.

 

  1.2.3 Party B herein agrees, upon Party A’s request or notice from time to time, to negotiate with the Telecommunications Operators and modify, revise, supplement, renew or execute new interconnection agreements.

 

  1.3 Settlement of International Roaming

 

  1.3.1 During the effective period of this Agreement and before Party A or its subsidiaries are legally qualified and replace Party B to execute agreements regarding the international roaming arrangements with all International Operators, Party B shall maintain its settlement arrangements regarding roaming services with International Operators and perform the relevant International Roaming Agreements, while CMC shall undertake the actual work of fee collection and settlement under the said agreements and the 31 OpCos of Party A shall implement the actual roaming services. In the course of the above period, the actual work of fee collection and settlement under any new international roaming agreements entered into between Party B and International Operators shall be performed by CMC.

 

  1.3.2 Party B shall, on behalf of Party A and its OpCos, settle the relevant usage fees and other fees with the International Operators pursuant to the International Roaming Agreements.

 

  1.3.3 Party B herein agrees, upon Party A’s request or notice from time to time, to negotiate with the International Operators and modify, revise, supplement, renew or execute new international roaming agreements.

 

  1.4 Transmission Line Leasing

 

  1.4.1 Party B shall, on behalf of Party A, maintain the arrangements with the Transmission Line Providers regarding the lease of transmission line and continue to perform the relevant agreements, and transfer all leased long distance transmission lines to Party A or its designated OpCos for use who, as the actual leaser, shall take full responsibilities and enjoys all rights.

 

3


  1.4.2 All leasing fees of the above said transmission lines shall be borne by Party A. Party B collects all leasing fees from Party A or designated OpCos of Party A and pays the leasing fees to the relevant Transmission Line Providers.

 

  1.4.3 During the effective period of this Agreement, Party A or its designated OpCos shall, as the actual leaser and in accordance with Article 1.4.1 and 1.4.2 of this Agreement, take full responsibilities and enjoy all rights under the Transmission Line Leasing Agreement entered into by Party B and all Transmission Line Providers.

 

  1.4.4 Party B herein agrees, upon Party A’s request or notice from time to time, to negotiate with the Transmission Line Providers and modify, revise, supplement, renew or execute new Transmission Line Leasing Agreements.

 

  1.5 Spectrum Frequency and Numbering Resources Usage

 

  1.5.1 Party B transfers all spectrum frequency and numbering resources allocated to it by the MII to Party A or designated OpCos of Party A for use. Party B collects all usage fees of spectrum frequency and numbering resources determined by the MII from Party A or designated OpCos of Party A and pays the usage fees to the MII.

 

  1.5.2 Party B herein agrees to apply for new spectrum frequency and numbering resources, pursuant to Party A’s request or notice from time to time, and transfer the relevant new spectrum frequency and numbering resources obtained to Party A or designated OpCos of Party A for use.

 

  2. relevant expenses

 

  2.1 Party B herein agrees and confirms that Party B accepts the relevant terms under this Agreement and provides relevant services for free, and will not charge Party A or Party A’s OpCos for any services provided.

 

  2.2 Party B herein agrees to, upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, cease to make settlement with Party A in relation to tariffs, including but not limited to, base tariffs, international roaming charges, international long distance calling charges, and international roaming and international long distance calling charges, pursuant to terms of the former Settlement Agreements of Inter-provincial interconnection, Domestic and International Roaming.

 

  3. Responsibility and Obligation

 

  3.1 Responsibilities and Obligations of Party A

 

4


  3.1.1 Party A shall pay Party B the relevant settlement fees, transmission line leasing fees and usage fees of spectrum frequency and numbering resources two working days before the due date pursuant to the agreements entered into between party B and Relevant Third Parties. Party B then shall make payments to the Relevant Third Parties.

 

  3.1.2 Party A shall recognise each and every agreement entered into between Party B and Relevant Third Parties in relation to the subject matters of this Agreement.

 

  3.1.3 Under the circumstances where Party A needs to increase or adjust leased transmission lines due to the expansion of network capacity, Party A should provide with Party B its transmission line leasing plan in advance for Party B to apply to the transmission providers. The transmission line leasing plan should include the detailed description, implementation date, expansion scale of network capacity and technical standards of the network expansion and adjustment plan.

 

  3.1.4 To ensure the timely opening of the transmission lines leased by Party A, Party A should apply to Party B in advance and provide with the opening date and location of transmission lines. Except for expansion of network capacity, under the circumstances where Party A needs to lease a small quantity of transmission lines, Party A also should apply to Party B in advance and provide with the opening date and location of the transmission lines.

 

  3.2 Responsibilities and Obligations of Party B

 

  3.2.1 Party B shall endeavour to perform its obligations under this Agreement and ensure its performance within the scope of this Agreement.

 

  3.2.2 Party B shall notify Party A in a timely manner of the interconnection agreements, International Roaming Agreements, international roaming charges and international long distance rates of international operators.

 

  3.2.3 Party B shall transfer all settlement payment to the banking account designated by Party A within 2 working days after its receipt of payment from the Telecommunications Operators and the International Operators.

 

  3.2.4 Party B shall urge the Transmission Line Providers to properly maintain the leased inter-provincial transmission lines and other transmission lines pursuant to relevant procedures and standards, and shall be obliged to urge Transmission Line Providers to repair the broken-down transmission lines leased by Party B within the repairing time limit stipulated by the state.

 

5


  3.2.5 Under the circumstances where transmission lines leased by Party B have to be temporarily closed due to reasons such as launch of light cables, machinery shutdown for maintenance and where Party B had been notified by the Transmission Line Providers, Party B shall notify Party A within a reasonable period of time and urge the Transmission Line Providers to take appropriate measures to ensure the functioning of the transmission lines.

 

  3.2.6 Party B shall make payment to the Relevant Third Parties within two working days upon the receipt of relevant settlement fee, transmission line leasing fees, and spectrum frequency and numbering resources usage fees from Party A.

 

  3.2.7 Party B shall obtain Party A’s prior consent in writing in negotiating, modifying, revising, supplementing, renewing or executing new relevant agreements with the Relevant Third Parties in relation to the matters that should be performed by Party B under this Agreement.

 

  4. Liabilities Arising from Breach of Contract

 

  4.1 In case that Party A fails to perform any of its obligations to the Relevant Third Parties and result in any dispute between any third party and Party B and cause any losses to Party B, Party A shall compensate Party B for any and all losses and expenses incurred by Party B for settlement of the dispute.

 

  4.2 In case that Party B fails to make payments to the Relevant Third Parties in a timely manner upon receipt of payments from Party A in accordance with Article 3.2.6 of this Agreement, or fails to make payments to Party A in a timely manner upon receipt of payments from the International Operators in accordance with Article 3.2.3 of this Agreement, Party B should pay Party A a penalty of 0.05% of the amount of the late payment for each day of delay. Party B shall compensate Party A for any and all losses and expenses incurred by Party A arising from any possible claim of the Relevant Third Parties.

 

  4.3 In case that Party B takes any action that surpasses the scope of this Agreement and causes any losses or damages to Party A or itself, Party B shall take any and all responsibilities for compensation to Party A and its own losses and expenses.

 

  5. Effectiveness and Term of this Agreement

 

  5.1 After it has been duly executed by the legal persons or representatives of Party A and Party B, the Agreement shall come into effect on the date of the completion of the Acquisition.

 

  5.2 This Agreement shall be valid until 31 March 2007.

 

6


  5.3 Subject to the applicable laws and regulations, this Agreement will automatically extend 3 years upon the expiration of this Agreement or upon the expiration of extension period, unless either Party A or Party B gives a written notice to the other party 60 days before the expiration of this Agreement or any extension period informing that it will not renew this Agreement.

 

  6. Confidentiality

 

Unless otherwise provided or required by the laws or regulatory authorities, neither party shall, without prior written consent (each party shall not refuse or delay to give the consent without any reasons) of the other party, offer or disclose the contents of this Agreement or any other materials or information related to the business of the other party to any companies, enterprises, organizations or individuals.

 

  7. Assignment

 

Neither party shall, without prior written consent of the other party, transfer or assign any and all of its right(s) or obligation(s) under this Agreement.

 

  8. Governing Law and Settlement of Dispute

 

  8.1 This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and executed in accordance with the law of the PRC.

 

  8.2 Any dispute arising from or in connection with the effectiveness, interpretation or performance of this Agreement shall first be settled by Party A or Party B through friendly negotiations. In the case that no resolution is reached through consultations within 30 days after the occurrence of such dispute, any party may submit such disputes to Hong Kong International Arbitration Center for arbitration in Hong Kong in accordance with its arbitration rules then in effect. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on each party to this Agreement. Except for the matters under dispute and submitted for arbitration, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect.

 

  9. Miscellaneous

 

  9.1 Upon the unanimous agreement of the Party A and Party B hereto, the Agreement may be amended or supplemented and any of such amendment or supplementary to the Agreement shall be effective only if they are in writing and executed by the legal persons or authorized representatives of Party A and Party B.

 

7


  9.2 This Agreement is severable. Should any provision hereof for any reason at any time be declared invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions herein shall remain intact.

 

  9.3 This Agreement is executed in Chinese in four (4) original counterparts, two (2) of which shall be retained by each party hereto. Each counterpart is equally effective.

 

China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited    China Mobile Communications Corporation

Legal Person or Authorized representative

(signature)

  

Legal Person or Authorized representative

(signature)

/s/ LU Xiangdong


  

/s/ ZHANG Ligui


 

8

Exhibit 4.2

 

Dated 1 July 2004

 

CHINA MOBILE HONG KONG (BVI) LIMITED

 

CHINA MOBILE (HONG KONG) LIMITED

 

CHINA MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

 

TAX INDEMNITY


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    

Contents


   Page

1

   INTERPRETATION    1

2

   INDEMNITY    2

3

   EXCEPTIONS    2

4

   COSTS AND EXPENSES    3

5

   REIMBURSEMENT    3

6

   CONDUCT OF CLAIMS    3

7

   SET-OFF AND DEDUCTIONS    3

8

   WAIVER AND SEVERABILITY    3

9

   ASSIGNMENT    4

10

   NOTICES    4

11

   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION    4

 

i


THIS DEED OF TAX INDEMNITY is made on 1 July 2004

 

BETWEEN:

 

(1) CHINA MOBILE HONG KONG (BVI) LIMITED a company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands whose registered office is at PO Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands (the “ Vendor ”);

 

(2) CHINA MOBILE (HONG KONG) LIMITED a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong whose registered office is at 60th Floor, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong (the “ Purchaser ”); and

 

(3) CHINA MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION a company incorporated under the laws of the PRC whose registered office is at 53A Xibianmennei Dajie, Xuanwuqu, Beijing, PRC (the “ Warrantor ”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A) By a Conditional Sale and Purchase Agreement dated 28 April 2004 (the “ Agreement ”) made between the Vendor, the Warrantor and the Purchaser, the Vendor has agreed to sell and the Purchaser has agreed to purchase the Target BVI Shares (as defined in the Agreement) on the terms and conditions therein contained.

 

(B) It is a term of the Agreement that the Vendor and the Warrantor deliver to the Purchaser this Deed of Tax Indemnity on Completion (as defined in the Agreement).

 

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

  1.1 In this Deed, unless the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a) words and expressions and other rules of interpretation defined, used or set out in the Agreement have the same meanings and application in this Deed;

 

  (b) taxation ” means and includes all forms of tax, levy, duty, charge, impost, fee, deduction or withholding of any nature now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any taxing or other authority in any part of the world and includes any interest, additional tax, penalty or other charge payable or claimed in respect thereof,

 

  (c) Claim ” means any assessment, notice, demand, letter or other document issued or action taken by or on behalf of any person, authority or body whatsoever and of whatever country from which it appears that any member of the Target Companies Group is liable or is sought to be made liable to make any payment or is deprived or is sought to be deprived of any relief or allowance or credit or right to repayment of taxation;

 

  (d) event ” includes (without limitation) the death of any person, any action, omission or transaction whether or not any member of the Target Companies Group is a party thereto and includes completion of the sale of the Target BVI Shares to the Purchaser and references to the result of events on or before the date hereof shall include the combined result of two or more events one or more of which shall have taken place before the date hereof;

 

- 1 -


  (e) references to income or profits or gains earned, accrued or received shall include income or profits or gains deemed to have been or treated as or regarded as earned, accrued or received for the purposes of any legislation;

 

  (f) references to a Claim shall include any Claim whether made before or after the date hereof and whether satisfied or unsatisfied at the date hereof and shall also include:

 

  (i) the loss of any relief, allowance or credit granted by or pursuant to any legislation or otherwise for taxation purposes which could but for the Claim in question have been available to the Purchaser or any member of the Target Companies Group whether or not the said loss results in any taxation being payable at the time of such loss; and

 

  (ii) the nullifying or cancellation of a right to repayment of taxation which would have been so available or is at the date hereof assumed by the Vendor, the Warrantor or the Purchaser to be available;

 

and in such a case the amount of taxation which could otherwise have been relieved, allowed or credited by the relief, allowance or credit so lost or the amount of repayment which would otherwise have been obtained shall be treated as an amount of taxation for which a liability has arisen;

 

  (g) references to the Agreement shall be construed as references to the Agreement as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

  1.2 The expressions the Vendor, the Warrantor , the Target Companies Group and the Purchaser shall, where the context permits, include their respective successors and assigns.

 

2 INDEMNITY

 

Subject as hereinafter provided, each of the Vendor and the Warrantor hereby jointly and severally undertakes to indemnify and keep indemnified the Purchaser (for itself and as trustee for the Target Companies Group) against any loss or liability suffered by the Purchaser or any member of the Target Companies Group including, but not limited to, any diminution in the value of the assets of or shares in any member of the Target Companies Group, any payment made or required to be made by the Purchaser or any member of the Target Companies Group and any costs and expenses incurred as a result of or in connection with any Claim falling on any member of the Target Companies Group resulting from or by reference to any income, profits or gains earned, accrued or received on or before the date hereof or any event on or before the date hereof whether alone or in conjunction with other circumstances and whether or not such taxation is chargeable against or attributable to any other person, firm or company.

 

3 EXCEPTIONS

 

The indemnities given by this Deed do not cover any Claim to the extent that provision or reserve in respect thereof has been made in the Last Accounts or to the extent that payment or discharge of such Claim has been taken into account therein.

 

- 2 -


4 COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

The indemnities given by this Deed shall cover all costs and expenses incurred by the Purchaser or any member of the Target Companies Group in connection with any Claim, and any penalties, fines or interest payable by the Purchaser or any member of the Target Companies Group relating to any Claim for which the Vendor or the Warrantor is liable under this Deed.

 

5 REIMBURSEMENT

 

In the event that any Claim which is the subject of an indemnity hereunder is or has been discharged (whether by payment or by the loss of any relief, allowance, credit or right to repayment of taxation) or suffered by any member of the Target Companies Group, the indemnity given hereunder shall take effect as a covenant by the Vendor and the Warrantor forthwith to reimburse the relevant member of the Target Companies Group (through the Purchaser) for any amount so paid or to compensate the relevant member of Target Companies Group for any loss of relief, allowance, credit or right to repayment so suffered.

 

6 CONDUCT OF CLAIMS

 

If the Purchaser becomes aware of a Claim relevant for the purposes of this Deed, it shall as soon as reasonably practicable give notice thereof to the Vendor and the Warrantor and shall (subject to the Purchaser and the Target Companies Group being indemnified to the Purchaser’s satisfaction against any liability, costs, damages or expenses which may be incurred thereby) take such action and procure that the Target Companies Group shall take such action as the Vendor and the Warrantor may reasonably request to avoid, resist, dispute, defend, compromise or appeal against the Claim, provided that neither the Purchaser nor any member of the Target Companies Group shall be required to take any steps which would require any admission of guilt or liability relating to matters connected with the Claim in question or which would affect the future conduct of the business of the Purchaser or any member of the Target Companies Group or affect the rights or reputations of any of them nor shall they be required to take any such action unless the Vendor and the Warrantor shall have produced to them a leading barrister’s opinion that such action is reasonable.

 

7 SET-OFF AND DEDUCTIONS

 

All payments to be made by the Vendor and the Warrantor under this Deed shall be made in full without set-off or counterclaim or any restriction or condition and free and clear of any present or future taxes, duties, charges or other deductions or withholdings of any nature. If any deduction or withholding is required to be made from any such payment the Vendor and the Warrantor shall, together with such payment, pay such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the recipient receives the full amount due hereunder.

 

8 WAIVER AND SEVERABILITY

 

No failure or delay by the Purchaser or any member of the Target Companies Group in exercising any right, power or remedy under this Deed shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of the same preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. If at any time any provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Deed shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

- 3 -


9 ASSIGNMENT

 

The Purchaser and any member of the Target Companies Group may assign its respective rights and benefits under this Deed.

 

10 NOTICES

 

Each notice, demand or other communication given or made hereunder shall be in writing and delivered or sent to the relevant party at its address or telex number or fax number set out in the Agreement. The provisions of clause 21 of the Agreement shall apply to this Deed as though they have been fully set out herein.

 

11 GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

  11.1 This Deed shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong.

 

  11.2 Any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Deed shall be resolved by arbitration in Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre by a single arbitrator in accordance with the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules in force from time to time. The parties agree that the arbitral award will be final and binding.

 

- 4 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Deed has been executed on the day and year first above written.

 

THE COMMON SEAL OF

 

    )

CHINA MOBILE HONG KONG (BVI) LIMITED  

    )

was affixed hereto in the presence of:

 

    ) [Seal of China Mobile Hong Kong (BVI) Limited]

/s/ WANG Xiaochu


   

Director

   

THE COMMON SEAL OF

 

    )

CHINA MOBILE (HONG KONG) LIMITED

 

    )

was affixed hereto in the presence of:

 

    ) [Seal of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited]

/s/ WANG Xiaochu


   

Director

   

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

 

    )

BY /s/ ZHANG Ligui

 

    )

a duly authorised representative on behalf of

 

    )

CHINA MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION  

    )

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 4.3

 

Agreement on Use of Premises and Related Management Services

 

This Agreement was entered into on December 30, 2004 by and between:

 

1. China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited, a limited liability company incorporated and duly existing in accordance with Hong Kong law with its legal address at 60/F., The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong (hereinafter referred to as “ Party A ”); and

 

2. China Mobile Communications Corporation, a state-owned enterprise incorporated and duly existing in accordance with People’s Republic of China (hereinafter as “ PRC ”) law with its legal address at No.29, Jin Rong Avenue, Xi Cheng District, Beijing, the PRC (hereinafter referred to as “ Party B ”).

 

The above Party A and Party B are called hereinafter respectively as “a party”, and collectively as “parties”.

 

WHEREAS:

 

  1. To facilitate the development of their mobile telecommunications business and engage in ordinary production and operating activities in their normal operations, Party A and its subsidiaries need to use certain premises owned by Party B or its subsidiaries or the use right of which has been obtained from any third party by Party B or its subsidiaries, and require the related management services from Party B and its relevant subsidiaries;

 

  2. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, certain subsidiaries of Party A had previously entered into various agreements in relation to the Use of Premises and related Management Services (collectively as “ the Former Agreements ” as listed in Appendix I hereof) with Party B and its certain subsidiaries. To facilitate the management and performance of these agreements, the parties hereto intend to terminate, and intend to urge its respective subsidiaries to terminate the Former Agreements, and re-execute this Agreement with respect to its own and its subsidiaries’ use of premises and related management services, with fair and reasonable arrangements on normal commercial terms.

 

1


THEREFORE , following amicable consultation, Party A and Party B have reached the following agreements:

 

1 Provision of Premises to Party A

 

  1.1 Party B agrees to provide and urge its subsidiaries to provide premises for the use of Party A and its subsidiaries in accordance with terms and conditions hereof, and Party A agrees that its designated subsidiaries will lease the premises provided by Party B and its subsidiaries in accordance with terms and conditions hereof. In this Agreement, Party B and its subsidiaries which are to provide premises are collectively called as “ the Landlords ” while Party A and its subsidiaries that are to use the premises provided by the Landlords are collectively called as “ the Tenants ”.

 

  1.2 The premises provided by the Landlords for the use of the Tenants include:

 

  1.2.1 their existing proprietary premises, including land and buildings, equipments and facilities affixed to and in such buildings, such as air conditioners, water, heat, light and power supplies (hereinafter referred to as “ Proprietary Premises ”); and

 

  1.2.2 premises of which Party B obtained the right of use from third parties, including land and buildings, equipments and facilities affixed to and in such buildings, such as air conditioners, water, heat, light and power supplies (hereinafter referred to as “ Third Party Premises ”).

 

The above “Proprietary Premises” and “Third Party Premises” are collectively called as “ Leased Premises ” hereinafter.

 

  1.3 This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the two parties representing itself or its own relevant subsidiaries with respect to the use of premises and related management services. The Former Agreements shall be terminated on the effective date of this Agreement on January 1, 2005 when this Agreement shall fully replace the Former Agreements.

 

  1.4 Each and all responsibilities, obligations and interests arsing from the performance of this Agreement by Party A and its subsidiaries as the Landlords and Party B and its subsidiaries as the Tenants in accordance with terms of this Agreement shall ultimately be taken and enjoyed by Party A or Party B respectively.

 

  1.5 During the term of this Agreement, Party A may, due to its operational needs, find it necessary to either increase or decrease the amount of Leased Premises. Party B shall use best efforts to meet such requirements, subject to its own operational needs and requirements. The total amount of rental payments and relevant service charges paid by Party A per annum after the increase of Leased Premises under this Agreement, however, shall not exceed the aggregate annual fee as stated in Article 4.3 of this Agreement.

 

2


2 Usage of Premises

 

  2.1 The Leased Premises will be used as offices, retail outlets, operations, warehouses and other legitimate purposes as agreed upon by the two parties.

 

  2.2 The Tenants shall not transfer or assign the right of use of the Leased Premises to any third party without the consent of the Landlords. However, Party B hereby agrees that Party A or its subsidiaries may transfer or assign the right of use of the Leased Premises to their subsidiaries.

 

3 Related Management Services

 

  3.1 The Landlords shall correspondingly provide the Tenants with related management services with respect to the Leased Premises. Such management services shall include, but not limit to:

 

  3.1.1 daily maintenance for such equipments and facilities inside the Leased Premises as air conditioners, water, electricity, heat, elevators and light supplies, etc;

 

  3.1.2 daily cleaning work of the Leased Premises and relevant garden maintenance within the scope of the Leased Premises;

 

  3.1.3 payments for water, electricity, gas and others on behalf of the Tenants;

 

  3.1.4 daily security services for the Leased Premises.

 

  3.2 The Landlords may, with written consent of the Tenants, entrust a third party to provide the Tenants with related specific services provided that the Landlords make sure that the service quality provided by any such third party meets the requirements under this Agreement and conforms to the state and industry standards. The Landlords shall undertake the ultimate and full responsibilities for all obligations of the services provided by the third parties. Any additional charges arising from the entrustment shall be at expense of the Landlords.

 

4 Payment of Utilization Fees and Related Service Charges

 

  4.1 Party B shall charge Party A utilization fees and related service charges for its Proprietary Premises at generally standard rates, which shall not be higher than the general market leasing charges and property management fees for similar premises.

 

  4.2

As for the Third Party Premises provided by Party B, Party A only needs to pay Party B the actual amount of utilization fees and property management fees (such fees should have been confirmed by Party A in advance and Party B shall submit to Party A, among other things, the tenancy agreements with

 

3


the third parties, rental period, rental and settlement receipts of property management fees for examination), as well as taxes that Party B pays to the third parties. No other fees shall be charged by Party B to Party A. Party B may authorize its subsidiaries to provide the tenancy agreements with any third parties, rental period, rental and settlement receipts of property management fees to Party A or Party A’s authorized subsidiaries for examination. Party A may authorize its subsidiaries to do the examination on its behalf. Under the circumstances where the Landlords provide to the Tenants the management service described in Article 3 of this Agreement in relation to the Third Party Premises, the related service charges shall not be higher than the general market standards for management fees.

 

  4.3 The total annual rental and property management service charges Party A and its subsidiaries shall pay to Party B and its subsidiaries for the Leased Premises determined in accordance with the above Article 4.1 and 4.2 of this Agreement for the year 2005, 2006 and 2007 shall not exceed RMB800 million, RMB900 million and RMB1,000 million respectively.

 

  4.4 The Tenants shall bear all the actual expenses incurred for water, electricity, heat and natural gas, etc. during the using term of the Leased Premises.

 

  4.5 Both parties shall finish verification of the quantity of the Leased Premises prior to March 15 and September 15 each year. Party A shall pay Party B the premises utilization fees and related service charges before March 25 and September 25 for the first and second half of that same year respectively. Such payment can be settled by Party A’s subsidiaries that actually use the Leased Premises, i.e. the Tenants, directly with Party B’s subsidiaries that actually provide the Leased Premises, i.e. the Landlords.

 

  4.6 Where Party A delays the payment of premises utilization fees and related service charges, it should pay Party B a penalty of 0.03% of the amount of the late payment for each day of the delay.

 

  4.7 Where the comprehensive management services provided by the Landlords do not meet the national standards, industrial criterions or requirements in Clause 5.6 under this agreement, the Tenants may, at its discretion, deduct the payment due for the month of service provided by the Landlords. Where the Landlords delay in providing such services, the Tenants may deduct 3% of the monthly charges as a penalty for each day of delay.

 

  4.8 The Landlords shall bear any and all payments of taxes and charges in relation to its Proprietary Premises used by the Tenants.

 

4


5 Undertakings and Guarantee

 

  5.1 Each Party hereto represents, warrants and undertakes to the other Party that this agreement is valid, effective and equally binding to the two parties.

 

  5.2 Each Party hereto represents, warrants and undertakes to the other Party that its own subsidiaries have respectively agreed to terminate all Former Agreements and perform this Agreement starting from the effective date of this Agreement as the Landlords and/or the Tenants.

 

  5.3 Party B guarantees that it has the right to provide the Leased Premises to the Tenants for use. Where, on any occasions or for any reasons, the property right and/or use right of the Leased Premises expose(s) to any objection, which causes Party A or the Tenants’ failure to realize its use right under this Agreement or any other damages, Party B, as the Landlord or the parent company of the Landlords shall compensate Party A or the Tenants for any and all direct economic losses thus incurred to Party A or the Tenants.

 

  5.4 Party A guarantees to compensate the Landlords for any and all direct economic losses as the parent company of the Tenants, where the Leased Premises are damaged intentionally by the Tenants.

 

  5.5 Party B guarantees that the Leased Premises provided and delivered to the Tenants for use be in good conditions as required by the Tenants, and that Party B shall conduct regular inspection and repairs to these premises. Where the Tenants suffer any loss during the use of the Leased Premises due to the poor management of the Landlords, the latter shall compensate any and all direct economic losses thus incurred to the Landlords.

 

  5.6 Party B guarantees that the comprehensive management services provided by the Landlords shall be in conformity with the national standards and industrial criteria and meet the following basic requirements:

 

  5.6.1 Equipments & facilities

 

To ensure normal operation of the equipments and facilities, Party B shall improve its operation system for equipments and facilities, set up a filing system on equipments and facilities, strengthen its routine inspection and patrol, and upkeep its regular maintenance.

 

  5.6.2 Environment & sanitation

 

All-day cleanliness shall be kept; offices, business locations, corridors and courtyards remain tidy and sanitary, and no garbage or sundries shall be allowed to be piled around; any problem discovered shall be solved in time.

 

5


  5.6.3 Landscaping

 

Landscaping shall be up to the related national standards. Plants shall be trimmed, fertilized and irrigated frequently and prevented from the attack by plant diseases and insect pests.

 

  5.6.4 Security

 

Security shall be up to the level of morality, professionalism and service consciousness and strong skill of defence.

 

  5.6.5 Transportation order and car parking

 

Transportation and parking shall be in good order.

 

  5.6.6 Water, electricity and gas rate shall be paid on time.

 

  5.6.7 Other related supplementary services shall be supplied in time.

 

6 Improvements, Renovation and Exterior Publicity of the Leased Premises

 

  6.1 With written consent of the Landlords, the Tenants may make decoration, renovation, alteration and improvement inside or outside the Leased Premises at its own expenses. Nevertheless, Party A and the Tenants shall guarantee that:

 

  6.1.1 The decoration, renovation, installation, alteration and improvement shall not change any characteristics of the Leased Premises in any substantial aspects;

 

  6.1.2 All construction work related to the decoration, renovation, installation, alteration and improvement should be done in a proper manner so that all persons and premises can be protected and the Landlords’ operations nearby will not be disturbed unreasonably;

 

  6.1.3 Under the circumstances where all these construction work endangers or potentially endangers the original buildings, the Tenants shall be responsible for restoring to their original status and making relevant compensations.

 

  6.2 Provided that the Landlords’ interests are not violated, the Tenants may legally hang or post advertisement or any other enterprise or business promotions by any other means, within the scope of the Leased Premises. The Landlords and the Tenants should clarify on advertising areas in leasing the Leased Premises. Upon the termination of this Agreement, the Tenants shall restore the original status of the Leased Premises at its own expenses before returning it to the Landlords, or transfer the property right of the decorated or renovated parts of the Leases Premises to the Landlords and the Landlords shall make appropriate compensation under such circumstance.

 

6


7 Term of this Agreement

 

This agreement shall be of validity from January 1, 2005 to March 31, 2007. The terms of use of the Third Party Premises by the Tenants can be determined and agreed by the Tenants and the Landlords in accordance with the terms of the original tenancy agreements entered into by the Landlords and the third parties, but shall not exceed the term of this Agreement.

 

8 Force Majeure

 

In any event of force majeure which is unforeseeable, unavoidable and insurmountable to its happening and consequences, resulting in any inability on any Party or its subsidiaries to perform the related obligations hereunder, the affected Party shall immediately notify the other Parties of such event, and provide the other Party within fifteen (15) days valid documents of proof evidencing the detailed occurrence of such event, and reasons for its inability or delay to perform all or part of such obligations under this Agreement. Upon the extent to which an event of force majeure affects the performance of such obligations, the Parties hereto shall consult each other so as to terminate or partially waive or extend the performance of such obligations.

 

9 Confidentiality

 

Save as otherwise provided or required by the laws or regulatory authorities, neither party shall, without prior written consent (each party shall not refuse or delay to give the consent without reasonable causes) of the other party, offer or disclose the contents of this Agreement or any other materials or information related to the operations of the other party to any companies, enterprises, organizations or individuals.

 

10 Assignment

 

Save as stated in Clause 2.2 and Clause 3.2 under this agreement, neither party shall, without the prior written consents of the other party, transfer or assign any and all of the right(s) or obligation(s) of itself or the Landlords or the Tenants under this Agreement to any third parties.

 

11 No Waiver

 

Save as otherwise stipulated by the laws, failure or delay of exercising its rights, power or privileges under this Agreement by either party shall not be construed as a waiver of these rights, power or privileges. Any partial exercise of such rights or powers by one party shall not prejudice any future exercise of such rights, power or privileges.

 

7


12 Notice

 

Any notice related to this Agreement shall be made in writing and delivered in person, or by facsimile or post. Any notice shall be deemed as delivered at the time of delivery, if delivered in person; or at the time when the facsimile machine indicates successful submission, if delivered by facsimile; or on the fifth working day (not accounting statutory holidays) after it has been posted, if delivered by post. Any notice is effective upon delivery.

 

13 Governing Law and Dispute Settlement

 

  13.1 This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the PRC.

 

  13.2 Any dispute between the parties relative to the validity, interpretation or performance of this Agreement shall be settled firstly through amicable consultation. Should the parties fail to resolve the dispute within 30 days from the date of the occurrence of the dispute, then such dispute shall be submitted to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in Beijing in accordance with the then effective arbitration rules of that Commission. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on both parties. Except for the matter of dispute that is submitted for arbitration, all the remaining parts of this Agreement shall remain valid and effective during the arbitration.

 

14 Effectiveness of the Agreement and Miscellaneous

 

  14.1 This Agreement shall be effective upon due execution by the legal or authorized representatives of both parties and the affixation of their official seals.

 

  14.2 This Agreement can be executed separately by counterparts. The duly executed counterparts constitute a valid agreement. If the Agreement is executed by counterparts, it shall be construed as duly executed after the both parties have successfully transmitted its signed counterparts to each other by facsimile.

 

  14.3 Following discussion and agreement by both parties, this Agreement and its appendices may be amended or supplemented by both parties, and any amendment or supplement shall take effect after execution by the legal or authorized representatives of both parties and after the affixation of the official seals.

 

  14.4 This Agreement is severable. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity and enforcement of other provisions shall not be affected.

 

8


  14.5 This Agreement is written in Chinese and executed in eight (8) original counterparts, two (2) of which shall be retained by each party and the other four (4) copies shall be retained by Party A for registration and other filings with relevant land and housing authorities and other governmental authorities. Each original counterpart has equal legal validity.

 

PARTY A: CHINA MOBILE (HONG KONG)
LIMITED
By:  

/s/ LU Xiangdong


    Legal/authorized representative
PARTY B: CHINA MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ ZHANG Ligui


    Legal/authorized representative

 

9

Exhibit 4.4

 

Telecommunications Services Agreement

 

This Agreement was entered into on December 30, 2004 by and between:

 

1. China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited, a limited liability company incorporated and duly existing in accordance with Hong Kong law with its legal address at 60/F., The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong (hereinafter referred to as “ Party A ”); and

 

2. China Mobile Communications Corporation, a state-owned enterprise incorporated and duly existing in accordance with People’s Republic of China (hereinafter as “PRC”) law with its legal address at No. 29, Jin Rong Avenue, Xi Cheng District, Beijing, the PRC (hereinafter referred to as “ Party B ”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

  1. To facilitate the development of the mobile telecommunications business and engage in ordinary production and operating activities in their normal operations, Party A’s relevant subsidiaries require certain telecommunications services from Party B’s relevant subsidiaries;

 

  2. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, certain subsidiaries of Party A had previously entered into various service agreements in relation to the planning and design of telecommunications projects, contracting and construction of construction projects, maintenance of telecommunication equipments and transmission lines, and sales, installation and maintenance of telecommunication steel towers, etc., (collectively as “ the Former Agreements ” as listed in Appendix I hereof) with certain subsidiaries of Party B. To facilitate the management and performance of these agreements, the two parties hereto intend to urge its respective subsidiaries to terminate the Former Agreements and re-execute this Agreement with respect to the relevant services with fair and reasonable arrangements on normal commercial terms.

 

THEREFORE, following amicable consultation, Party A and Party B have reached the following agreements:

 

1. Provision of Telecommunications Services to Party A

 

1.1 Party B agrees to urge its relevant subsidiaries to provide telecommunications services to Party A’s relevant subsidiaries in accordance with terms and conditions hereof, and Party A agrees to urge its designated subsidiaries to receive the telecommunications services provided by Party B’s subsidiaries in accordance with terms and conditions hereof. In this Agreement, the relevant subsidiaries of Party B which are to provide services are collectively referred to called as “ the Providers ” while the relevant subsidiaries of Party A that are to receive services provided by Party B’s subsidiaries are collectively referred to as “ the Receivers ”.

 

1


1.2 This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the two parties representing itself or its own relevant subsidiaries with respect to telecommunications services. The Former Agreements shall be terminated on the effective date of this Agreement, January 1, 2005, when this Agreement shall fully replace the Former Agreements.

 

1.3 Each and all responsibilities, obligations and interests arsing from the performance of this Agreement by the relevant subsidiaries of the parties hereto in accordance with terms of this Agreement as the Providers and Receivers shall ultimately be taken and/or enjoyed by Party A or Party B respectively.

 

2. The Scope of Services

 

Pursuant to this Agreement, the Providers shall provide the following telecommunications services:

 

2.1 Planning, design and consultation of telecommunications projects

 

The telecommunications projects include, but not limited to, the constructions of telecommunications networks, telecommunication lines and ducts, base stations and transmission lines, expansion and restructure of network capacity, and installation and trial of telecommunications facilities. The scope of services include, but not limited to, planning, design and consultation of telecommunications projects, subject research and demonstration of construction projects, and compilation of project proposals, feasibility study report and engineering design documents.

 

2.2 Construction of telecommunications projects

 

The telecommunications projects include, but not limited to, the constructions of telecommunications networks, telecommunication lines and ducts, infrastructure, expansion of network capacity and innovation change accordingly. The scope of services include, but not limited to, construction, building, earlier stage survey and trial of telecommunications projects, and installation, construction equipment reparation, decoration and other relevant services for telecommunications equipments.

 

2.3 Maintenance of telecommunications facilities and equipments

 

Telecommunications facilities and equipments include, but not limited to, optical fiber lines, telecommunications towers, station bases, ancillary [watch rooms], [watermark rooms], watching towers, mark stones, ducts, signs, etc. Maintenance services include regular inspection, survey, routine maintenance and reparation, obstacle clearance, security and emergent reparation and restoration to ensure the normal and smooth operation of Party A’s telecommunications facilities and equipments.

 

2


2.4 Sales, installation and maintenance of telecommunications towers

 

Telecommunications towers include its auxiliary equipments, facilities and antenna and other components. The scope of services refer to the relevant design, manufacturing, installation and maintenance in relation to the telecommunications towers sold by the Providers, and other services agreed by the two parties in relation to the said telecommunications towers.

 

3. The Basic Principles

 

3.1 The terms and standards on which the Providers render the telecommunications services to the Receivers shall not be less favorable than those extended by the Providers to any third party for the same or similar services.

 

3.2 Under the circumstances where, without the Providers’ fault, the Providers are unable to provide or completely provide the telecommunications services hereunder, the Providers shall give a notice to the Receivers in a timely manner, and shall use its best efforts to assist the Receivers to obtain the same or similar services from other parties.

 

3.3 The telecommunications services hereunder shall be rendered in conformity with relevant state-mandated standards (if any).

 

3.4 Provided that it is not prohibited by the laws and regulations, and with the prior consent of the Receivers, the Providers may delegate a third party (including the Providers’ subsidiaries and affiliates and Party B’s other subsidiaries and affiliates) to provide to the Receivers certain specific telecommunications services hereunder on behalf of the Providers. The Providers, however, shall ensure that the third party is qualified to provide such services under applicable mandatory requirement by the state and that the terms and standards on which the third party renders the telecommunications services shall not be less favorable than those committed by the Providers. Each and all responsibilities and obligations for the services rendered by the third party shall ultimately and fully be taken by the Providers. The Providers shall bear any and all extra expenses incurred by retaining any third party.

 

3.5 Should a breach of this Agreement by any party cause a loss to the other party, the breaching party shall be responsible for the payment of damages to the other party to compensate for the full amount of such loss. However, neither party shall be liable for any loss caused by force majeure.

 

3.6 Each party shall provide all reasonable and necessary assistance to the other party for performing the obligations under of this Agreement.

 

3


3.7 Additional terms of agreement on the telecommunications services are contained in Appendix II, III, IV and V attached to this Agreement.

 

3.8 Subject to this Agreement and its appendices, the relevant subsidiaries of the parties may, in accordance with the practical situation, execute detailed implementing rules specifying the content, standards, scope, means of the services or any other particular requirements in relation to the provision of a certain specific service, which should fall within the scope of and do not conflict with this Agreement and its appendices.

 

4. Pricing Principles and Payment Methods

 

4.1 Service charges for planning, design and consultation of telecommunications projects

 

  4.1.1 Service charges for planning, design and consultation of telecommunications projects shall be determined according to the following documents and shall not surpass the upper limits stipulated therein: (1) Notice regarding the Issuance of Administering Regulations on Service Charges of Engineering Inspection and Design (ji jia ge [2002] No.10) jointly issued by State Developing and Planning Commission and Ministry of Construction; (2) Temporary Regulations on Early Stage Consultation Fees of Project Proposal (ji jia ge [1999] no.1283), published by State Developing and Planning Commission on September 10, 1999. If the above pricing documents are superceded by other government documents, prices shall be negotiated and agreed upon by both parties and shall not surpass the upper limits stipulated by the newly issued government documents.

 

  4.1.2 After the design projects have been confirmed by the Providers and the Receivers, Party A shall pay Party B a deposit equivalent to 10% of the estimated design fees. The deposit can be used as the design fees. The deposit shall be non-refundable if the Receivers fail to perform its agreement under the detailed implementing rules. However, if the Providers fail to perform under the detailed implementing rules, twice of the amount of deposit shall be refunded by Party B to Party A.

 

  4.1.3 Design fees can be paid in instalments corresponding to the delivery of design documents in every phase, or in one lump sum upon the delivery of the final work.

 

  4.1.4 The actual design fees shall be initially determined by estimate, and ultimately determined by actual cost, with a refund for over-payment or an additional payment for any deficiency, as the case may be.

 

4


4.2 The construction of telecommunications projects and relevant service charges

 

  4.2.1 Service charges for the construction of telecommunications projects shall be determined according to the following documents and shall not surpass the upper limits stipulated therein: (1) Budget Quota of Integrated Wiring System for Buildings and Building Clusters and Budget Quota of Installation of Mobile Telecommunications Equipment (amended), (XinBuGui [2000] No. 904), promulgated in September 2000 by the Ministry of Information Industry; (2) Estimation, Budget Compilation and Expenses Quota of Telecommunications Construction Works, Budget Quota of Telecommunications Construction Works, First Volume (Telecommunications Equipment Works) (YouBu [1995] No. 626), by the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications; (3) Classification Criteria of Telecommunications Construction Works, (YouBu [1995] No. 945), by the former Ministry of Posts and Telecommunications. If the above pricing documents are superceded by other government documents, prices shall be negotiated and agreed upon by both parties and shall not surpass the upper limits stipulated by the newly issued government documents.

 

  4.2.2 Payment of service charges

 

  (i) Party A shall pay Party B a sum equivalent to 10% of the total service charges within 7 working days after both the Providers and the Receivers have agreed on each particular item of services and signed the detailed implementing rules.

 

  (ii) In the course of the construction, the Providers shall, in accordance with the detailed implementing rules, regularly provide the Receivers with a statement on amount of work completed; Party A shall pay Party B a sum equivalent to 70% of the total service charges within 10 working days upon the completion of all agreed works (except for the work during the period of warranty) by the Providers, and upon the receipt and verification of the Receivers of the final statement provided by the Providers;

 

  (iii) After the construction has been inspected and accepted, the Providers shall, based on the time limit stipulated under the detailed implementing rules, provide the Receivers with settlement documents. Within 20 working days after receipt of the settlement documents and the completions auditing by the Receivers, Party A shall pay the Providers the balance of the service charges in accordance with the results of the audit.

 

  4.2.3 After the execution of the detailed implementing rules, if the amount of the construction increases or decreases due to a change in the project’s design, then based on the actual amount of work actually provided by the Providers, the service charges shall be adjusted in accordance with the pricing principle and criteria stipulated under this Agreement and the detailed implementing rules.

 

5


4.3 Maintenance service charges for telecommunications facilities and equipments

 

  4.3.1 Service charges for maintenance of telecommunications facilities and equipments shall be determined in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Tariff Manual of Posts and Telecommunications issued in 1999 by the Ministry of Information Industry and shall not surpass the upper limits stipulated therein. If the above document is superceded by other government documents, prices shall be negotiated and agreed upon by both parties and shall not surpass the upper limits stipulated by the newly issued government documents.

 

  4.3.2 The maintenance fees shall be paid monthly by the 15th of each month. The amount of advanced payment for the maintenance fees shall be calculated based on the quantity of telecommunication facilities and equipments then actually maintained by the Providers.

 

  4.3.3 Party B and the Providers shall bear the relevant expenses for low-value and easily-worn utensils, tools, vehicles, transportation and personnel incurred in providing the maintenance services by the Providers, while Party A and the Receivers shall bear the relevant expenses for back-up products, components, materials for emergent repairs and manufacturers supporting fees required by the Providers in providing the maintenance services.

 

  4.3.4 Both the Providers and the Receivers shall verify the settlement of maintenance fees quarterly, i.e. within fifteen (15) working days by the end of each quarter. After the confirmation of settlement of the maintenance fees, the prepayment shall be refunded and the balance of payment be settled.

 

4.4 The price and service charges for telecommunications towers

 

  4.4.1 The price and service charges for telecommunications towers under this Agreement shall be determined according to the following principles:

 

  (i) If there are any prevailing state-mandated or local prices fixed by the state or local governments (as amended from time to time, same as below), such prices shall apply; or

 

  (ii) If there are no prevailing state-mandated or local prices fixed by the state or local governments available, market prices negotiated and agreed upon by both parties shall apply.

 

  4.4.2 The price for telecommunications towers (including the steel tower and its basic manufacturing, installation and trial fees, collectively as “the Aggregate Price”) under this Agreement shall be determined through negotiation between Party A and Party B in accordance with Article 4.4.1 of this Agreement, and paid by Party A as follows:

 

  (i) Party A shall make a payment equivalent to 20% of the Aggregate Price to Party B within fifteen (15) working days upon the written confirmation of the Receivers and the Providers in relation to the Aggregate Price of the ordered telecommunications towers, pursuant to the advanced payment notice issued by the Providers.

 

6


  (ii) Party A shall make a payment equivalent to 70% of the Aggregate Price to Party B within fifteen (15) working days upon receipt of the ordered telecommunications towers and the completion of installation by the Providers.

 

  (iii) After the completion of installation of the telecommunications towers by the Providers, and the trials and examinations conducted by the Receivers, the Receivers and the Providers shall countersign the examination qualification certificates. Party A shall make a payment equivalent to 5% of the Aggregate Price to Party B within fifteen (15) working days upon the execution of the examination qualification certificates. Party A shall pay Party B the remaining 5% of the Aggregate Price upon the first year anniversary of the execution of the examination qualification certificates, provided that the telecommunications towers have been working functionally during that period of time.

 

  4.4.3 The annual maintenance fees for telecommunications towers under this Agreement shall be determined according to the following principles:

 

  (i) If there are any prevailing state-mandated or local prices fixed by the state or local governments (as amended from time to time, same as below), such prices shall apply, or;

 

  (iii) If there are no prevailing state-mandated or local prices fixed by the state or local governments available, market prices negotiated and agreed upon by both parties shall apply.

 

On the basis of the above principles, the first year’s maintenance fee for a particular telecommunications towers shall be calculated as per the actual days from the execution date of the examination qualification certificate through December 31, of that year in accordance with Article 4.4.2 (iii) of this Agreement.

 

7


  4.4.4 The maintenance fees for telecommunications towers under this Agreement shall be paid as follows:

 

  (i) Party A shall make an advanced payment of maintenance fees for the first half year prior to January 15 of each year, and for the other half year prior to July 15 of each year;

 

  (ii) Party A and Party B shall respectively verify and confirm the amount of the advanced payments of the maintenance fees prior to December 15 of the earlier year and June 15 of that year, and respectively deliver the invoices to the other party prior to December 31 of the earlier year and June 30 of that year in accordance with confirmation of both parties. If any disagreement on the amount of the advanced maintenance fees arises, the parties shall first pay the agreed part of payment in accordance with Article 4.4.4 (i); and pay the balance after the part under disagreement has been verified and confirmed.

 

  (iii) Party A and Party B shall respectively verify the settlement of maintenance fees for telecommunications towers for the second half year of the last year and the first half year of that year prior to February 15 and August 15 of the same year. After the confirmation of settlement of the maintenance fees for telecommunications towers, the overpaid shall be refunded and the balance of payment be settled.

 

4.5 Party B shall issue a valid commercial receipt to Party A in a timely manner upon receipt of any of the above-mentioned payments made by Party A.

 

4.6 The annual service charges (inclusive of the Aggregate Price for purchasing telecommunications towers) Party A shall pay to Party B under this Agreement is estimated as RMB2.5 billion yuan, and can be settled directly by Party A’s relevant subsidiaries that actually receive the services to Party B’s relevant subsidiaries that actually provide the services in accordance with the above-mentioned pricing principles and payment methods and the services actually provided, whichever is the case; provided that the total amount of the actual annual service charges shall not exceed RMB2.5 billion yuan.

 

4.7 If Party A fails to pay Party B within such period as has been agreed upon by both parties, Party A shall pay Party B a late payment penalty calculated at 0.03% of the unpaid amount, for each day of the late payment; if the late payment was overdue for more than 60 days, Party B may give Party A a written notice to terminate services. If after 30 days of Party A’s receipt of the written notice, Party A still has not paid the said service charges, then Party B may, without prejudice to any other rights and obligations already accrued or incurred to it under this Agreement, terminate the said services.

 

8


5. Representations, Warranties and Undertakings

 

5.1 Each party represents and warrants to the other party that this Agreement is valid and equally binding on each party.

 

5.2 Each of Party A and Party B warrants to the other party that each of its subsidiaries has agreed to terminate the Former Agreements and perform this Agreement as the Providers and the Receivers respectively upon the effective date of this Agreement.

 

5.3 Party B warrants that its relevant subsidiaries to provide services possess all qualifications and licenses (including but not limited to qualifications in relation to construction engineering, construction design, telecommunications tower installation and maintenance) required by relevant governmental regulatory authorities to provide the telecommunications services under this Agreement, and that the said qualifications and licenses are all valid during the term of this Agreement.

 

5.4 Party B warrants that the telecommunications towers Party B distributes are in conformity with the standards stipulated by the Ministry of Information Industry and other relevant governmental authorities, and its relevant interconnection licenses have been obtained in case it is a mandatory requirement by governmental or regulatory authorities.

 

5.5 Party B shall ensure the recruitment of sufficient qualified and experienced professional employees by its relevant subsidiaries to provide satisfactory telecommunications services stipulated under this Agreement.

 

5.6 Party B shall ensure that the employees of its relevant subsidiaries are able to receive and provide sufficient instructions and explanations relating to the telecommunications services under this Agreement, and that the services are rendered with reasonable care and skill, such that the services can meet the standards required by Party A, and warrants that no harm will be caused to Party A by the acts or omissions of Party B’s employees responsible for rendering the services.

 

5.7 Party A warrants that it has obtained all necessary approvals or other governmental permits (if there is any mandatory requirements ) for its telecommunications projects to be contracted to Party B for design, consultation or building, and warrants to receive the construction licenses in a timely manner (as the case may be).

 

5.8 Party A warrants that the Receivers will, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, accept the telecommunications services rendered by Party B and provide all necessary assistance and pay various charges, and that no harm will be caused to Party B or the Providers by the acts or omissions of Party A.

 

6. Term of this Agreement

 

  This Agreement shall be effective on January 1, 2005 and expire after December 31, 2007.

 

9


7. Force Majeure

 

If, due to a force majeure event, the occurrence of which is unpredictable and the consequences of which are unavoidable and insurmountable, either party or its subsidiaries is prevented from performing this Agreement in accordance with the agreed provisions, the affected party shall immediately give notice to the other party, and shall, within fifteen (15) days, provide the relevant detailed information and valid documents of proof evidencing the grounds for non-performance, partial performance, or withheld performance of the relevant obligations under this Agreement. Depending upon the extent to which the performance may be affected by the force majeure event, both parties shall discuss and agree whether or not to terminate, partially excuse, or delay the performance of the obligations concerned.

 

8. Confidentiality

 

Unless otherwise required by the relevant laws or supervisory and regulatory authorities, neither party (including but not limited to its relevant subsidiaries) shall provide or divulge to any other company, enterprise, organization or individual any information or data concerning the contents of this Agreement or relating to the business of the other party, unless the prior written consent of the other party has been obtained (and such consent shall not be unreasonably refused or withheld).

 

9. Assignment

 

Except for the cases stated in Article 3.4 hereof, without the prior written consent of the other party, neither party may assign or delegate to any third party any or all right(s) or obligation(s) accruing to it or the Providers or the Receivers under this Agreement.

 

10. No Waiver

 

Unless otherwise provided by law, any failure to exercise, or delay in exercising any right, power or privilege to which a party is entitled under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such right, power, or privilege, and any partial exercise of such right, power, or privilege shall not prejudice the future exercise of such right, power, or privilege.

 

11. Notice

 

Any notice related to this Agreement shall be made in writing and delivered in person, or by facsimile or post. Any notice shall be deemed as delivered at the time of delivery, if delivered in person; or at the time when the facsimile machine indicates successful submission, if delivered by facsimile; or on the fifth working day (not accounting statutory holidays) after it has been posted, if delivered by post. Any notice is effective upon delivery.

 

12. Applicable Law and Dispute Settlement

 

12.1 This Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the PRC.

 

10


12.2 Any dispute between the parties relative to the validity, interpretation or performance of this Agreement shall be settled through amicable consultation. Should the parties fail to resolve the dispute within 30 days from the date of the occurrence of the dispute, such dispute shall be submitted to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in Beijing in accordance with the then effective arbitration rules of that Commission. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on both parties. Except for the matter of dispute that is submitted for arbitration, all the remaining parts of this Agreement shall remain valid and effective during the arbitration.

 

13. Effectiveness of the Agreement and Miscellaneous

 

13.1 This Agreement shall be effective upon due execution by the legal or authorized representatives of both parties and the affixation of their official seals.

 

13.2 This Agreement can be executed separately by counterparts. The duly executed counterparts constitute a valid agreement. If the Agreement is executed by counterparts, it shall be construed as duly executed after the both parties have successfully transmitted its signed counterparts to each other by facsimile.

 

13.3 Following discussion and agreement by both parties, this Agreement and its appendices may be amended or supplemented by both parties, and any amendment or supplement shall take effect after execution by the legal or authorized representatives of both parties and after the affixation of the official seals.

 

13.4 This Agreement is severable. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity and enforcement of other provisions shall not be affected.

 

13.5 This Agreement is written in Chinese and executed in six (6) original counterparts, two of which shall be retained by each party and the other two copies shall be retained by Party A for required filing with authorities. Each original counterpart has equal legal validity.

 

PARTY A: CHINA MOBILE (HONG KONG) LIMITED

 

By:

 

/s/ LU Xiangdong


   

Legal/authorized representative

PARTY B: CHINA MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ ZHANG Ligui


   

Legal/authorized representative

 

11

Exhibit 8.1

 

LIST OF MAJOR SUBSIDIARIES

 

NAME OF ENTITY AND BUSINESS NAME (IF DIFFERENT)


  

JURISDICTION OF
INCORPORATION


Guangdong Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Zhejiang Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Jiangsu Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Jiangsu Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Fujian Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Fujian Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Henan Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Henan Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Hainan Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Hainan Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Beijing Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Beijing Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Shanghai Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Shanghai Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Tianjin Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Tianjin Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Hebei Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Hebei Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Liaoning Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Liaoning Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Shandong Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Shandong Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Guangxi Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

 

1


NAME OF ENTITY AND BUSINESS NAME (IF DIFFERENT)


  

JURISDICTION OF
INCORPORATION


Guangxi Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Aspire Holdings Limited

   Cayman Islands

Aspire (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Anhui Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Anhui Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Jiangxi Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Jiangxi Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Chongqing Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Chongqing Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Sichuan Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Sichuan Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Hubei Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Hubei Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Hunan Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Hunan Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Shaanxi Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Shaanxi Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Shanxi Mobile Communication (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Shanxi Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Neimenggu Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Neimenggu Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Jilin Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Jilin Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Heilongjiang Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Heilongjiang Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

 

2


NAME OF ENTITY AND BUSINESS NAME (IF DIFFERENT)


  

JURISDICTION OF
INCORPORATION


Guizhou Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Guizhou Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Yunnan Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Yunnan Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Xizang Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Xizang Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Gansu Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Gansu Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Qinghai Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Qinghai Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Ningxia Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Ningxia Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Xinjiang Mobile (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Xinjiang Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

Beijing P&T Consulting & Design Institute Company Limited

   China

China Mobile Communication (BVI) Limited

   British Virgin Islands

China Mobile Communication Company Limited

   China

 

3

Exhibit 12.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, WANG Jianzhou, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) for the company and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) [omitted pursuant to the guidance of Release Nos. 33-8238 (June 5, 2003), 33-8392 (February 24, 2004) and 33-8545 (March 2, 2005)] ;

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: June 13, 2005

/s/ WANG Jianzhou


Name:

 

WANG Jianzhou

Title:

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

1

Exhibit 12.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, XUE Taohai, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) [omitted pursuant to the guidance of Release Nos. 33-8238 (June 5, 2003), 33-8392 (February 24, 2004) and 33-8545 (March 2, 2005)]

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: June 13, 2005

 

/s/ XUE Taohai


Name:

 

XUE Taohai

Title:

 

Executive Director, Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

1

Exhibit 13.1

 

CHINA MOBILE (HONG KONG) LIMITED

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned, WANG Jianzhou, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to his knowledge, that the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: June 13, 2005

 

/s/ WANG Jianzhou


Name:

 

WANG Jianzhou

Title:

 

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

1

Exhibit 13.2

 

CHINA MOBILE (HONG KONG) LIMITED

 

Certification

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned, XUE Taohai, Executive Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of China Mobile (Hong Kong) Limited (the “Company”), hereby certifies, to his knowledge, that the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: June 13, 2005

 

/s/ XUE Taohai


Name:

 

XUE Taohai

Title:

 

Executive Director, Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

 

1